人教版必修一高中英语作业与测评 (26份打包)(Word版含答案)

文档属性

名称 人教版必修一高中英语作业与测评 (26份打包)(Word版含答案)
格式 zip
文件大小 14.9MB
资源类型 教案
版本资源 人教版(新课程标准)
科目 英语
更新时间 2021-02-03 22:11:20

文档简介

课时提升作业(一)
 Unit
1 Warming
Up
&
Reading
Ⅰ.
用所给词的适当形式填空
1.
That
he
had
_______
(ignore)our
advice
didn’t
upset
us
at
all.
2.
Having
gone
through
such
a
time
together,
he
has
been
gradually
_________
(concern)with
their
affair.
3.
The
worker
is
______
(entire)shocked
at
the
news
that
he
has
been
fired
for
no
good
reason.
4.
Everything
in
the
office,
including
________
(curtain)has
been
replaced
by
new
ones.
5.
Since
he
came
to
power,
he
has
been
a
________
(power)leader
of
the
country.
6.
A
_______
(dust)table
is
the
only
furniture
of
the
old
house.
7.
Sadly,
the
boss
didn’t
know
that
one
of
his
________
(partner)was
trying
to
cheat
him
out
of
his
money.
8.
It
was
________
(thunder)loudly;
meantime,
it
was
raining
heavily.
9.
While
walking
your
dog,
you
shouldn’t
________
(loose)it
to
avoid
any
accident
happening.
10.
While
visiting
Mount
Tai
the
other
day,
we
met
with
several
________
(German).
答案:1.
ignored
2.
concerned
3.
entirely
4.
curtains
5.
powerful
6.
dusty
7.
partners
8.
thundering
9.
loosen
10.
Germans
Ⅱ.
选词填空
be
concerned
about,
have
got
to,
in
order
to,
no
longer,
set
down,
calm
down,
add
up,
go
through,
a
series
of,
at
dusk
1.
After
_____________
what
was
unexpected,
he
realized
that
he
needed
to
get
further
education.
2.
He_____________
what
he
learned
as
he
listened
to
it
carefully.
3.
He
moved
to
a
strange
but
beautiful
place
_________
live
his
ideal
life.
4.
Since
he
gets
used
to
a
rich
life,
he
seems
to
be
________
familiar
with
a
poor
one.
5.
When
we
visited
him,
he
was
busy
___________
some
figures.
6.
Many
accidents
have
happened
recently,
so
many
people
__________
journey
safety
much.
7.
On
hearing
the
moving
story,
she
found
it
difficult
to_____________.
8.
Now
almost
every
day________,
people
around
the
town
like
to
dance
together
to
relax
themselves.
9.
As
a
famous
public
figure,
he
often
attends
__________
voluntary
activities.
10.
If
you
want
to
be
successful
in
the
job
interview,
you
_________
be
well
prepared.
答案:1.
going
through
2.
set
down
3.
in
order
to
4.
no
longer
5.
adding
up
6.
are
concerned
about
7.
calm
down
8.
at
dusk
9.
a
series
of
10.
have
got
to
Ⅲ.
阅读理解
A
While
most
high
school
students
spend
most
of
their
time
worrying
about
who
likes
who,
and
different
relationships
between
their
classmates,
I
choose
to
focus
on
my
school
lessons
and
sports.
When
I
was
young,
my
mother
encouraged
me
to
develop
and
keep
friendship
with
boys
in
order
to
build
strong
relationships.
But
she
told
me
not
to
risk
a
good
friendship
with
a
boy
with
the
title
of
boyfriend.
It’s
indeed
a
wise
choice
to
stay
friends
with
those
of
the
opposite
sex(异性).
In
my
opinion,
even
though
some
high
school
relationships
might
continue
after
graduation,
the
probability
of
them
lasting
much
longer
is
so
slim(微小的)that
there
really
is
not
a
point
to
it.
Firstly
you
have
to
think
about
such
a
question—whether
it
is
possible
to
hurt
both
of
you,
or
even
hurt
both
of
your
future
husbands
or
wives.
My
second
point
is
that
you
still
can
date(约会)if
you
hope
marriage
could
possibly
follow.
Except
this,
there
really
is
not
any
other
reason
for
dating.
Some
students
desire
relationships
for
a
chance
to
be
romantic.
While
these
are
nice
to
have,
there
are
many
more
important
things
at
this
point
in
our
lives.
The
titles
of
boyfriend
and
girlfriend
put
too
much
stress(重点)on
a
relationship
between
high
school
students.
Just
staying
as
common
friends
may
be
the
best
choice
for
us.
I
strongly
advise
we
should
deal
with
it
in
a
proper
way
and
follow
our
teachers’advice
if
necessary.
【文章大意】在学校生活中,
学生应该把重点放在学习上还是社交上?
对此问题各人有各人的观点。本文作者给出了自己的看法。
1.
The
author
writes
this
passage
probably
for   to
read.
A.
high
school
students
B.
school
teachers
C.
parents
and
teachers
D.
married
couples
【解析】选A。细节理解题。文章第一段提到“While
most
high
school
students
spend
most
of
their
time.
.
.
”,
再结合最后一段可知,
文章的写作对象是high
school
students,
故A项符合题意。
2.
Between
sexes,
the
relationship
of
being
good
friends
might
be   than
that
of
being
boy/girl
friends.
A.
weaker  B.
safer  C.
slimmer  D.
stronger
【解析】选D。细节理解题。文章第二段提到“the
probability
of
them
lasting
much
longer
is
so
slim
that
there
really
is
not
a
point
to
it”,
由此可知在高中发展男女朋友关系是不会长久的,
即普通朋友关系比男女朋友关系能更持久、更稳固。
3.
How
does
the
writer
like
the
idea
of
dating
among
the
students?
A.
Dating
is
a
nice
chance
for
students
to
be
romantic.
B.
Studying
is
far
more
important
than
dating
in
school.
C.
In
high
school
dating
can
surely
lead
to
future
marriage.
D.
Dating
in
high
school
is
sure
to
hurt
your
future
family.
【解析】选B。推理判断题。文中倒数第二段提到“While
these
are
nice
to
have,
there
are
many
more
important
things
at
this
point
in
our
lives.
”,
作者认为此时还有更重要的事情去做,
比如学习。
4.
The
underlined
word“it”in
the
last
paragraph
might
refer
to   .
A.
the
title
of
boyfriend
or
girlfriend
at
school
B.
advice
given
by
both
teachers
and
parents
C.
the
pressure
from
school
lessons
and
sports
D.
the
relationship
between
students
of
opposite
sexes
【解析】选D。词义猜测题。根据文章的主要意思可知,
此处讲的是我们要用恰当的方式来处理与异性之间的关系并遵循老师的建议。因此D项符合题意。
B
  World
leaders
arrived
at
the
G20
summit(峰会)in
Australia
this
weekend
to
help
solve
serious
global
crises(危机)but
they
stayed
for
the
koalas.
  All
heads
of
state
at
the
summit,
from
the“leader
of
the
free
world”President
Obama
to
the“Iron
Chancellor”Angela
Merkel,
proved
powerless
against
the
lovely
animals.
  Even
the
usually
stone-faced
Putin
was
pictured
cracking
a
rare
smile
while
embracing(拥抱)a
koala,
who
appeared
to
be
trying
to
escape
the
Russian
president’s
iron
grip.
  President
Obama
was
equally
overjoyed
to
spend
some
quality
time
with
a
koala
named“Jimbelung”.
But
Obama’s
new
furry
friend
did
not
seem
very
much
impressed
with
the
US
commander-in-chief,
and
instead
focused
his
attentions
on
the
koala
in
the
arms
of
Australia’s
Prime
Minister
Tony
Abbott.
  At
one
point,
the
two
furry
creatures
even
exchanged
a
kiss,
to
the
obvious
delight
of
Obama
and
Abbott.
  Meanwhile
the
ladies
of
the
G20
were
also
treated
to
the
unique
Australian
experience
and
were
led
by
Mr
Abbott’s
wife,
Margie,
through
Brisbane’s
Lone
Pine
Koala
Sanctuary
on
Saturday.
  The
G20
leaders’wives
also
getting
up
close
and
personal
and
got
to
hug
some
koalas
while
they
also
got
to
hand
feed
some
Kangaroos.
Chinese
President
Xi
Jinping’s
wife
Peng
Liyuan
and
Canadian
Prime
Minister
Stephen
Harper’s
wife
Laureen
were
among
the
first
ladies
who
laughed
nervously
as
a
couple
of
large
kangaroos
sidled(慢慢走近,
悄悄走近)up
to
help
themselves
to
the
offered
food.
  But
the“koala
diplomacy(考拉外交)”could
only
carry
the
western
leaders
so
far.
【文章大意】本文是一篇新闻报道,
介绍在2014年澳大利亚峰会上,
各国领导人对可爱的考拉毫无招架之力,
纷纷与之亲密接触,
但是这种气氛却不能延续到会议上。
5.
Where
can
we
most
probably
find
this
passage?
A.
In
a
magazine.
      
B.
In
a
newspaper.
C.
In
a
science
book.
D.
In
a
travel
journal.
【解析】选B。推理判断题。本文介绍在2014年11月份世界各国领导人在澳大利亚参加G20峰会的相关情况,
是一篇新闻报道,
最可能出现在报纸上,
故B项正确。
6.
What
does
the
underlined
part“Obama’s
new
furry
friend”in
Para.
4
most
probably
mean?
A.
Angela
Merkel.
B.
Putin.
C.
Tony
Abbott.
D.
Jimbelung.
【解析】选D。词义猜测题。由第四段第一句话President
Obama
was
equally
overjoyed
to
spend
some
quality
time
with
a
koala
named“Jimbelung”.
可知,
Obama’s
new
furry
friend指的是那只叫Jimbelung的考拉,
故D项正确。
7.
Which
of
the
following
is
TRUE
according
to
this
passage?
A.
The
purpose
of
the
G20
summit
is
to
solve
serious
global
crises.
B.
Not
all
heads
attending
the
summit
loved
koalas.
C.
The
G20
leaders’wives
didn’t
love
koalas
at
all.
D.
Putin
loves
smiling
from
time
to
time.
【解析】选A。细节理解题。由第一段信息World
leaders
arrived
at
the
G20
summit
in
Australia
this
weekend
to
help
solve
serious
global
crises可知A项正确。
8.
Which
of
the
following
persons
is
NOT
mentioned
in
the
passage?
A.
Obama.
B.
Angela
Merkel.
C.
Peng
Liyuan.
D.
ElizabethⅠ.
【解析】选D。细节理解题。文中提到了奥巴马,
安格拉·默克尔和彭丽媛,
但是没提到伊丽莎白一世,
故D项正确。
9.
What
is
the
best
title
for
the
passage?
A.
The
G20
Summit
B.
Leaders
Gathered
in
Australia
C.
Koala
Diplomacy
D.
Lovely
Koala
【解析】选C。主旨大意题。本文介绍在2014年在澳大利亚举办的世界峰会上,
各国领导人纷纷与可爱的考拉亲密接触,
但是,
这种和谐的气氛并没有真正延续到会议上,
故C项(考拉外交)为最佳标题。
Ⅳ.
阅读第二节
  根据短文内容,
从短文后的选项中选出能填入空白处的最佳选项。选项中有两项为多余选项。
  When
I
was
16
years
old,
a
boy
gave
me
an
important
gift.
 1?
It
was
the
early
autumn
of
my
first
year
at
a
junior
high
school,
and
my
old
school
was
far
away.
 2 I
was
very
lonely,
and
afraid
to
make
friends
with
anyone.
Every
time
I
listened
to
other
students
talking
and
laughing,
I
felt
my
heart
break.
I
couldn’t
talk
with
anyone
about
my
problems.
And
I
didn’t
want
my
parents
to
worry
about
me.
Then
one
day,
my
classmates
talked
happily
with
their
friends,
but
I
sat
at
my
desk
unhappily
as
usual.
 3 I
didn’t
know
who
he
was.
He
passed
me
and
then
turned
back.
He
looked
at
me,
with
a
smile
on
his
face.
Suddenly,
I
felt
the
touch
of
something
bright
and
friendly.
It
made
me
feel
happy,
lively
and
warm.
 4 I
started
to
talk
with
other
students
and
made
friends.
Day
by
day,
I
became
closer
to
everyone
in
my
class.
The
boy
with
the
lucky
smile
has
become
my
best
friend
now!
 5 I
believe
that
the
world
is
what
you
think
it
is.
If
you
think
it
lonely,
you
might
always
be
alone.
So
smile
at
the
world
and
it
will
smile
back.
A.
At
that
moment,
a
boy
entered
the
classroom.
B.
He’s
living
in
Australia
now
and
he
loves
it.
C.
It
doesn’t
matter
because
all
the
dark
days
have
gone.
D.
It
was
a
smile.
E.
That
smile
changed
my
life.
F.
It’s
practically
impossible
to
make
friends
here.
G.
As
a
result,
no
one
knew
who
I
was.
答案:
1~5.
DGAEC
PAGE课时提升作业(二)
Unit
1 Learning
about
Language
Ⅰ.
句型转换
1.
He
said,
“You
are
younger
than
I.

→He
said
_________________________.
2.
She
said,
“My
brother
wants
to
go
with
me.

→She
said
__________________________.
3.
She
said,
“I
have
lost
a
pen.

→She
said__________________________.
4.
She
said,
“He
will
go
to
see
his
friend.

→She
said______________________________.
5.
Jack
said,
“John,
where
were
you
going
when
I
met
you
in
the
street?

→Jack
asked
John
___________________________
in
the
street.
6.
Xiao
Wang
said,
“I
was
born
on
April
20,
1980.

→Xiao
Wang
said
_________________________________.
7.
He
said,
“Can
you
swim,
John?

→He
asked
John
______________________.
8.
She
asked
me,
“When
do
they
have
their
dinner?

→She
asked
me
___________________________.
9.
“Where
did
you
have
a
picnic
yesterday?
”asked
his
friend.
→His
friend
asked
________________________________.
10.
“When
you
come
here,
will
you
please
bring
a
dictionary?
”the
editor
said
to
the
worker.
→The
editor
asked________________________________________________.
答案:1.
(that)I
was
younger
than
him.
2.
her
brother
wanted
to
go
with
her.
3.
she
had
lost
a
pen.
4.
he
would
go
to
see
his
friend.
5.
where
he
was
going
when
he
met
him
in
the
street.
6.
he
was
born
on
April
20,
1980.
7.
if
he
could
swim.
8.
when
they
had
their
dinner.
9.
where
he
had
a
picnic
the
day
before.
10.
whether
the
worker
would
take
a
dictionary
when
he
went
there.
Ⅱ.
完成句子
1.
He
said(that)
________________
when
the
earthquake
happened.
他说地震发生时他正在做饭。
2.
She
told
me(that)
______________________
an
hour
before.
她告知我她一个小时前回来的。
3.
He
__________________________
she
was
interested
in
English.
他问她是否对英语感兴趣。
4.
He
asked
me___________________________.
他问我我的名字是什么。
5.
Peter
said
____________________
that
day.
彼得说我最好那天去那里。
6.
He
said
___________________________.
他说那些书是他的。
7.
The
father
told
his
son________________________________.
父亲告诉儿子他朋友已给他打了电话。
8.
The
girl
asked
________________________________
the
hiding
place.
女孩问他们应该何时离开藏身的地方。
9.
The
mother
asked
_________________________
in
the
room
then.
妈妈问那时孩子们在房间里正在做什么。
10.
He
said
______________________
every
morning.
他说他每天早晨六点起床。
答案:1.
he
was
cooking
2.
she
had
come
back
3.
asked
if/whether
4.
what
my
name
was
5.
I
had
better
go
there
6.
those
books
were
his.
7.
that
his
friend
had
given
him
a
ring
8.
when
they
should
leave
9.
what
the
kids
were
doing
10.
he
gets
up
at
six
Ⅲ.
完形填空
Many
language
learners
think
their
pronunciation
is
good
enough
because
their
teacher
doesn’t
correct
them
too
often
or
because
other
students
can 1 them.
Pronunciation
is
the
area
which
is 2 the
least
attention
to
in
language
learning.
Most
teachers 3 just
let
their
students
speak.
The
teachers
stop
them 4 the
students
say
something
completely
wrong.
Working
on
each
student’s
pronunciation
in
class
is
just 5 .
Also,
the
students
who
are 6 at
pronunciation
may
be
afraid
that
it
will
embarrass
their
classmates
if
they
help 7 their
mistakes.
Although
you
believe
your
pronunciation
is
good
enough
to 8 ,
you
may
be 9 when
you
actually
go
to
a
foreign
country.
One
of
my
friends
was
the
best
student
in
his 10 class
in
Poland.
However,
when
he
went
to
America,
he
found
Americans
didn’t
understand 11 of
what
he
said.
Your
pronunciation
may
still
be
quite 12 that
of
a
native
speaker.
If
this
is
the 13 ,
other
people
will
find
it 14 to
understand
what
you’re
saying
and
will
not
be
comfortable
with
you.
 15 ,
don’t
think
you
can
communicate
in
a
foreign
language 16 you’ve
tested
your
skills
on
real
native
speakers.
 17 for
native
or
near-native
pronunciation
so
that
people
you
talk
to
can
communicate
with
you 18 .
In
order
to
achieve
this
goal,
there’s
no 19 that
you
will
need
to
start
thinking
about
pronunciation
and 20 time
on
it.
【文章大意】虽然在语言学习中,
读音是最不被关注的,
但是在进行语言学习时,
仍需关注读音。
1.
A.
mistake        
B.
watch
C.
surround
D.
understand
【解析】选D。词语辨析题。许多语言学习者认为他们的读音很好,
因为他们的老师不会经常纠正他们的读音,
或者因为他们的同学能“听懂”他们的话。understand“理解,
明白”。
2.
A.
made   B.
found
C.
paid   D.
called
【解析】选C。固定搭配题。在语言学习中,
读音是最不被“关注”的领域。pay
attention
to“注意”。
3.
A.
never
B.
ever
C.
even
D.
usually
【解析】选D。逻辑推理题。大多数老师“通常”只是让学生读(而不关注他们的读音)。
4.
A.
only
if
B.
as
if
C.
even
if
D.
so
that
【解析】选A。逻辑推理题。“只有”当学生彻底错了的时候,
老师们才会阻止学生。only
if“只有”。
5.
A.
fantastic
B.
impossible
C.
necessary
D.
important
【解析】选B。词语辨析题。对班里所有学生的读音进行纠正是“不可能的”。impossible“不可能的”。
6.
A.
poor
B.
well
C.
good
D.
strict
【解析】选C。固定搭配题。同样地,
读音“好”的学生可能担心如果帮助“指出”同学读音的错误会让同学很尴尬。be
good
at“擅长”。
7.
A.
put
out
B.
work
out
C.
try
out
D.
point
out
【解析】选D。词语辨析题。point
out“指出”;
put
out“扑灭”;
work
out“计算出”;
try
out“试验”。
8.
A.
communicate
B.
travel
C.
pronounce
D.
exchange
【解析】选A。词语辨析题。尽管你认为你的读音可能足以“交流”,
但是当你真的到了外国的时候,
你会很“吃惊”。communicate“交流”。
9.
A.
happy
B.
sad
C.
surprised
D.
excited
【解析】选C。词语辨析题。surprised“吃惊的,
震惊的”。
10.
A.
Polish
B.
French
C.
German
D.
English
【解析】选D。逻辑推理题。此处指在波兰和美国的共同语言,
应该是“英语”。
11.
A.
none
B.
half
C.
rest
D.
lot
【解析】选B。逻辑推理题。只有A、B两项语法正确;
由上下文内容可知,
选half。
12.
A.
near
to
B.
near
from
C.
far
from
D.
next
to
【解析】选C。词语辨析题。你的读音可能与以英语为本族语的人的读音“相去甚远”。far
from“离……远”,
即差别较大。
13.
A.
same
B.
matter
C.
case
D.
fact
【解析】选C。固定搭配题。“如果是这样”,
其他人可能觉得听懂你的话很“难”。if
this
is
the
case“如果是这样”。
14.
A.
easy
B.
beneficial
C.
convenient
D.
hard
【解析】选D。逻辑推理题。hard“困难的”;
从下句中的not
be
comfortable
with
you可推测出应选D。
15.
A.
In
conclusion
B.
In
other
words
C.
In
total
D.
On
the
contrary
【解析】选A。词语辨析题。“总之”,
“直到”你与真正的说本族语的人交流测试过你才能用外语交流。in
conclusion“总之”;
in
other
words“换句话说”;
in
total“总和,
总共”;
on
the
contrary“相反地”。
16.
A.
when
B.
until
C.
after
D.
while
【解析】选B。固定搭配题。not.
.
.
until.
.
.
“直到……才……”。
17.
A.
Stand
B.
Look
C.
Aim
D.
Search
【解析】选C。词语辨析题。“瞄准”说本族语或者接近本族语的人的读音,
这样你才能和人们“顺畅地”交流。aim
for“瞄准,
针对”;
stand
for“代表”;
look
for“寻找”;
search
for“寻找”。
18.
A.
smoothly
B.
difficultly
C.
truly
D.
practically
【解析】选A。词语辨析题。顺畅地与他人交流。smoothly“顺畅地”,
符合语境。
19.
A.
way
B.
need
C.
doubt
D.
wonder
【解析】选C。固定搭配题。为了实现这一目标,
“毫无疑问”你需要开始考虑读音并“花时间”关注读音。there
is
no
doubt
that.
.
.
“毫无疑问……”。
20.
A.
take
B.
cost
C.
spend
D.
kill
【解析】选C。固定搭配题。spend
time
on.
.
.
“花时间在……”。其他三项结构不对。
Ⅳ.
阅读理解
“Indeed,
”George
Washington
wrote
in
his
diary
in
1785,
“some
kind
of
fly,
or
bug(虫子),
had
begun
to
hunt
on
the
leaves
before
I
left
home.
”The
father
of
our
country
was
not
the
father
of
bug.
When
Washington
wrote
that
sentence,
Englishman
had
been
referring
to
insects
as
bugs
for
more
than
a
century,
and
we
Americans
had
already
created
Lightening
bug.
But
the
English
were
soon
to
get
rid
of
the
bugs
in
their
language,
leaving
it
to
the
Americans
to
call
a
bug
a
bug
in
the
nineteenth
and
twentieth
centuries.
The
American
bug
could
also
be
a
person,
referring
to
someone
who
was
crazy
about
a
particular
activity.
Although“fan”became
the
usual
term,
sports
enthusiasts
were
racing
bugs,
basketball
bugs,
and
the
like.
And
a
bug
could
be
just
a
plain
person
with
mental
disease,
confined(限制)to
a
bughouse.
Or
the
bug
could
be
a
small
machine
or
object:
a
telegraph
key;
a
clip
used
by
a
card
sharp
to
hold
cards
under
the
table;
even
a
car,
the
small,
bug-shaped,
trademarked
Volkswagen
Beetle.
The
bug
could
also
be
burglar
alarm(防盗铃),
from
which
comes
the
expression
to
bug,
that
is,
originally“to
fix
an
alarm”,
now
a
surveillance
device
like
a
hidden
microphone.
Since
the
1840s
to
bug
has
long
meant“to
cheat”,
and
since
the
1940s
it
has
been
annoying.
We
also
know
the
bug
as
a
fault
in
a
computer
program
or
other
design.
That
meaning
dates
back
long
before
computers
to
the
laboratory
of
inventor
Thomas
Edison.
In
1878
he
explained
bugs
as“little
fault
and
difficulties”that
require“months
of
anxious
watching,
study
and
labor”to
overcome
in
developing
a
successful
product.
In
1889
it
was
recorded
that
Edison“had
been
up
the
two
previous
nights
discovering”a
bug“in
his
phonograph(唱机)”.
【文章大意】美式英语中的bug一词含义丰富,
来了解一下吧。
1.
Who
called
insects
as
bugs
in
the
19th
century?
A.
The
English.
B.
The
Americans.
C.
George
Washington.
D.
The
author’s
father.
【解析】选B。细节理解题。由第一段最后一句“But
the
English
were
soon
to
get
rid
of
the
bugs
in
their
language,
leaving
it
to
the
Americans
to
call
a
bug
a
bug
in
the
nineteenth
and
twentieth
centuries.
”可知,
在19世纪和20世纪,
美国人把昆虫称为“bug”。
2.
The
underlined
words“surveillance
device”in
Paragraph
3
most
probably
mean   .
A.
a
new
computer
program
B.
a
clip
used
by
a
card
sharp
to
hold
cards
under
the
table
C.
something
helping
hear
others’
words
on
the
phone
D.
an
alarm
clock
to
wake
you
up
【解析】选C。词义猜测题。由画线词后的“like
a
hidden
microphone”可知,
画线词是指像隐藏的麦克风一样的东西,
所以选C项。
【方法技巧】利用反义关系或同义关系推测词义
(1)利用反义关系推测词义
  有些生词的后面往往会出现一个或几个反义词,或者表转折意义的连词、词组等,抓住这些可以帮助我们推断生词词义。标志词有although,
but,
however,
whereas(然而),
nevertheless(然而,
不过),
on
the
contrary,
in
contrast(相对),
on
the
one
hand,
on
the
other
hand,
for
one
thing...for
another,
instead(of),
rather
than等。
(2)利用同义关系推测词义
  通常情况下,
英语忌讳实词重复。避免重复的方法之一是利用同义词或近义词代替。同义词替换的修饰方法可以为我们推测词义提供明显的语境线索。
3.
What
does
the
last
paragraph
mainly
talk
about?
A.
How
Edison
found
a
bug.
B.
Another
meaning
of
bug.
C.
Computers
have
faults.
D.
Discovery
costs
patience.
【解析】选B。主旨大意题。由最后一段,
特别是该段第一句话可知,
该段讲述了bug的另外一个含义。
4.
From
the
passage
we
can
infer
that   .
A.
George
Washington
found
the
bug
first
B.
England
is
more
developed
than
America
C.
the
English
like
animals
D.
the
author
is
an
American
【解析】选D。推理判断题。由第一段“The
father
of
our
country
was
not
the
father
of
bug.
”和“we
Americans
had
already
created
Lightening
bug”可推知,
作者是一名美国人。
Ⅴ.
语法填空
阅读下面材料,
在空白处填入适当的内容(1个单词)或括号内单词的正确形式。
A:
Are
you
free
tomorrow?
B:
Yes.
Why?
A:
Let’s
go
camping
together
tomorrow.
B:
But
I
am
1.
     no
mood
for
going
camping.
The
weather
is
bad.
I
have
enough
of
that.
A:
But
if
you
stay
at
home,
you
may
feel
2.
     (depress)with
nothing
interesting
to
do.
And
I
invited
Mike,
who
promised
3.
     (go)camping
with
us.
B:
In
4.
     case,
I’ll
go
camping
with
you.
5.
     shall
we
meet?
A:
Hold
on
a
6.
     and
I’ll
check
the
timetable.
Oh,
let’s
make
7.
     half
past
eight.
B:
I’m
afraid
it’s
too
early.
I
can’t
get
up
so
early.
Let’s
set
8.
     for
the
destination
at
a
quarter
past
nine.
A:
OK.
Don’t
forget
to
take
some
food
with
you.
B:
I
won’t.
I
suggest
we
9.
     (take)a
tent
as
well.
A:
Good
idea.
But
when
I
went
to
the
store
to
buy
a
tent,
I
found
all
the
tents
10.
     (sell)out.
B:
Don’t
worry.
I
can
share
mine
with
you.
A:
Thank
you.
B:
My
pleasure.
1.
【解析】in。be
in
no
mood
for
doing
sth.
无心情做某事。
2.
【解析】depressed。由于没有什么有趣的事情可做,
所以感到情绪低落。feel
depressed感到情绪低落。
3.
【解析】to
go。promise
to
do
sth.
许诺做某事。
4.
【解析】that/this。in
that/this
case在那/这种情况下,
为固定表达。
5.
【解析】When。根据下文的timetable可知,
此处询问时间。
6.
【解析】minute/moment。hold
on
a
minute/moment等一等,
为固定表达。
7.
【解析】it。make
it约定时间。
8.
【解析】off/out。set
off/out
for.
.
.
启程到……。
9.
【解析】take。suggest意为“建议”时,
宾语从句需用虚拟语气,
即should+do,
should可省略。
10.
【解析】sold/had
been
sold。句意:
当我去商店买帐篷时,
发现所有的帐篷都卖完了。
PAGE单元过关训练(五)
Unit
5 Nelson
Mandela—a
modern
hero
Ⅰ.
完成句子
1.
I          but
I
didn’t
see
any
newsboy
around.
(buy)
我打算买一份晨报,
但周围看不见有报童。
2.
They
suggested
that
most
of
the
students
in
the
class      extra-curricular
activity.
(take)
他们建议班上绝大部分学生积极参加课外活动。
3.
She
has
started
to           rather
than
performing.
(teach)
她已经开始将精力集中在教学上而不是表演上。
4.
The
number
of
people       greater
than
it
was
before.
(be)失业的人数比以前多了。
5.
Fifty
civilians
in
Masawa
were
killed           the
town.
(attack)
马萨瓦市遭到政府军飞机袭击,
有50名平民丧生。
6.
If
you
risk
something
important,
you
cause
it
to
be
in
a
dangerous
situation         .
(lose)
你如果拿重要的东西去冒险,
那你就是将它置于一种可能会失去它的危险境地。
7.
Only
when
we
landed      how
badly
the
plane
had
been
damaged.
(see)
仅仅当我们着陆之后我们才看到飞机损坏的严重程度。
8.
Although
he
failed
in
this
entrance
examination,
he          .
(lose)
这次入学考试他虽名落孙山,
但他并不气馁。
9.
In
a
strange
city,
you
may
feel
it
hard         .
(turn)在一个陌生的城市或许你很难找到一个可以向其求助的人。
10.
She         twenty
years
in
prison
for
poisoning
and
attempted
murder.
(sentence)
她因投毒和谋杀未遂被判20年监禁。
答案:1.
meant
to
buy
a
morning
paper 
2.
(should)take
an
active
part
in 
3.
devote
her
energies
to
teaching 
4.out
of
work
is 
5.
when
government
planes
attacked 
6.
where
you
might
lose
it 
7.
did
we
see 
8.didn’t
lose
heart 
9.
to
turn
to
a
person
for
help  
10.
was
sentenced
to  
Ⅱ.
完形填空
I
fell
in
love
with
Yosemite
National
Park
the
first
time
I
saw
it,
when
I
was
13.
My
parents
took
us
there
for
camping.
On
the
way
out,
I
asked
them
to
wait
while
I
ran
up
to
El
Capitan,
a 1 rock
of
3,
300
feet
straight
up.
I
touched
that
giant
rock
and
knew 2 I
wanted
to
climb
it.
That
has
been
my
life’s
passion(钟爱)ever
since— 3 the
rocks
and
mountains
of
Yosemite.
I’ve
long
made
Yosemite
my 4 .
About
15
years
ago
I
started
seeing
a
lot
of 5 ,
like
toilet
paper,
beer
cans,
and
empty
boxes,
around
the
area.
It’s 6 me
why
visitors
started
respecting
the
place 7 and
treated
such
a
beautiful
home-like
place
this
way.
I
tried 8 trash(垃圾)myself,
but
the
job
was
too
big.
I
would 9 an
hour
or
two
on
the
job,
only
to
find
the
area
trashed
all
over
again
weeks
later.
Finally,
I
got
so 10 it
that
I
decided
something
had
to
change.
As
a
rock-climbing
guide,
I
knew 11 about
organizing
any
big
event.
But
in
2004,
together
with
some
climbers,
I
set
a
date
for
a 12 .
On
that
day,
more
than
300
people 13 .
Over
three
days
we
collected
about
6,
000
pounds
of
trash.
It
was
amazing
how
much
we
were
able
to 14 .
I
couldn’t
believe
the 15 we
made—the
park
looked
clean!
Each
year
volunteers
come
for
the
clean-up
from
everywhere.
In
2007
alone,
2,
945
people
picked
up
42,
330
pounds
of
trash
and 16 132
miles
of
roadway.
I
often
hear
people 17 about
their
surroundings.
If
you
are
one
of
them,
I
would
say
the
only
way
to
change
things
is
by 18 rather
than
complaining.
We
need
to
teach
by 19 .
You
can’t
blame
others 20 you
start
with
yourself.
【文章大意】“我”把Yosemite
National
Park当成自己的家,
当“我”看到里面有大量的垃圾时,
开始是自己,
后来组织大家捡垃圾,
由此“我”明白了改变事情的方法是动手去做,
而不是抱怨。
1.
A.
distant  
B.
huge  
C.
narrow  
D.
loose
【解析】选B。逻辑推理题。从下文的that
giant
rock可知选B。
2.
A.
immediately
B.
finally
C.
gradually
D.
recently
【解析】选A。背景常识题。句意:
我触摸到那块巨石时,
立刻知道我想攀登它。immediately立即,
马上。finally最后;
gradually逐渐地;
recently近来。
3.
A.
imagining
B.
painting
C.
describing
D.
climbing
【解析】选D。词汇复现题。根据I
wanted
to
climb
it可知。
4.
A.
garden
B.
home
C.
lab
D.
palace
【解析】选B。前后照应题。根据第二段的such
a
beautiful
home-like
place可知。
5.
A.
material
B.
resources
C.
waste
D.
goods
【解析】选C。逻辑推理题。根据like后面列举的内容可知。
6.
A.
beyond
B.
against
C.
over
D.
within
【解析】选A。短语搭配题。“我”不理解游客为什么不爱护这个地方。be
beyond
sb.
对于某人来说难以理解。
7.
A.
more
B.
better
C.
less
D.
worse
【解析】选C。逻辑推理题。根据上文可知游客在这样一个美丽的地方丢弃了大量的垃圾,
越来越不尊重这个地方,
故选less。
8.
A.
throwing
away
B.
picking
up
C.
breaking
down
D.
digging
out
【解析】选B。短语辨析题。根据上文,
“我”看到游客丢垃圾很心痛,
于是自己去捡起那些游客丢弃的垃圾。pick
up捡起;
throw
away扔掉;
break
down出故障,
抛锚;
dig
out发掘,
找到。
9.
A.
kill
B.
save
C.
wait
D.
spend
【解析】选D。短语搭配题。spend
some
time
on
sth.
花费时间做某事,
故选D。
10.
A.
satisfied
with
B.
delighted
in
C.
tired
of
D.
used
to
【解析】选C。短语辨析题。根据上文的only
to
find
the
area
trashed
all
over
again
weeks
later以及下文的that
I
decided
something
had
to
change可知作者自己厌倦了单独捡垃圾。get
satisfied
with满意;
get
delighted
in高兴;
get
used
to习惯于。
11.
A.
something
B.
anything
C.
everything
D.
nothing
【解析】选D。逻辑推理题。根据下一句But后的内容可知此句意思为作者不知道如何组织大型活动。
12.
A.
clean-up
B.
party
C.
picnic
D.
concert
【解析】选A。词汇复现题。根据下文中的三百多人捡垃圾以及下一段中的Each
year
volunteers
come
for
the
clean-up
from
everywhere可知此处填A(清扫)。
13.
A.
dropped
out
B.
showed
up
C.
looked
around
D.
called
back
【解析】选B。短语辨析题。根据下一句Over
three
days
we
collected
about
6,
000
pounds
of
trash.
可知“那一天,
三百多人参加了清扫垃圾的活动”,
故选show
up(出席,
到场)。
14.
A.
demand
B.
receive
C.
accomplish
D.
overcome
【解析】选C。词语辨析题。根据上一句Over
three
days
we
collected
about
6,
000
pounds
of
trash.
可知选C(完成)。
15.
A.
plan
B.
visit
C.
contact
D.
difference
【解析】选D。短语搭配题。根据破折号后的the
park
looked
clean,
可知,
因为我们把公园的垃圾捡完了,
公园变得干净了,
与以前不同了,
make
a
difference产生差别,
故选D。
16.
A.
crossed
B.
measured
C.
covered
D.
designed
【解析】选C。词语辨析题。句意:
仅2007年一年中,
2
945人捡了42
330磅垃圾,
覆盖了132英里的路面。cover覆盖。
17.
A.
talk
B.
complain
C.
argue
D.
quarrel
【解析】选B。词汇复现题。根据下文rather
than
complaining可知选B。
18.
A.
doing
B.
thinking
C.
questioning
D.
watching
【解析】选A。逻辑推理题。句意:
……我想说改变事情的唯一方式是行动,
而不是抱怨。故选A。
19.
A.
method
B.
explanation
C.
example
D.
research
【解析】选C。逻辑推理题。句意:
我们需要榜样教育。故选C。
20.
A.
although
B.
if
C.
when
D.
unless
【解析】选D。词语辨析题。句意:
你不能责备别人,
除非以身作则。故选D。
Ⅲ.
阅读理解
A
(2015·菏泽高一检测)
Theodor
Seuss
Geisel
was
born
in
Springfield,
Massachusetts
in
1904.
He
was
famous
because
of
the
books
he
wrote
for
children.
They
combine
funny
words,
pictures,
and
social
opinions.
Dr
Seuss
wrote
his
first
book
for
children
in
1937.
It
is
called
And
to
Think
That
I
Saw
It
on
Mulberry
Street.
A
number
of
publishers
refused
to
publish
it.
They
said
it
was
too
different.
A
friend
finally
published
it.
Soon
other
successful
books
followed.
Over
the
years,
he
wrote
more
than
forty
children’s
books.
They
were
fun
to
read.
Yet
his
books
sometimes
dealt
with
serious
subjects.
By
the
middle
1940s,
Dr
Seuss
had
become
one
of
the
best-loved
and
most
successful
writers
of
children’s
books.
He
had
a
strong
desire
to
help
children.
In
1954,
Life
magazine
published
a
report
about
school
children
who
could
not
read.
The
report
said
many
children’s
books
weren’t
interesting.
Dr
Seuss
decided
to
write
books
that
were
interesting
and
easy
to
read.
In
1957,
Dr
Seuss
wrote
The
Cat
in
the
Hat.
He
used
less
than
225
words
to
write
the
book.
This
was
about
the
number
of
words
a
six-year-old
should
be
able
to
read.
The
story
is
about
a
cat
who
tries
to
entertain
two
children
on
a
rainy
day
while
their
mother
is
away
from
home.
The
cat
is
not
like
normal
cats.
It
talks.
The
book
was
an
immediate
success.
It
was
an
interesting
story
and
was
easy
to
read.
Children
loved
it.
Their
parents
loved
it,
too.
Today
many
adults
say
it
is
still
one
of
the
stories
they
like
best.
【文章大意】本文介绍了著名的儿童作家——Theodor
Seuss
Geisel。
1.
What’s
the
best
title
for
this
passage?
A.
Some
of
Dr
Seuss’s
books
for
children
B.
What
are
Dr
Seuss’s
books
mainly
about
C.
Dr
Seuss—a
famous
writer
of
children’s
books
D.
Why
are
Dr
Seuss’s
books
different
【解析】选C。主旨大意题。根据文章可知本文是一篇人物传记,
主要介绍了Theodor
Seuss
Geisel,
一位著名的儿童作家,
故选C。
2.
What
do
we
know
about
Dr
Seuss’s
first
book
for
children?
A.
It
was
Dr
Seuss’s
worst
book.
B.
It
dealt
with
a
very
serious
subject.
C.
Neither
children
nor
adults
like
it.
D.
Many
publishers
didn’t
take
it
seriously
at
first.
【解析】选D。细节理解题。根据第二段A
number
of
publishers
refused
to
publish
it.
They
said
it
was
too
different.
可知D为正确选项。
3.
How
did
Dr
Seuss
help
children
according
to
Paragraph
3?
A.
By
asking
others
to
help
them
in
magazines.
B.
By
writing
interesting
and
simple
books.
C.
By
changing
his
old
books
into
simpler
ones.
D.
By
giving
them
books
for
free.
【解析】选B。细节理解题。根据第三段最后一句Dr
Seuss
decided
to
write
books
that
were
interesting
and
easy
to
read.
可知B为正确选项。
4.
Adults
most
probably
think
that
Dr
Seuss’sThe
Cat
in
the
Hatis   .
A.
interesting
B.
serious
C.
difficult
D.
boring
【解析】选A。根据最后一段Today
many
adults
say
it
is
still
one
of
the
stories
they
like
best.
可知A为正确选项。
B
  A
seven-year-old
girl
survived
when
a
small
plane
in
which
she
was
flying
with
her
family
crashed(碰撞)in
the
Kentucky
woods,
killing
her
parents,
an
elder
sister
and
a
teenage
cousin,
police
said
on
Saturday.
The
surviving
daughter,
was
able
to
walk
to
a
nearby
home
to
seek
help,
police
said.
She
was
then
taken
to
an
area
hospital
and
treated
for
minor
injuries,
before
being
taking
away
by
a
family
member
early
this
morning,
said
Kentucky
State
Police
spokesman
Dean
Patterson.
“When
you
have
a
small
plane
crash
in
a
wooded
area
it
is
going
to
cause
significant
damage,
”said
Patterson.
“It
is
amazing
to
me
that
the
smallest
person
in
that
aircraft
was
the
one
that
survived.

An
area
homeowner,
Larry
Wilkins,
told
CNN
that
the
girl
was
crying
and
bloodied
when
she
showed
up
at
his
door,
nearly
a
mile
from
the
crash
site,
and
told
him
her
parents
were
dead.
“She’s
a
terribly
brave
little
girl,
”Wilkins
said.
The
family
had
spent
the
New
Year’s
holiday
in
Florida,
visiting
a
son
who
lives
there,
and
was
returning
home
when
the
plane
went
down.
The
Gutzlers
were
part-owners
of
a
family-owned
furniture
store
that
has
served
the
southern
Illinois
community
of
Nashville
for
five
decades.
Employees
and
customers
alike
were
in
mourning,
said
family
friend
and
store
employee
Troy
Dunbar.
“This
whole
community
is
heartbroken,
”he
said.
Dunbar
said
he
had
been
told
the
girl
had
suffered
a
broken
arm
in
the
crash.
“She
was
so
attached
to
her
dad,
”he
said.
“He
would
bring
her
into
the
store
a
lot
and
she
was
never
out
of
his
sight.

5.
What’s
the
best
title
for
the
passage?
A.
A
report
of
police
B.
A
seven-year-old
girl
survived
in
a
plane
crash
C.
The
family
of
a
seven-year-old
girl
D.
A
terrible
crash
【解析】选B。主旨大意题。根据文章全文尤其是第一段,
可知本文主要介绍了在美国肯塔基州的空难,
7岁女孩奇迹生还。
6.
What
did
the
girl
do
after
the
crash?
A.
Walked
to
hospital.
B.
Treated
for
minor
injuries.
C.
Called
police
for
help.
D.
Walked
to
a
neaby
home
to
seek
help.
【解析】选D。细节理解题。根据文章第二段was
able
to
walk
to
a
nearby
home
to
seek
help可知D为正确选项。
7.
Why
did
the
family
go
to
Florida?
A.
To
visit
a
son
who
lives
there.
B.
To
have
a
trip.
C.
To
do
a
business.
D.
To
go
to
a
furniture
store.
【解析】选A。根据文章第五段visiting
a
son
who
lives
there可知A正确。
8.
Which
of
the
following
words
can
take
the
place
of
the
underlined
word“mourning”?
A.
Excitement.
B.
Puzzlement.
C.
Sadness.
D.
Pressure.
【解析】选C。词义猜测题。根据句意可知员工和顾客都对此深表悲伤。故选C。
9.
It
can
be
inferred
from
the
passage
that   .
A.
the
girl
was
injured
badly
B.
the
Gutzlers
were
the
only
owner
of
a
family-owned
furniture
store
C.
she
seldom
went
to
the
store
D.
Wilkins
thought
highly
of
the
girl
【解析】选D。根据第四段最后一句She’s
a
terribly
brave
little
girl可知D正确。
PAGE单元质量评估(五)
Unit
5
(120分钟 150分)
第Ⅰ卷
第一部分 听力(共两节,
满分30分)
第一节(共5小题;
每小题1.
5分,
满分7.
5分)
  听下面5段对话。每段对话后有一个小题,
从题中所给的A、B、C三个选项中选出最佳选项,
并标在试卷的相应位置。听完每段对话后,
你都有10秒钟的时间来回答有关小题和阅读下一小题。每段对话仅读一遍。
1.
What
does
the
man
want
to
do?
A.
To
make
a
phone
call.
B.
To
give
the
woman
some
change.
C.
To
change
some
money
to
buy
a
telephone.
2.
What
happens
to
the
woman?
A.
She
wants
to
buy
a
computer.
B.
Her
computer
needs
repairing.
C.
She
wants
to
sell
her
second-hand
computer.
3.
What
do
we
know
from
the
man’s
answer?
A.
He
doesn’t
like
either.
B.
Brown
is
his
favorite
color.
C.
He
likes
both
the
shirts.
4.
What
is
the
man’s
telephone
number?
A.
388-0429.
   B.
3888-0429.
   
C.
8880-0429.
5.
According
to
the
man,
his
bedroom
is   .
A.
poor
B.
comfortable
C.
just
so
so
【听力材料】
Text
1
M:
Excuse
me,
but
could
you
give
me
some
change?
W:
Let
me
see.
Are
dimes
and
quarters
OK?
M:
①I
want
to
make
a
long-distance
phone
call.
W:
Then
you’ll
need
small
change.
Text
2
M:
What
can
I
do
for
you?
W:
Don’t
you
remember
me?
②I
have
had
my
second-hand
computer
repaired
here
twice.
You
see,
it
broke
down
yesterday,
so
I
have
to
come
again.
Text
3
W:
Which
of
the
two
shirts
do
you
like
better,
the
brown
one
or
the
black
and
white
one?
M:
It
is
not
an
easy
question
for
me
to
answer.
③Brown
is
not
my
favorite
color
and
the
other
is
too
fancy
for
me.
Text
4
W:
Hello.
④Is
this
three
eight
double
zero
four
two
nine?
M:
Yes.
Who
is
that?
Text
5
W:
What
do
you
think
of
your
new
bedroom?
M:
⑤It
can’t
be
more
comfortable.
W:
I’m
glad
to
hear
that.
答案:1~5.
ABACB
第二节(共15小题;
每小题1.
5分,
满分22.
5分)
  听下面5段对话。每段对话后有几个小题,
从题中所给的A、B、C三个选项中选出最佳选项,
并标在试卷的相应位置。听每段对话前,
你将有时间阅读各个小题,
每小题5秒钟;
听完后,
各小题给出5秒钟的作答时间。每段对话读两遍。
听第6段材料,
回答第6、7题。
6.
What
is
the
man
doing?
A.
Giving
a
speech.
B.
Chairing
a
meeting.
C.
Introducing
a
person.
7.
Why
does
the
woman
sing
so
well?
A.
She
has
a
great
teacher.
B.
She
teaches
singing.
C.
She
is
young.
听第7段材料,
回答第8、9题。
8.
Who
likes
golf
most?
A.
The
man.
B.
The
woman.
C.
Both
of
them.
9.
What’s
the
man?
A.
A
scientist.
B.
A
teacher.
C.
A
leader.
听第8段材料,
回答第10~12题。
10.
Why
does
the
woman
want
to
sell
her
house?
A.
Because
she’s
tired
of
the
noise.
B.
Because
she
has
retired
and
is
short
of
money.
C.
Because
she
wants
to
live
in
the
distant
country.
11.
How
long
has
the
woman
lived
in
her
house?
A.
30
years.
B.
20
years.
C.
15
years.
12.
Who
will
decide
to
buy
the
house
in
the
end?
A.
The
man.
B.
The
woman.
C.
The
man’s
wife.
听第9段材料,
回答第13~16题。
13.
How
does
Lily
feel
now?
A.
Happy.
B.
Upset.
C.
Angry.
14.
How
much
pocket
money
does
Lily
get
a
month?
A.
About
5
pounds.
 
B.
About
15
pounds.
C.
About
20
pounds.
15.
Why
does
Lily
want
more
pocket
money?
A.
To
buy
some
clothes.
B.
To
pay
for
music
lessons.
C.
To
get
as
much
as
her
friends.
16.
What
does
the
man
think
of
what
Lily’s
mother
did?
A.
It’s
quite
right.
B.
It’s
a
little
improper.
C.
It’s
reasonable.
听第10段材料,
回答第17~20题。
17.
What
is
the
matter
with
the
man?
A.
He
finds
it
hard
to
choose
a
university.
B.
He
has
a
headache.
C.
He
will
leave
his
home.
18.
How
does
the
man’s
study
get
on?
A.
Quite
bad.
   
B.
Just
so-so.
C.
Quite
good.
19.
Why
do
the
man’s
parents
wish
him
to
go
to
a
Catholic(天主教的)college?
A.
The
university
is
next
to
their
house.
B.
They
think
the
education
there
is
good.
C.
The
man
will
be
more
confident
there.
20.
What
will
the
woman
do
next
week?
A.
Look
for
an
experienced
advisor.
B.
Collect
more
information
about
study.
C.
Look
at
the
recommended
colleges.
【听力材料】
Text
6
M:
Ladies
and
Gentlemen,
⑥let’s
welcome
Jane
Carter.
Jane,
you
are
so
young.
How
can
you
sing
so
well?
W:
Well,
Mr.
Green.
I
like
singing
very
much.
And
I’ve
been
doing
this
for
a
long
time.
⑦Above
all
I
have
Mr.
James
as
my
teacher.
M:
No
wonder.
I
believe
you’ll
do
a
wonderful
job
tonight.
Text
7
W:
Hi,
Mark.
Haven’t
seen
you
for
ages.
What
are
you
doing?
M:
⑨I’m
busy
with
my
experiments
in
the
lab
but
after
work
I
often
do
some
sports.
W:
Like
what?
M:
Like
tennis,
running
and
golf.
W:
⑧Golf?
That’s
my
favorite
game.
How
often
do
you
play,
Mark?
M:
I
usually
play
about
once
a
month.
What
about
you,
Hingis?
W:
I
play
every
Sunday.
M:
Even
when
it
rains?
W:
Yes,
even
when
it
rains.
I
never
miss
a
game
on
Sunday.
M:
Where
do
you
go?
W:
The
Country
Club.
Do
you
know
it?
M:
Yes,
I
was
there
once.
You’re
going
to
play
next
Sunday,
I
suppose.
W:
Certainly.
Listen!
Why
don’t
you
come
with
me?
We
can
play
together.
M:
Certainly,
I’d
love
to.
Text
8
M:
Good
afternoon.
I
believe
this
house
is
for
sale.
W:
Yes,
that’s
right.
M:
May
I
have
a
look
at
it,
please?
W:
Yes,
of
course
you
can.
Let
me
show
you
around.
M:
How
long
have
you
lived
here?
W:
I’ve
lived
here
ever
since
my
son
was
born,
and
now
he’s
30.
M:
Oh,
that’s
quite
a
long
time.
Then
why
do
you
want
to
sell
it?
W:
⑩I’ve
just
retired.
I
want
to
buy
a
small
house
in
the
country.
It’s
quiet
and
the
air
is
fresh
there.
M:
How
much
do
you
want
for
it?
W:
$
150,
000.
M:
That’s
a
lot
of
money.
Can
you
bring
it
down?
W:
I’m
sorry
but
I
think
it’s
worth
the
price.
M:
I
like
the
house
but
I
can’t
decide
now.
My
wife
must
see
it
first.
W:
Woman
always
has
the
last
word.
Text
9
M:
Are
you
OK,
Lily?
You
don’t
look
very
happy.
W:
Oh,
David.
I
had
an
argument
with
mum
again.
I’m
not
getting
enough
pocket
money.
M:
How
much
do
you
get?
W:
Five
pounds
a
week.
M:
That
sounds
reasonable
to
me.
W:
Well,
I’m
14
and
if
you
are
going
to
town
shopping,
you
can
never
have
enough
money.
Everything
is
so
expensive.
M:
But
is
it
a
fair
amount
of
money
compared
with
what
your
friends
get?
W:
Well,
we
all
get
the
same.
But
I
have
to
buy
all
my
music
things
as
well
as
things
for
school
and
have
hardly
anything
left
to
spend
on
clothes.
M:
Right.
Do
you
have
to
help
around
the
house?
W:
Not
really.
M:
So
you
don’t
have
to
do
anything
for
this
pocket
money.
W:
Mum
said
if
I
do
that
I
will
never
have
time
to
do
my
school
work.
M:
Maybe
you
should
sit
down
with
her.
W:
So,
I
should
talk
to
her
again?
M:
Yes,
but
don’t
argue
with
her.
Just
discuss
it
calmly.
W:
OK,
thanks.
Text
10
W:
How
is
your
college
search
going?
M:
It’s
a
huge
headache.
I
have
no
idea
what
I
want
to
do.
There
are
too
many
choices.
My
grades
are
good
enough
that
I
have
a
lot
of
choices,
but
after
that.
.
.
W:
I
know.
You
have
to
decide
if
you
want
to
attend
a
school
in
a
city
or
in
the
country,
a
big
school
or
a
small
school,
a
public
school
or
a
private
school.
.
.
M:
Yup,
you
know.
And
my
parents
are
trying
to
press
me
into
going
to
a
Catholic
college.
They
both
attended
one
andthink
that
it
combines
a
good
education
with
good
discipline.
And
the
tuition
is
usually
pretty
low.
W:
I
see.
Well,
don’t
forget
to
talk
to
the
college
counselor
at
the
school.
He
usually
gives
good
advice
and
can
help
point
you
in
the
right
direction.
He
gave
me
some
information,
andnext
week,
I’m
going
to
take
a
look
at
some
of
the
colleges
he
recommended.
M:
Thanks
for
the
information.
And
good
luck
in
your
college
search.
答案:
6~10.
CABAA
11~15.ACBCA
16~20.BACBC
第二部分 阅读理解(共两节,
满分40分)
第一节(共15小题;
每小题2分,
满分30分)
  阅读下列短文,
从每题所给的四个选项(A、B、C和D)中,
选出最佳选项。
A
  Helping
your
children
to
read
and
write
at
home
will
improve
their
skills
and
confidence—it
will
also
make
them
get
ready
for
learning
in
the
classroom
environment.
Reading
and
writing
skills
are
needed
by
every
child
in
every
subject
in
every
year
of
their
life
in
or
outside
school.
Students
who
improve
their
reading
and
writing
skills
will
increase
their
vocabulary
and
their
ability(能力)to
use
the
English
language
correctly.
As
parents,
you
can
play
an
important
role
in
improving
your
children’s
literacy(读写能力).
You
can
make
a
difference
by
listening,
asking
questions,
giving
information,
and
reading
with
your
children
outside
school
hours.
Here
are
8
tips
on
how
to
help
your
children
to
read
and
write:
having
everyday
conversations
with
your
children
trying
to
ask
more“wh-”questions
instead
of
easy“yes”or“no”questions
encouraging
your
children
to
talk
about
events
you
don’t
know
reading
to
your
children
each
night
listening
to
your
children
read
teaching
your
children
how
to
use
dictionaries
talking
about
your
children’s
writings
practicing
filling
in
forms,
writing
letters,
sending
cards
or
emails
You
can
also
encourage
your
children
to
join
the
Reading
Challenge
Club
and
discuss
the
books
they
are
reading
together.
In
the
club,
children
must
read
15
books
from
the
Challenge
book
list
and
5
more
books
chosen
by
themselves.
The
reading
must
be
done
in
one
year.
There
are
over
1,
000
books
on
the
list.
What’s
more,
it
is
a
wonderful
way
to
help
your
children
to
write.
For
example,
you
can
encourage
them
to
write
diaries
or
book
reviews.
Remember
to
make
positive
comments
as
much
as
possible.
【文章大意】本文主要告诉父母,
提高孩子的阅读和写作能力的重要性以及如何提高孩子的阅读和写作能力。
21.
This
passage
is
mainly
written
for   .
A.
children 
B.
teachers 
C.
parents 
D.
doctors
【解析】选C。推理判断题。根据文中多次提到的your
children可知,
这篇文章主要是写给父母的。
22.
   is
in
the
8
tips
above.
A.
Teaching
your
children
how
to
use
tapes
B.
Asking“yes”or“no”questions
C.
Listening
to
your
children
read
D.
Talking
about
your
children’s
dictionaries
【解析】选C。细节理解题。对照文中的八条提示,
可找出答案。
23.
Parents
can
help
children
to
write
by
encouraging
them
to   .
A.
draw
pictures
or
take
photos
B.
listen
to
pop
music
C.
write
diaries
or
book
reviews
D.
play
computer
games
【解析】选C。细节理解题。根据“For
example,
you
can
encourage
them
to
write
diaries
or
book
reviews.
”可得出答案。
B
  Our
children
grew
up
on
peanut
butter
and
jelly(果冻)sandwiches.
Even
my
husband
and
I
sometimes
ate
one
secretly
at
late
night
with
a
glass
of
milk.
It
was
too
delicious
and
tasty.
My
mother-in-law
was
the
jelly
maker
in
this
family.
The
jelly
was
made
of
either
grape
or
blackberry.
The
only
job
I
did
to
the
jelly
making
was
to
save
baby
food
jars(罐子),
which
my
mother-in-law
would
fill
with
the
tasty
gel(凝胶体),
pack
them
up
and
send
back
to
our
home.
For
the
past
22
years
of
my
married
life,
whenever
I
wanted
to
make
a
peanut
butter
and
jelly
sandwich
for
ourselves,
all
I
had
to
do
was
reach
for
one
of
those
little
jars
of
jelly.
It
was
always
there.
This
past
December,
my
mother-in-law
passed
away.
Among
the
things
in
the
house
to
be
divided
by
her
children
were
the
remaining
canned
goods
in
the
pantry(食品储藏室).
When
my
husband
brought
his
jars
home,
we
carefully
put
them
away
in
our
pantry.
The
other
day
I
reached
in
there
to
get
jelly
for
a
quick
sandwich,
and
there
it
was.
Sitting
all
alone
on
the
far
side
of
the
shelf
was
a
small
jar
of
grape
jelly.
As
I
picked
up
the
jar,
I
suddenly
realized
something
that
I
had
failed
to
see
earlier—this
was
the
last
jar
we
would
ever
have
from
my
mother-in-law.
Although
she
had
been
dead
for
nearly
a
year,
so
much
of
her
had
remained
with
us.
Our
children
had
never
known
a
day
without
their
grandmother’s
jelly.
It
seems
like
such
a
small
thing,
and
most
days
it
was
something
that
was
ignored.
But
today
it
seemed
a
great
treasure.
No
longer
was
it
just
a
jar
of
jelly.
It
was
the
end
of
a
family
tradition.
I
believed
that
as
long
as
it
was
there,
a
part
of
my
mother-in-law
would
always
live
on.
【文章大意】品尝着婆婆给我们留下的美味,
回忆着老人家生前为我们所做的一切,
作者觉得是一笔巨大的财富。
24.
Why
did
the
couple
eat
the
jelly
secretly
at
late
night?
A.
Because
it
was
very
delicious
and
nice.
B.
Because
it
was
only
made
for
children.
C.
Because
it
was
made
by
mother-in-law.
D.
Because
it
was
good
to
health.
【解析】选A。细节理解题。根据第一段It
was
too
delicious
and
tasty.
可知A为正确选项。
25.
What
can
we
know
about
the
author
in
making
jelly?
A.
She
could
make
baby
food
by
herself.
B.
She
could
only
collect
baby
food
jars.
C.
She
helped
her
mother-in-law
fill
the
jars
with
the
tasty
gel.
D.
She
sent
the
jelly
jars
home
with
her
husband.
【解析】选B。细节理解题。根据第一段The
only
job
I
did
to
the
jelly
making
was
to
save
baby
food
jars可知B为正确选项。
26.
What
does
the
underlined
word“it”in
Paragraph
3
refer
to?
A.
a
quick
sandwich
B.
the
shelf
C.
grape
D.
jelly
【解析】选D。词义猜测题。根据The
other
day
I
reached
in
there
to
get
jelly
for
a
quick
sandwich可知D为正确选项。
27.
What’s
the
author’s
purpose
in
writing
the
passage?
A.
To
miss
her
mother-in-law.
B.
To
introduce
the
skills
of
making
jelly.
C.
To
remember
the
family
tradition.
D.
To
warn
people
to
be
nice
to
the
old.
【解析】选A。主旨大意题。本文主要介绍了作者的婆婆潜移默化地影响了她的生活,
当她某天无意间发现她留下的东西已日渐稀少,
才恍然意识到人已远去。
【方法技巧】如何抓取文章主题句
(1)要搞清是问某一段还是全文的大意,
可利用文中主要信息来把握文脉,
进行综合归纳,
概括文章的主题。
(2)任何一篇文章都是围绕某个主题展开的,
因此,
许多文章最明显的特点之一是有一个反复出现的中心词,
即高频词,
也叫主题词。本文主题词是a
jar
of
jelly和mother-in-law。
(3)把握主题句(topic
sentence)。主题句常常出现在段首或段尾处,
因此,
在阅读时,
我们要对文章的开始段和结尾段及段落的主题句给予特别注意。
C
  Nelson
Mandela
was
a
person
of
international
fame,
and
many
details
of
his
life
and
career
were
public
knowledge.
But
here
are
some
things
you
may
not
have
known
about
him.
In
his
youth,
Mandela
enjoyed
boxing.
Even
during
the
27
years
he
spent
in
prison,
he
would
exercise
every
morning.
“I
did
not
enjoy
the
violence
of
boxing
so
much
as
the
science
of
it.
Boxing
is
equal.
I
never
did
any
real
fighting
after
I
entered
politics.
My
main
interest
was
in
training,
”he
wrote
in
his
autobiography
Long
Walk
to
Freedom.
Rolihlahla
Mandela
was
nine
years
old
when
a
teacher
at
the
primary
Methodist
school
where
he
was
studying,
gave
him
an
English
name—Nelson—according
to
the
custom
to
give
all
school
children
Christian
names.
Rolihlahla
is
not
a
common
name
in
South
Africa.
It
means“troublemaker”.
His
circumcision
name
was
Dalibunga,
meaning“founder
of
the
Bunga”.
However,
in
South
Africa,
Mr
Mandela
was
often
called
by
his
clan(宗族)name—Madiba—which
South
Africans
used
out
of
respect.
After
going
underground
because
of
his
ANC
activities,
Mr
Mandela’s
ability
to
evade(躲避)the
securities
services
earned
him
the
nickname“the
black
Pimpernel”,
after
the
novel
The
Scarlet
Pimpernel,
about
a
hero
with
a
secret
identity.
A
fake(伪造的)passport
in
the
name
of
David
Motsamayi
was
used
by
Mr
Mandela.
He
had
pretended
to
be
a
driver,
a
gardener
and
a
chef
in
order
to
travel
around
the
country
unnoticed
by
the
authorities.
Mr
Mandela
studied
law
on
and
off
for
50
years
from
1939,
failing
about
half
the
course
he
took.
In
August
1952,
he
and
Oliver
Tambo
founded
South
Africa’s
first
black
law
firm,
Mandela
and
Tambo,
in
Johannesburg.
He
persevered(坚持)to
finally
get
a
law
degree
while
in
prison
in
1989.
【文章大意】本文介绍了纳尔逊·曼德拉一些鲜为人知的事情。
28.
Why
did
Nelson
Mandela
become
a
boxing
fan?
A.
He
hoped
to
find
a
better
job.
B.
He
was
interested
in
the
training.
C.
He
enjoyed
the
violence
of
boxing.
D.
He
wanted
to
take
the
championship.
【解析】选B。细节理解题。根据文章第二段My
main
interest
was
in
training可知B为正确选项。
29.
Which
of
the
following
is
TRUE
about
Mandela’s
name?
A.
Madiba
was
his
Christian
name.
B.
His
original
name
was
not
Nelson.
C.
His
parents
gave
him
the
name—Nelson.
D.
Rolihlahla
is
a
popular
name
in
South
Africa.
【解析】选B。细节理解题。根据文章第三段Rolihlahla
Mandela
was
nine
years
old.
.
.
,
gave
him
an
English
name—Nelson可知B为正确选项。
30.
Mr
Mandela
made
a
fake
passport
to   .
A.
travel
around
the
country
B.
go
abroad
easily
C.
escape
from
the
authorities
D.
pretend
to
be
an
actor
【解析】选C。细节理解题。根据文章倒数第二段travel
around
the
country
unnoticed
by
the
authorities可知C为正确选项。
31.
What
can
we
learn
from
the
last
paragraph?
A.
Mr
Mandela
was
a
determined
person.
B.
Mr
Mandela
set
up
South
Africa’s
first
law
firm.
C.
It
took
Mr
Mandela
over
fifty
years
to
get
a
law
degree.
D.
Mr
Mandela
got
his
law
degree
after
being
released
from
prison.
【解析】选A。推理判断题。根据文章最后一句He
persevered
to
finally
get
a
law
degree
while
in
prison
in
1989.
可知A为正确选项。
【方法技巧】做推理判断题应注意以下几点:
(1)判断有据,
推论有理,
忠实原文。切忌用自己的观点代替作者的本意。(2)全面分析所有相关信息,
切忌片面思考,
得出片面结论。(3)善于揣摩作者的思路,
尽可能与作者的思路吻合。(4)不可直接选取文中的原句。
D
Meagan
Penman
was
vacationing
in
Thailand
months
ago
when
she
met
with
a
dog
that
could
only
use
its
front
legs
to
walk.
The
dog,
which
she
later
named
Leo,
was
malnourished(营养不良的),
covered
in
ticks(寄生虫)and
dragging
himself
along,
unable
to
move
his
hind
legs,
according
to
a
YouCaring
page.
Taking
pity
on
the
dog,
she
contacted
a
number
of
rescue
shelters
in
the
area
but
none
could
take
him.
So
Penman
set
up
a
GoFundMe
page
on
June
21
in
an
effort
to
bring
Leo
back
home
to
Canada,
where
he
could
get
the“vet
care
he
needs”.
She
also
set
up
a
Facebook
page
to
update
people
on
her
efforts.
  
On
July
3,
after
travelling
elsewhere,
she
met
with
the
dog
on
a
beach
again
and
carried
him
to
a
vet(兽医).
A
Facebook
post
indicated
that
his
knees
had
been
skinned
from
crawling
around.
X-rays
showed
that
his
back
was
broken,
and
that
he
would“never
walk
again”.
Leo
remained
in
the
vet’s
care
for
three
months
as
Penman
sought
out
a
family
to
raise
him
in
Canada
before
he
could
be
adopted.
In
the
meantime,
donations(捐赠)poured
in
for
the
dog
as
people
heard
about
his
story.
After
a
number
of
delays,
Leo
flew
to
Canada
and
back
into
Penman’s
care
in
October.
Jamie
Smith
accepted
the
dog
and
helped
him
get
a“doggiewheelchair”so
that
he
could
walk
again.
Smith
also
set
up
a
second
fundraising(募捐)page
for
Leo
at

to
help
pay
for
long-term
vet
costs.
So
much
money
poured
into
the
fundraising
pages
that
they
were
shut
down,
having
topped
their
goals.
Penman
said
the
money
would
go
into
a“trust
fund”for
the
dog
to
pay
for
anything
he
needed.
As
for
Leo’s
future,
she
said
that
he’s“pretty
much
set
for
the
rest
of
his
days”.
【文章大意】加拿大女子梅根·彭曼几个月之前在泰国旅游的时候,
碰到了一只后腿瘫痪、只能用前腿走路的小狗。于是梅根在6月21日那天在网上创建了“请为我捐钱”的网站,
希望有一天能带里奥去加拿大接受治疗和照顾。
32.
When
did
Meagan
Penman
meet
the
disabled
dog?
A.
When
she
was
studying
in
Thailand.
B.
When
she
was
on
a
holiday
in
Thailand.
C.
When
she
went
to
Canada.
D.
When
she
was
doing
business
in
Thailand.
【解析】选B。细节理解题。根据文章第一段was
vacationing
in
Thailand可知B为正确选项。
33.
Why
would
the
dog“never
walk
again”?
A.
His
leg
was
broken.
B.
He
was
malnourished.
C.
His
back
was
broken.
D.
His
knees
had
been
skinned.
【解析】选C。细节理解题。根据文章第五段X-rays
showed
that
his
back
was
broken,
and
that
he
would“never
walk
again”.
可知C为正确选项。
34.
Why
was
the
website
shut
down?
A.
So
much
money
poured
into
the
fundraising
pages.
B.
People
didn’t
want
to
give
money.
C.
It
was
not
necessary
to
open
the
website.
D.
The
website
was
illegal.
【解析】选A。细节理解题。根据第六段So
much
money
poured
into
the
fundraising
pages
that
they
were
shut
down可知A为正确选项。
35.
What’s
the
best
title
of
the
passage?
A.
An
unfortunate
dog
B.
A
Canadian
girl
rescued
a
disabled
dog
C.
Websites
helping
the
dog
D.
A“trust
fund”
【解析】选B。主旨大意题。本文介绍了一个加拿大女孩救助了一只残疾的狗。
第二节(共5小题;
每小题2分,
满分10分)
(2015·海南高一检测)
根据短文内容,
从短文后的选项中选出能填入空白处的最佳选项。选项中有两项为多余选项。
We
often
focus
on
building
relationships
with
others
that
we
forget
the
essential
first
step:
being
friends
of
ourselves.
 36 .
How
can
we
have
good
relationships
with
others
if
we
don’t
even
have
good
relationships
with
ourselves?
The
problem
might
be
worse
than
we
expect.
Maybe
we
don’t
like
ourselves
without
realizing
it.
Here
is
a
simple
checklist:
Is
there
anything
you
don’t
like
about
yourself
from
these
lists?
Your
past:
Maybe
you
have
made
mistakes
in
the
past
which
you
feel
bad
about.
 37 .
Even
if
that
happened
in
distant
past,
your
subconscious
mind
still
has
a
reason
not
to
like
yourself.
Your
background:
You
might
wish
that
you
were
born
in
a
different
family,
or
that
you
had
a
different
background.
 38 .
They
seem
to
get
whatever
they
want
without
working
hard
because
of
their
background.
Your
personal
traits(特点):
You
might
have
some
personality
traits
that
you
don’t
like.
For
example,
you
may
be
an
introvert(内向的人)and
you
don’t
like
it;
you
wish
you
were
an
extrovert.
Others
might
have
better
achievements
than
you,
and
no
matter
how
hard
you
tried,
it
might
seem
impossible
for
you
to
match
them.
 39 .
Is
there
anything
that
resonate(产生共鸣)with
you?
All
these
give
reasons
to
you
not
to
like
yourself.
That
in
turn
makes
it
difficult
for
you
to
be
a
good
friend
of
yourself.
 40 .
Here
are
some
tips:
Forgive
yourself
Accept
things
you
can’t
change
Focus
on
your
strengths
Write
your
success
stories
Stop
comparing
yourself
with
others
Always
be
true
to
yourself
A.
You
can
do
something
to
improve
the
relationships
with
others.
B.
You
might
then
think
that
it’s
because
you
are
not
smart
enough
or
don’t
have
enough
talents.
C.
That
is
the
first
step
if
we
are
to
have
good
relationships
with
others.
D.
Fortunately,
there
are
always
things
you
can
do
to
fix
the
situation.
E.
You
might
be
disappointed
with
yourself
on
why
you
make
such
mistakes.
F.
Sometimes
you
might
not
believe
yourself.
G.
Maybe
you
could
not
accept
the
fact
that
you
are
not
as
lucky
as
others.
答案:
36~40.
CEGBD
第三部分 英语知识运用(共两节,
满分45分)
第一节 完形填空(共20小题;
每小题1.
5分,
满分30分)
  阅读下面短文,
从短文后各题所给的四个选项(A、B、C和D)中,
选出可以填入空白处的最佳选项。
  Charlotte
Whitehead
was
born
in
England
in
1843,
and
moved
to
Montreal,
Canada
at
the
age
of
five
with
her
family.
While 41 her
ill
elder
sister
throughout
the
years,
Charlotte
discovered
she
had
a(n) 42 in
medicine.
At
18
she
married
and 43 a
family.
Several
years
later,
Charlotte
said
she
wanted
to
be
a 44 .
Her
husband
supported
her
decision.
 45 ,
Canadian
medical
schools
did
not 46 women
students
at
the
time.
Therefore,
Charlotte
went
to
the
United
States
to
study 47 at
the
Women’s
Medical
College
in
Philadelphia.
It
took
her
five
years
to 48 her
medical
degree.
Upon
graduation,
Charlotte 49 to
Montreal
and
set
up
a
private 50 .
Three
years
later,
she
moved
to
Winnipeg,
Manitoba,
and
there
she
was
once
again
a 51 doctor.
Many
of
her
patients
were
from
the
nearby
timber(木材)and
railway
camps.
Charlotte 52 herself
operating
on
damaged
limbs
and
setting 53 bones,
in
addition
to
delivering
all
the
babies
in
the
area.
But
Charlotte
had
been
practicing
without
a
license(执照).
She
had 54 a
doctor’s
license
in
both
Montreal
and
Winnipeg,
but
was 55 .
The
Manitoba
College
of
Physicians
and
Surgeons,
an
all-male
board,
wanted
her
to 56 her
studies
at
a
Canadian
medical
college!
Charlotte
refused
to 57 her
patients
to
spend
time
studying
what
she
already
knew.
So
in
1887,
she
appeared
to
the
Manitoba
Legislature
to 58 a
license
to
her
but
they,
too,
refused.
Charlotte 59 to
practice
without
a
license
until
1912.
She
died
four
years
later
at
the
age
of
73.
In
1993,
77
years
after
her 60 ,
a
medical
license
was
issued
to
Charlotte.
This
decision
was
made
by
the
Manitoba
Legislature
to
honor“this
courageous(勇敢的)and
pioneering
woman.

【文章大意】本文讲述了一位加拿大女医生冲破性别歧视的羁绊救死扶伤的故事。
41.
A.
raising 
B.
teaching 
C.
nursing 
D.
missing
【解析】选C。逻辑推理题。根据后面的“her
ill
elder
sister”可知,
此处应该为“护理她生病的姐姐”。nurse护理。
42.
A.
habit
B.
interest
C.
opinion
D.
voice
【解析】选B。固定搭配题。have
an
interest
in.
.
.
对……感兴趣,
为固定搭配。
43.
A.
invented  
B.
selected  
C.
offered  
D.
started
【解析】选D。逻辑推理题。18岁时结了婚,
所以开始拥有了家庭。
44.
A.
doctor
B.
musician
C.
lawyer
D.
physicist
【解析】选A。逻辑推理题。根据上文中的“她对医学感兴趣”及下一段中的Canadian
medical
schools可知,
此处应为想当医生。
45.
A.
Besides
B.
Unfortunately
C.
Otherwise
D.
Eventually
【解析】选B。逻辑推理题。结合上文可知她想学医,
但是由本句中的“加拿大医学院在那时不接受女学生”可知,
unfortunately不幸的是,
符合语境。
46.
A.
hire
B.
entertain
C.
trust
D.
accept
【解析】选D。词语辨析题。此处强调“加拿大的医学院不接受女学生”。hire雇用;
entertain娱乐;
使有兴趣;
trust信任;
accept接受。
47.
A.
history
B.
physics
C.
medicine
D.
law
【解析】选C。词汇复现题。结合上文,
不能在加拿大学习,
她只好到美国去学医。
48.
A.
improve
B.
save
C.
design
D.
earn
【解析】选D。词语辨析题。她用五年的时间获得了医学学位。earn挣得;
赢得。
49.
A.
returned
B.
escaped
C.
spread
D.
wandered
【解析】选A。逻辑推理题。一毕业,
她就回到了蒙特利尔,
第一段第一句有提示。
50.
A.
school
B.
museum
C.
clinic
D.
lab
【解析】选C。逻辑推理题。学医之后,
她回家开了一家诊所。clinic诊所;
门诊部。
51.
A.
busy
B.
wealthy
C.
greedy
D.
lucky
【解析】选A。逻辑推理题。根据后文“Charlotte   herself
operating
on
damaged
limbs
and
setting   bones,
in
addition
to
delivering
all
the
babies
in
the
area.
”可知,
她终日很忙碌。
52.
A.
helped
B.
found
C.
troubled
D.
imagined
【解析】选B。固定搭配题。find
oneself
doing.
.
.
发觉自己在做某事;
find
herself
operating
on.
.
.
此处强调她自己一直忙于做手术。
53.
A.
harmful
B.
tired
C.
broken
D.
weak
【解析】选C。词汇复现题。根据句中的“damaged
limbs”可知,
此处应选“broken”最佳,
set
the
broken
bone接断骨。
54.
A.
put
away
B.
taken
over
C.
turned
in
D.
applied
for
【解析】选D。背景常识题。没有行医执照仍然需去申请。apply
for申请。
55.
A.
punished
B.
refused
C.
blamed
D.
fired
【解析】选B。逻辑推理题。句中but起到转折的作用,
她申请行医执照,
但是被拒绝了。
56.
A.
display
B.
change
C.
preview
D.
complete
【解析】选D。逻辑推理题。马尼托巴医学院要她在一所加拿大的医学院里完成学业。complete完成。
57.
A.
leave
B.
charge
C.
test
D.
cure
【解析】选A。逻辑推理题。根据语境,
Charlotte拒绝离开她的病人,
花费时间学习她已经知道的东西。
58.
A.
sell
B.
donate
C.
issue
D.
show
【解析】选C。词语辨析题。由于医学院拒绝发给她行医执照,
她只好要求立法机构给她发行一个执照,
但是也被拒绝了。sell卖;
donate捐赠;
issue发行;
show表演。
59.
A.
continued
B.
promised
C.
pretended
D.
dreamed
【解析】选A。逻辑推理题。根据语境,
Charlotte在没有执照的情况下,
继续行医直至1912年。
60.
A.
birth
B.
death
C.
wedding
D.
graduation
【解析】选B。词汇复现题。结合上文,
发给她行医执照应该是她去世后77年的事了。
第Ⅱ卷
第三部分 英语知识运用(共两节,
满分45分)
第二节(共10小题;
每小题1.
5分,
满分15分)
(2015·银川高一检测)
阅读下面材料,
在空白处填入适当内容(1个单词)或括号内单词的正确形式。
Lily:
Well,
good
morning,
Tom.
I
haven’t
seen
you
for
61.
     long
time.
What
seems
to
be
the
trouble
now?
Tom:
I
feel
tired
and
I
am
not
feeling
pretty
62.
     .
I
63.
     
(have)headaches
almost
every
day
in
the
last
few
days.
And
I’m
not
getting
as
much
sleep
64.
     I
usually
do.
Lily:
Have
you
been
eating
65.
     (proper)?
Eating
the
right
kind
of
food
is
important
for
your
health,
you
know.
Tom:
Well,
I
haven’t
been
eating
too
well,
I
guess.
I
usually
just
have
the
time
66.
     (eat)a
sandwich
and
a
cup
of
coffee
for
lunch.
Sometimes
I
am
67.
     tired
to
eat
anything
for
dinner
at
all.
Lily:
That’s
not
good.
68.
     are
things
going
at
work?
Tom:
Oh,
pretty
well.
I’ve
been
given
a
rise.
It’s
been
necessary
for
me
to
work
late
almost
every
night.
Lily:
Working
late
and
69.
     (worry)aren’t
good
for
you.
70.
     
is
important
for
you
to
eat
healthy
food
and
to
get
enough
sleep.
Getting
some
exercise
will
help
you
to
sleep
better.
And
I
will
give
you
some
medicine
to
take.
Remember
that
you
have
to
be
careful
about
eating.
61.
【解析】a。考查冠词。a
long
time很长时间。
62.
【解析】well。考查副词。feel
well感觉身体良好。
63.
【解析】have
been
having。考查时态。根据in
the
last
few
days且动作一直在进行,
可知用现在完成进行时。
64.
【解析】as。考查状语从句的连词。as引导方式状语从句,
意为“正如”。
65.
【解析】properly。考查副词。修饰动词eat应用副词。
66.
【解析】to
eat。考查非谓语动词。to
eat作定语修饰time。
67.
【解析】too。考查固定结构。too.
.
.
to太……而不能。
68.
【解析】How。考查固定句型。how
is.
.
.
going进展得怎么样。
69.
【解析】worrying。考查非谓语动词。此处是动名词作主语。
70.
【解析】It。考查代词。it作形式主语。
第四部分 写作(共两节,
满分35分)
第一节 短文改错(共10小题;
每小题1分,
满分10分)
(2015·银川高一检测)
假定英语课上老师要求同桌之间交换修改作文,
请你修改你同桌写的以下作文。文中共有10处语言错误,
每句最多有两处。每处错误涉及一个单词的增加、删除或修改。
增加:
在缺词处加一个漏字符号(∧),
并在该词下面写出该加的词。
删除:
把多余的词用斜线(﹨)画掉。
修改:
在错的词下画一横线,
并在该词下面写出修改后的词。
注意:
1.
每处错误及修改均仅限一词
2.
只允许修改10处,
多者(从第11处起)不计分
My
mother
is
a
teacher
work
in
a
key
high
school.
She
is
too
busy
that
she
often
has
to
get
up
early
and
stay
up
late.
In
addition
to
this,
she
hardly
has
any
times
to
take
exercise.
She
has
been
on
poor
health
for
some
time.
My
father
and
I
are
worried
that
she
may
fall
ill
if
she
works
too
hard.
These
days
I’m
thinking
why
to
develop
my
mother’s
interest
in
playing
sports.
Considered
that
that
day
was
Mother’s
Day,
I
decided
buy
a
pair
of
jogging
shoes
for
her.
I
secret
put
them
on
the
desk
in
her
study.
When
my
mother
entered
into
her
study
that
evening,
she
looked
surprised,
but
she
immediately
realized
my
intention.
She
promises
that
she
would
go
jogging
every
evening.
答案:
My
mother
is
a
teacher
work
in
a
key
high
school.
She
is
too
busy
that
she
working
so
often
has
to
get
up
early
and
stay
up
late.
In
addition
to
this,
she
hardly
has
any
times
to
take
exercise.
She
has
been
on
poor
health
for
some
time.
My
father
and
I
time
in
are
worried
that
she
may
fall
ill
if
she
works
too
hard.
These
days
I’m
thinking
why
how
to
develop
my
mother’s
interest
in
playing
sports.
Considered
that
that
day
was
Considering
Mother’s
Day,
I
decided∧buy
a
pair
of
jogging
shoes
for
her.
I
secret
put
to
secretly
them
on
the
desk
in
her
study.
When
my
mother
entered
into
her
study
that
evening,
she
looked
surprised,
but
she
immediately
realized
my
intention.
She
promises
that
promised
she
would
go
jogging
every
evening.
1.
【解析】第一句的work→working。现在分词作定语。
2.
【解析】第二句的too→so。so.
.
.
that.
.
.
如此……以至于……。
3.
【解析】第三句的times→time。time此处指时间,
是不可数名词。
4.
【解析】第四句的on→in。in
poor
health健康状况不好。
5.
【解析】第六句的why→how。how
to
develop
my
mother’s
interest
in
playing
sports。怎样培养我母亲对运动的兴趣。
6.
【解析】第七句的Considered→Considering。现在分词作状语。
7.
【解析】第七句的decided后加to。decide
to
do
sth.
决定做某事。
8.
【解析】第八句的secret→secretly。副词修饰动词。
9.
【解析】第九句的into去掉。enter本身就是及物动词“进入”。
10.
【解析】第十句的promises→promised。这件事情发生在过去,
用过去式。
第二节 书面表达(满分25分)
(2015·泰安高一检测)
  假设你校英语报正在举办题为“My
Favourite
Teacher”的征文活动,
请你写一篇英语短文,
介绍自己最喜欢的一位老师。内容包括老师的外貌、性格、教学特色以及你对老师的评价。
注意:
1.
词数100个左右;
2.
可适当增加细节,
以使行文连贯。
________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
【参考范文】
My
Favourite
Teacher
I
have
many
teachers
in
my
life,
but
Mr
Wang,
my
present
English
teacher,
is
my
favourite.
Mr
Wang
is
tall
and
thin.
It
is
said
that
he
is
in
his
forties,
but
he
looks
very
young.
He
is
always
so
kind
to
us
students
that
he
is
just
like
our
father.
He
has
different
ways
of
teaching
in
class,
so
we
find
his
class
lively
and
interesting.
He
always
encourages
us
to
speak
English
in
class
and
never
be
afraid
of
making
mistakes.
Thanks
to
his
excellent
teaching,
I
have
made
rapid
progress
in
my
English.
Mr
Wang
is
such
a
good
teacher
that
we
all
respect
him
very
much.
In
fact,
he
is
considered
as
one
of
the
most
popular
teachers
in
my
school.
PAGE课时提升作业(五)
Learning
about
Language
Ⅰ.
将下列直接引语变为间接引语
1.
The
teacher
said
to
me,
“Come
in.

→The
teacher
told___________________.
2.
The
teacher
said
to
me,
“Don’t
be
late
again.

→The
teacher
advised___________________
again.
3.
Peter
said,
“What
a
fine
day
it
is!

→Peter
said
_______________________.
→Peter
said_________________________.
4.
“Let’s
go
to
the
country
for
a
picnic.
”Peter
said
to
me.
→Peter
advised
me
__________________
for
a
picnic
with
him.
5.
“Give
me
a
hand,
please,
”she
said
to
the
boy.
→She
asked
the
boy___________________________.
6.
He
said
to
her,
“If
the
boy
refuses
to
help,
tell
his
father.

→He
advised
her
_____________
his
father
if
the
boy_____________to
help.
7.
“Don’t
tell
him
the
news.
”she
said
to
me.
→She
told
me
_________________
him
the
news.
8.
The
shop
assistant
said
to
me,
“Can
I
help
you?

→The
shop
assistant
asked
me
whether___________________.
9.
“Relax,
please,
”the
doctor
said
to
the
young
mother.
→The
doctor
asked___________.
10.
The
teacher
said
to
the
boy
students,
“Don’t
play
football
on
the
grass.

→The
teacher
told
the
boy
students
________________on
the
grass.
答案:1.
me
to
go
in
2.
me
not
to
be
late
3.
what
a
fine
day
it
was
how
fine
the
day
was
4.
to
go
to
the
country
5.
to
give
her
a
hand
6.
to
tell
refused
7.
not
to
tell
8.
she
could
help
me
9.
the
young
mother
to
relax
10.
not
to
play
football
Ⅱ.
完成句子
1.
The
teacher
told
the
student
___________what
he
said.
(set)老师要这个学生记下他所说的话。
2.
She
asked
him
________________all
the
numbers.
(add)
她要他把所有的数字都加起来。
3.
The
father
told
his
children
________________that
activity.
(join)
父亲告诉孩子们不要参加那个活动。
4.
The
manager
ordered
his
workers_______________.
(give)经理命令工人们放弃这项计划。
5.
The
guide
advised
the
tourist
___________and
start
out.
(pack)导游建议游客打包好并且启程。
6.
The
chairman
suggested
we
_____________________and
work
hard
to
achieve
our
goal.
(get)
主席建议我们应该友好相处,
并且努力工作来实现我们的目标。
7.
Please
ask
the
neighbours___________________.
(make)
请叫邻居们不要这样喧哗。
8.
She
begged
her
father__________________________.
(forgive)
她请求她的父亲原谅她。
9.
The
wife
reminded
her
husband
________________to
mail
the
letter.
(forget)
妻子提醒丈夫不要忘了寄信。
10.
The
mother
warned
her
child
______________________the
water.
(get)
妈妈告诫孩子不要太靠近水边。
答案:1.
to
set
down
2.
to
add
up 
3.
not
to
join
in 
4.to
give
up
the
plan 
5.
to
pack
up 
6.
should
get
along
well
with
each
other 
7.not
to
make
so
much
noise 
8.
to
forgive
her 
9.
not
to
forget 
10.
not
to
get
too
close
to 
Ⅲ.
完形填空
A
person
should
eat
right,
get
some
exercise,
or
he
or
she
will
look
terrible
in
25
years.
And
what
if
the
person
drinks
and
smokes?
Even 1 .
That’s
the
message
from
Blue
Cross
Blue
Shield.
The 2 ,
called“Future
You”,
uses
a
digital
camera
and
computer
to
compare
a
person’s
current
image
with
his
or
her
future 3 without
changes
in
bad
habits.
  “Smoking
can 4 your
skin,
”said
Anna,
a
creative
operation
manager,
“You
can
see
what
the
results
of
the
toxins(毒素)and
the
chemicals
in 5 are.
”Along
with
the
potentially 6 sight
of
one’s
older
self,
Future
You
offers
science-based 7 on
what
to
eat,
how
to
exercise
and
other
ways
to 8 your
health.
But
will
it
work?
Too 9 to
tell
was
the
verdict(意见)of
Anna.
“I
want
to
see
some
data!
”she
said.
  Generally,
Anna
said,
men
show 10 concern
about
their
appearance
than
women.
“Women
say,
‘That
looks
like
my 11 on
the
screen,
’”she
said.
“Men
are
more
likely
to 12 ,
‘Yeah,
go
ahead.
Put
it
on
Facebook.
’”The
project
was
raised
more
than
a
year
ago
to
improve
the
overall(总体的)health
of
the
people
who
are 13 of
this
company.
In
addition,
the
growth
in
the
ranks
of 14 customers
would
bring
down
the
overall
cost
of
health
care.
In
coming
weeks,
two
new
ones
will
be 15 in
locations
such
as
the
American
Tobacco
Campus
and
the
Museum
of
Natural
Science.
If
users 16 ,
their
information
will
be
stored
as
secrets
without
names
to
create
a
database(数据库)of
good
and
bad 17 .
  The
process
is
free
and
the
response
is
not 18 ,
at
least
according
to
Valencia
Robertson,
one
of
a
line
of
people
who
waited
to 19 the
instrument
on
Thursday.
“I’m
good,
”Robertson
said
after 20 her
future
image.
“It’s
not
going
to
be
a
big
difference.

【文章大意】新发明的“Future
You”能让你通过分析你目前的生活习惯,
推算出你将来的样子!
故建议你平时养成健康的饮食习惯。
1.
A.
easier  
B.
happier  
C.
bitter  
D.
worse
【解析】选D。逻辑推理题。根据上文“And
what
if
the
person
drinks
and
smokes?
”可知,
如果吸烟或喝酒的话那就更糟了。
2.
A.
instrument
B.
picture
C.
place
D.
structure
【解析】选A。逻辑推理题。根据下文“.
.
.
called‘Future
You’,
uses
a
digital
camera
and
computer
to.
.
.
”可推知,
这里指仪器。
3.
A.
wealth
B.
character
C.
appearance
D.
education
【解析】选C。逻辑推理题。根据上文“compare
a
person’s
current
image
with”可知,
这里是指将一个人现在和未来的外表进行比较。
4.
A.
reflect
B.
bother
C.
ruin
D.
affect
【解析】选D。词语辨析题。吸烟会影响你的皮肤。
5.
A.
cigarette
B.
beers
C.
medicines
D.
foods
【解析】选A。逻辑推理题。你可以看到烟里的毒素和化学物质会导致什么结果。
6.
A.
confusing
B.
convincing
C.
depressing
D.
exciting
【解析】选C。逻辑推理题。根据下文“one’s
older
self”可知,
看到自己老了以后的形象会感到沮丧。
7.
A.
opinion
B.
plans
C.
thought
D.
advice
【解析】选D。逻辑推理题。Future
You会提供饮食、运动以及其他方面的科学建议。
8.
A.
break
B.
damage
C.
keep
D.
change
【解析】选C。逻辑推理题。通过饮食和运动来保持健康。
9.
A.
possible
B.
natural
C.
early
D.
clear
【解析】选C。逻辑推理题。根据下文“I
want
to
see
some
data!
”可知,
要判断仪器的效果现在还尚早。
10.
A.
deeper
B.
less
C.
higher
D.
stronger
【解析】选B。逻辑推理题。根据下文“Yeah,
go
ahead.
Put
it
on
Facebook”可知,
男士不像女士那样关心自己的外貌。
11.
A.
son
B.
father
C.
daughter
D.
mom
【解析】选D。逻辑推理题。女人说,
屏幕上的自己像她的妈妈。
12.
A.
guess
B.
say
C.
doubt
D.
wonder
【解析】选B。词语辨析题。男人更有可能会说……。
13.
A.
customers
B.
managers
C.
secretaries
D.
cleaners
【解析】选A。词汇复现题。根据下文“customers”可知,
这里指的是消费者。
14.
A.
cautious
B.
smart
C.
careless
D.
generous
【解析】选B。逻辑推理题。根据下文“customers
would
bring
down
the
overall
cost
of
health
care”可知,
这样的消费者增长将会使整体的医疗费用降低,
由此可推知,
消费者是精明的。
15.
A.
showing
up
B.
thought
out
C.
sold
out
D.
dying
out
【解析】选A。逻辑推理题。在接下来的几周,
两款新式的仪器将会出现。
16.
A.
know
B.
agree
C.
come
D.
listen
【解析】选B。逻辑推理题。如果使用者允许的话,
他们的信息将会被匿名保存。
17.
A.
habits
B.
choices
C.
methods
D.
plans
【解析】选A。逻辑推理题。……建立一个好坏习惯的数据库。
18.
A.
nice
B.
cool
C.
strange
D.
bad
【解析】选D。逻辑推理题。程序是免费的,
而且反响不错。
19.
A.
repair
B.
sell
C.
try
D.
buy
【解析】选C。逻辑推理题。根据排队等候尝试这套仪器的尝试者说……。
20.
A.
drawing
B.
viewing
C.
picturing
D.
imaging
【解析】选B。逻辑推理题。根据上文“I’m
good”以及下文“It’s
not
going
to
be
a
big
difference”可推知,
Robertson是看过自己未来形象之后说的这些话。
Ⅳ.
阅读理解
  English
is
the
most
widely
used
language
in
the
history
of
our
planet.
One
in
every
seven
human
beings
can
speak
it.
More
than
half
of
the
world’s
books
and
three
quarters
of
international
mails
are
in
English.
Of
all
languages,
English
has
the
largest
vocabulary—perhaps
as
many
as
two
million
words.
  However,
let’s
face
it:
English
is
a
crazy
language.
There
is
no
egg
in
an
eggplant,
neither
pine
nor
apple
in
a
pineapple
and
no
ham
in
a
hamburger.
Sweetmeats
are
candy,
while
sweetbreads,
which
aren’t
sweets,
are
meat.
  We
take
English
for
granted.
But
when
we
explore
its
paradoxes(矛盾),
we
find
that
quicksand
can
work
slowly,
boxing
rings
are
square,
public
bathrooms
have
no
baths
in
them.
  And
why
is
it
that
a
writer
writes,
but
fingers
don’t
fing,
grocers
don’t
groce,
and
hammers
don’t
ham?
If
the
plural(复数)of
tooth
is
teeth,
shouldn’t
the
plural
of
booth
be
beeth?
One
goose,
two
geese—so
one
moose,
two
meese?
  How
can
a
slim
chance
and
a
fat
chance
be
the
same,
while
a
wise
man
and
a
wise
guy
are
opposites?
How
can
overlook
and
oversee
be
opposites,
while
quite
a
lot
and
quite
a
few
are
alike?
How
can
the
weather
be
hot
as
hell
one
day
and
cold
as
hell
the
next?
  English
was
invented
by
people,
not
computers,
and
it
reflects
the
creativity
of
human
beings.
That’s
why,
when
stars
are
out,
they
are
visible;
but
when
the
lights
are
out,
they
are
invisible.
And
why,
when
I
wind
up
my
watch,
I
start
it;
but
when
I
wind
up
this
essay,
I
end
it.
【文章大意】本文主要介绍了英语是世界上使用最广泛的语言,
英语的词汇量非常大。
1.
According
to
the
passage    .
A.
sweetmeats
and
sweetbreads
are
different
things
B.
there
should
be
egg
in
an
eggplant
C.
pineapples
are
the
apples
on
the
pine
tree
D.
boxing
rings
should
be
round
【解析】选A。细节理解题。根据文章第二段最后一句话Sweetmeats
are
candy,
while
sweetbreads,
which
aren’t
sweets,
are
meat.
可知A为正确选项。
2.
Which
of
the
following
is
the
correct
plural?
A.
Beeth.
  
B.
Geese.
  
C.
Meese.
  
D.
Tooth.
【解析】选B。细节理解题。根据文章第四段One
goose,
two
geese可知B为正确选项。
3.
Which
of
the
following
includes
two
items
which
have
the
similar
meaning?
A.
A
wise
man
and
a
wise
guy.
B.
Overlook
and
oversee.
C.
Quite
a
lot
and
quite
a
few.
D.
Hot
as
hell
and
cold
as
hell.
【解析】选C。细节理解题。根据文章第五段.
.
.
while
quite
a
lot
and
quite
a
few
are
alike?
可知C为正确选项。
4.
The
underlined
words“wind
up”in
the
last
paragraph
probably
mean“    ”.
A.
blow
B.
roll
up
C.
get
hurt
D.
finish
【解析】选D。词义猜测题。根据最后一段but
when
I
wind
up
this
essay,
I
end
it中的end可知D为正确选项。
5.
Through
the
many
paradoxes
in
the
English
language,
the
writer
wants
to
show
that
human
beings
are   .
A.
clever
B.
crazy
C.
lazy
D.
dull
【解析】选A。推理判断题。根据最后一段第一句话“英语是人发明的,
不是计算机,
它反映了人类的创造力。”可知A为正确选项。
Ⅴ.
语法填空
  阅读下面材料,
在空白处填入适当的内容(1个单词)或括号内单词的正确形式。
Mum:
What’s
wrong
with
your
bike?
It’s
damaged.
Jack:
I
had
an
accident
1.
   the
way
back
home.
Mum:
That’s
horrible.
Did
you
get
hurt?
Jack:
No.
I
jumped
off
the
bike
2.
   time.
Mum:
Thank
goodness.
What
happened?
Jack:
I
was
riding
on
the
road
3.
   a
car
suddenly
appeared.
The
driver
was
drunk.
He
4.
   (take)to
the
police
station.
Mum:
That
sounds
really
5.
   (danger).
People
shouldn’t
drive
after
6.
   
(drink).
Jack:
No,
they
7.
   .
So
has
Dad
come
back?
Mum:
No.
He’ll
be
back
in
fifteen
minutes.
Are
you
hungry
now?
Jack:
Yes.
I
just
had
a
piece
of
bread
at
noon.
I
didn’t
want
to
eat
8.
   
(much)then.
But
now
I
feel
hungry.
Mum:
You
can
eat
first.
There
is
chicken,
your
favorite.
But
don’t
forget
to
wash
your
hands
first.
Jack:
I
will.
Mum,
could
you
help
me
lock
9.
   bike?
Mum:
Just
leave
it
there.
I’ll
buy
you
a
new
10.
   .
Jack:
Thanks,
Mum.
1.
【解析】on。on
the
way
back
home意为:
在回家的路上。
2.
【解析】in。in
time意为:
及时。
3.
【解析】when。考查句型be
doing.
.
.
when.
.
.
,
意为:
正在做某事就在那时……。
4.
【解析】has
been
taken。考查时态和语态。过去发生的动作对现在有影响,
且take和主语构成被动关系。
5.
【解析】dangerous。sound为系动词,
其后常常接形容词构成系表结构。
6.
【解析】drinking。介词after后常常接名词或动名词作宾语。
7.
【解析】shouldn’t。第6空前面的shouldn’t为提示词。
8.
【解析】more。比较对象为a
piece
of
bread。
9.
【解析】the。特指上文提到的那辆自行车。
10.
【解析】one。不定代词one表泛指,
意为:
我会给你买辆新自行车。
PAGE课时提升作业(八)
Unit
3 Learning
about
Language
Ⅰ.
用单词的正确形式填空
1.
Betty
(leave)for
Guangzhou
by
plane
tomorrow.
2.
Bob
(go)to
the
airport
by
taxi
next
week.
3.
The
car
(stop)in
a
few
minutes.
4.
Let’s
hurry
up.
It
(begin)to
rain.
5.
The
next
train
(leave)at
9:
15.
6.
I
(meet)you
after
class.
7.
What
you
(do)next
Sunday?
8.
When
she
(come),
I’ll
tell
her
about
it.
9.
Laura
(fly)to
Hong
Kong
tomorrow.
10.
How
I
wish
I
(see)her
off
at
the
station,
but
I
was
too
busy.
11.
Put
on
your
coat!
I
(take)you
down
to
the
doctor.
12.
We
(spend)next
winter
in
Australia,
where
the
climate
is
pleasant.
13.
Arriving
in
Beijing,
I
(visit)the
Great
Wall
tomorrow
morning.
14.
When
I
grow
up,
I
(join)the
army
to
defend
our
beautiful
country.
15.
My
plane
(take)off
at
9:
20,
so
I
must
be
at
the
airport
by
8:
30.
答案:1.
is
leaving
2.
is
going
3.
is
stopping
4.
is
beginning
5.
leaves
6.
am
meeting
7.
are
doing
8.
comes
9.
is
flying
10.
had
seen
11.
am
taking
12.
are
spending
13.
am
visiting
14.
am
joining
15.
takes
Ⅱ.
完成句子
1.
He
London
in
two
hours
to
meet
with
his
manager.
(leave)
他两小时后将赴伦敦和经理会面。
2.
After
class,
we
football
on
the
playground.
(play)
下课后我们打算在操场踢足球。
3.
We
to
Shanghai
next
Friday
to
attend
an
important
meeting.
(fly)
下周五我们将乘飞机去上海出席一个重要的会议。
4.
He
tomorrow
morning.
(arrive)
他明天上午到。
5.
She
to
the
dentist’s
tomorrow
because
she
is
having
a
tooth
filled.
(go)
明天她要去看牙医因为她要补牙。
6.
The
guest
by
train
tonight
because
he
has
an
important
thing
to
deal
with.
(leave)
因为有重要的事情要处理,
客人今晚坐火车走。
7.
I’m
not
going
out
tonight.
I
at
home.
(stay)
今晚我不出去,
我待在家里。
8.
The
weather
forecast
says
that
tomorrow.
(be)
天气预报说明天天气暖和。
9.
We
for
home
when
we
are
asked
to
practice
singing.
(leave)
我们正要动身回家,
就在这时被叫去练歌。
10.
Next
year’s
growth
rate
at
just
1%.
(forecast)
据预测,
第二年的增长率只有1%。
11.
My
father
as
well
as
my
brothers
a
Beijing
opera
this
afternoon.
(see)
今天下午我的父亲和弟弟们打算去看京剧。
12.
No
matter
how
,
he
is
ready
to
help
others.
(be)
不管他多忙,
他总是乐意帮助别人。
答案:1.
is
leaving
for
2.
are
playing/going
to
play
3.
are
flying
4.
is
arriving
5.
is
going
6.
is
leaving
7.
am
staying
8.
it
is
going
to
be
warm
9.
are
about
to
leave
10.
is
forecast
11.
is
going
to
see
12.
busy
he
is 
Ⅲ.
完形填空
  I
was
late
for
the
school
bus
and
rushing
to
get
ready.
My
dog,
Tippy,
got
to
the
front
door
and
lay
down
in
front
of
it—his
way
of
asking
to
be
petted.
I 1 his
begging
for
care,
and
ran
for
the
waiting
bus.
 2 ,
that
afternoon,
when
I
came
home,
Mom
said
to
me 3 ,
“Honey,
I
have
some 4 news
that
I
need
to
tell
you.
This
morning,
while
you
were
at
school,
Tippy
was
hit
by
a
car
and
got 5 .
I’m
so
sorry.

“No!
It’s
not
true!
”I
was 6 .
I
couldn’t
believe
her.
“Tippy,
come
here!
Come
on,
boy!
”I
called
and
called
for
him.
I
waited.
He
didn’t
come.
Feeling 7 ,
I
wandered
into
the
living
room.
I
didn’t
cry
that
night.
I
still
couldn’t
believe
that
he
was 8 .
When
I
got
off
the
bus
the
next
day,
there
was
dead
silence
at
home
for
a
long
time.
 9 ,
my
sobs(哭泣)erupted(喷发)like
lava(熔岩)from
a
volcano.
I
couldn’t
stop 10 .
I
hadn’t
even
petted
him
when
I
left.
How
could
I
have
known
that
was
my
last 11 ?
I
cried
until
I
felt
empty
inside.
As
time
passed,
I
started
to 12 some
things.
I
realized
what
little
control
any
of
us
have
over
what
happens 13 a
dog.
We
can
do
everything
right,
but 14 things
can
still
happen.
But
good
things
can
happen
too.
That’s 15 .
The
best
way
to 16 the
hard
times
is
to
figure
out
what
you
need
to
do
to
get
through
them
when
they
come,
and
to
remember
that
hard
times
always 17 .
I
now
deeply
understand
the“circle
of
life”.
Everyone
is
born,
everyone 18 ,
and
that’s
the
way
it
is.
If
dogs
never
died,
there
would
be
no 19 for
others
like
Belle—my
new
dog.
Best
of
all,
I
realized
that
Tippy 20 all
of
my
old
memories
of
him.
And
they
come
to
me
every
time
I
call!
【文章大意】本文是一篇记叙文,
讲述了作者的狗死了,
作者很伤心,
但是意识到“生命的轮回”,
生死是很自然的事情,
好的一点是,
他给作者带来美好的回忆。
1.
A.
met  
B.
ignored  
C.
promised  
D.
preferred
【解析】选B。词语辨析题。句意:
我没有理睬他乞求宠爱,
跑向等着的公交车。ignore忽视,
不理睬。
2.
A.
However
B.
Besides
C.
Therefore
D.
Finally
【解析】选A。逻辑推理题。此处和第一段表示转折关系。however然而。
3.
A.
excitedly
B.
quickly
C.
coldly
D.
seriously
【解析】选D。词语辨析题。根据文章可知狗死了,
故母亲严肃地说。seriously严肃地,
认真地。
4.
A.
good
B.
sad
C.
wrong
D.
happy
【解析】选B。背景常识题。狗死了,
当然是令人伤心的消息。
5.
A.
escaped
B.
wounded
C.
killed
D.
knocked
【解析】选C。词汇复现题。句意:
今天早晨当你在学校的时候,
Tippy被车撞死了。从倒数第二段中的died可知。
6.
A.
in
joy
B.
in
anger
C.
in
silence
D.
in
shock
【解析】选D。逻辑推理题。句意:
“不,
这不是真的!
”我惊呆了。in
shock震惊地;
从文中的叙述可知。
7.
A.
upset
B.
sleepy
C.
spellbound
D.
uncertain
【解析】选A。背景常识题。句意:
感到很伤心,
我精神恍惚地走进房间。自己所宠爱的动物死亡,
自然是伤心欲绝。
8.
A.
gone
B.
lost
C.
hidden
D.
stolen
【解析】选A。词语辨析题。句意:
我不相信他死了。be
gone走了,
死了;
be
lost丢失,
迷路;
be
hidden被藏起来;
be
stolen被偷了。
9.
A.
Entirely
B.
Actually
C.
Finally
D.
Frequently
【解析】选C。逻辑推理题。句意:
最后,
我大哭起来,
像火山爆发了熔岩一样。entirely完全地;
actually实际上;
finally最后地;
frequently频繁地。
10.
A.
waiting
B.
crying
C.
thinking
D.
expecting
【解析】选B。逻辑推理题。根据上句可知,
我不能停止哭泣。
11.
A.
view
B.
forecast
C.
insurance
D.
chance
【解析】选D。词语辨析题。我怎么能想到那是我最后的机会呢?
12.
A.
forget
B.
recall
C.
understand
D.
change
【解析】选C。逻辑推理题。句意:
随着时间的流逝,
我开始理解一些事情。understand理解。
13.
A.
to
B.
about
C.
out
D.
into
【解析】选A。习语搭配题。happen常和介词to搭配意为“发生于”。
14.
A.
surprising
B.
bad
C.
amazing
D.
amusing
【解析】选B。词汇复现题。句意:
我们可以做任何正确的事情,
但是不好的事情依然会发生。从下句中good可知。
15.
A.
nature
B.
human
C.
life
D.
rule
【解析】选C。逻辑推理题。句意:
这就是生活。从下文中的叙述可推知。
16.
A.
deal
with
B.
add
to
C.
set
down
D.
come
up
【解析】选A。短语辨析题。句意:
最好的应对困难的方法就是:
弄明白当困难来的时候你需要做什么来克服它们,
并且记住困难最终会过去。
17.
A.
appear
B.
overcome
C.
help
D.
pass
【解析】选D。词语辨析题。句意:
困难最终会过去的。appear似乎;
overcome克服;
help帮助;
pass过去。
18.
A.
grows
B.
lives
C.
suffers
D.
dies
【解析】选D。词汇复现题。句意:
人都有生死。前面提到了is
born,
故此处是dies。
19.
A.
way
B.
room
C.
problem
D.
doubt
【解析】选B。逻辑推理题。句意:
如果狗不死,
就不会出现像贝尔这样的狗生存的空间了——他是我的新宠物狗。
20.
A.
fell
behind
B.
brought
up
C.
left
behind
D.
picked
up
【解析】选C。短语辨析题。句意:
最后,
我意识到Tippy给我留下了回忆。leave
behind留下,
遗留。
Ⅳ.
阅读理解
(2015·泰安高一检测)
  People
in
several
American
states
may
be
surprised
to
see
cars
on
city
streets
without
a
driver.
Experimental
driverless
vehicles
now
are
legal
in
Florida,
Nevada
and
California.
They
are
pointing
the
way
to
a
future
that
is
not
far
down
the
road.
The
high-tech
company
Google
has
a
number
of
self-driving
cars,
which
had
covered
480,
000
kilometers
by
August.
Volvo
is
among
the
companies
doing
road
tests
and
says
it
plans
to
sell
driverless
cars
by
2020.
  In
September,
California
Governor
Jerry
Brown
signed
an
act
to
allow
autonomous
vehicles
on
the
roads
of
his
state.
“Today
we’re
looking
at
science
fiction
becoming
tomorrow’s
reality—the
driverless
car.
”The
technology
for
these
cars
includes
cameras,
radar
and
motion
sensors.
The
systems
have
been
improved
through
competitions
sponsored
by
the
USA
government
agency
DARPA.
Engineer
Richard
Mason
of
the
Rand
Corporation
helped
design
driverless
vehicles
for
DARPA
challenge
races.
  Cars
have
become
much
more
fuel-efficient,
and
new
electronic
features
are
making
Hondas
safer,
said
Angie
Nucci
of
Honda
America.
“A
camera
on
the
passenger-side
mirror
actually
engaged
on(从事于)your
guiding
screen,
so
you
can
safely
change
lanes.
”Other
safety
features
include
warning
systems
on
the
front
and
the
sides
of
the
cars.
These
systems
help
drivers,
but
don’t
replace
them.
Curator
Leslie
Kendall
of
the
Petersen
Automotive
Museum
said
autonomous
cars
will
make
the
highways
safer.
  “By
taking
out
drivers,
you
also
remove
most
risks
of
an
accident,
”Kendall
said.
He
said
consumers,
however,
may
be
unwilling
to
lose
control.
“It
may
take
them
time
to
come
to
realize
that
the
technology
is
indeed
reliable,
but
it
will
have
to
prove
itself
first.

  Mason
said
the
technology
already
works
and
the
biggest
challenge
now
is
getting
down
the
cost
for
driverless
vehicles
from
hundreds
of
thousands
of
dollars
to
something
more
affordable.
He
said
this
will
happen
as
the
technology
is
improved.
【文章大意】本文介绍了一种新的汽车——无人驾驶汽车。
1.
What
can
we
learn
from
Paragraph
1?
A.
Driverless
vehicles
are
now
legal
in
the
whole
USA.
B.
Volvo
will
be
the
first
to
sell
driverless
cars.
C.
Driverless
cars
are
pointing
us
a
far-away
future.
D.
Google’s
self-driving
cars
have
covered
a
long
distance.
【解析】选D。细节理解题。根据第一段The
high-tech
company
Google
has
a
number
of
self-driving
cars,
which
had
covered
480,
000
kilometers
by
August可知D正确。
2.
We
learn
that
Governor
of
California
Jerry
Brown   .
A.
helped
design
self-driving
cars
B.
supported
self-driving
cars
on
roads
C.
considered
self-driving
cars
science
fiction
D.
improved
the
self-driving
car
systems
【解析】选B。推理判断题。根据第二段signed
an
act
to
allow
autonomous
vehicles
on
the
roads
of
his
state可推断B正确。
3.
What
is
the
role
of
the
systems
mentioned
in
Paragraph
3?
A.
They
can
help
people
drive
more
safely.
B.
They
can
take
the
place
of
drivers
now.
C.
They
can
make
cars
run
without
fuel.
D.
They
can
help
cars
run
much
faster.
【解析】选A。细节理解题。根据第三段“.
.
.
so
you
can
safely
change
lanes.
”Other
safety
features.
.
.
可知A正确。
4.
According
to
Richard
Mason,
what
is
the
biggest
challenge
for
driverless
cars?
A.
They
are
not
allowed
to
run
on
the
road.
B.
Their
technical
problems
remain
to
be
solved.
C.
They
are
now
too
expensive
for
consumers.
D.
They
are
more
dangerous
for
people
on
the
street.
【解析】选C。细节理解题。根据最后一段第一句话可知C正确。
5.
What’s
the
best
title
of
the
passage?
A.
The
benefits
of
the
self-driving
cars
B.
The
biggest
challenge
of
the
self-driving
cars
C.
Safer
or
more
dangerous—self-driving
cars
D.
Self-driving
cars—science
fiction
future
is
near
【解析】选D。主旨大意题。根据全文尤其是第一段可知本文主要介绍了无人驾驶汽车在不久的将来会出现在道路上。
Ⅴ.
语法填空
  阅读下面材料,
在空白处填入适当的内容(1个单词)或括号内单词的正确形式。
John:
Miss
Wang,
I
hear
that
you
1.
     (travel)along
the
Mekong
River.
Have
you
got
everything
ready?
Wang:
Almost.
John:
When
2.
     (leave)?
Wang:
Next
Monday.
John:
How
far
are
you
cycling
each
day?
Wang:
It’s
hard
3.
     (say).
If
the
weather
is
fine,
I
think
we
4.
     
(be)able
to
ride
75
km
a
day.
John:
What
about
the
weather
in
Qinghai
Province?
Wang:
The
weather
forecast
is
not
good
so
we
5.
     (take)a
large
parcel
of
warm
clothes
with
us.
John:
Where
6.
     (stay)at
night?
Wang:
Usually
in
our
tent,
7.
     sometimes
in
the
village
along
the
river
bank.
John:
What
happens
8.
     you
have
an
accident?
Wang:
Don’t
worry.
I
had
some
medical
training
at
my
college.
Besides,
we
9.
     
(take)out
insurance
to
cover
any
problems.
John:
Well,
it
sounds
fun.
I
hope
you’ll
have
10.
     pleasant
journey.
Thank
you
for
your
time.
1.
【解析】are
travelling。考查时态。此处是现在进行时表将来。
2.
【解析】are
you
leaving。考查时态。此处是现在进行时表将来。
3.
【解析】to
say。考查非谓语动词。It
is
+adj.
+
to
do。
4.
【解析】will
be。考查时态。从句用一般现在时表将来,
主句用一般将来时。
5.
【解析】are
taking。考查时态。此处是现在进行时表将来。
6.
【解析】are
you
staying。考查时态。此处是现在进行时表将来。
7.
【解析】but。考查连词。but表转折。
8.
【解析】if。考查连词。if引导条件状语从句。
9.
【解析】are
taking。考查时态。此处是现在进行时表将来。
10.
【解析】a。考查冠词。journey是可数名词。
PAGE单元质量评估(一)
Unit
1
(120分钟 150分)
第Ⅰ卷
第一部分 听力(共两节,
满分30分)
第一节(共5小题;
每小题1.
5分,
满分7.
5分)
  听下面5段对话。每段对话后有一个小题,
从题中所给的A、B、C三个选项中选出最佳选项,
并标在试卷的相应位置。听完每段对话后,
你都有10秒钟的时间来回答有关小题和阅读下一小题。每段对话仅读一遍。
1.
How
does
the
man
come
here?
A.
By
bus.
B.
By
taxi.
C.
By
car.
2.
Where
do
you
think
the
conversation
probably
takes
place?
A.
At
the
grocer’s.
B.
At
the
dentist’s.
C.
At
the
tailor’s.
3.
Why
is
the
man
going
to
Germany?
A.
To
visit
a
factory
there.
B.
To
open
a
factory
there.
C.
To
have
a
look
at
the
country.
4.
What
is
the
man
doing?
A.
Waiting
for
a
man.
B.
Calling
a
taxi.
C.
Driving
a
taxi.
5.
What
does
the
woman
want
to
do?
A.
To
borrow
books.
B.
To
go
shopping.
C.
To
eat
something.
【听力材料】
Text
1
W:
How
do
you
get
here?
M:
①I
come
here
by
bus.
There’s
something
wrong
with
my
car.
Text
2
W:
Can
I
help
you?
M:
②I
want
a
score
of
apples
and
two
dozen
eggs.
Text
3
W:
I
can’t
see
why
you
are
travelling
to
Germany.
M:
I
know
you
want
me
to
stay
here,
but
my
boss
is
sending
me
to③have
a
look
at
a
factory
there
and
learn
something
from
it.
Text
4
M:
Hello,
Madam,
thanks
for
pulling
over.
W:
OK,
where
to
go,
sir?
M:
No.
213,
High
Street.
W:
Yes,
sir.
④The
taxi
will
be
there
in
ten
minutes.
Text
5
W:
Hello
Tom,
⑤would
you
like
to
go
to
the
library
with
me
after
class?
M:
Yeah.
I
have
planned
to
go
there.
答案:
1~5
A
A
A
B
A
第二节(共15小题;
每小题1.
5分,
满分22.
5分)
  听下面5段对话或独白。每段对话或独白后有几个小题,
从题中所给的A、B、C三个选项中选出最佳选项,
并标在试卷的相应位置。听每段对话或独白前,
你将有时间阅读各个小题,
每小题5秒钟;
听完后,
各小题给出5秒钟的作答时间。每段对话或独白读两遍。
听第6段材料,
回答第6、7题。
6.
Why
can’t
the
woman
have
the
party
on
the
twenty-ninth?
A.
She
will
attend
a
meeting.
B.
She
will
travel
to
another
city.
C.
She
will
see
her
doctor.
7.
How
long
will
the
party
run?
A.
Four
hours.
B.
Three
hours.
C.
Two
hours.
听第7段材料,
回答第8、9题。
8.
What
are
many
children
interested
in?
A.
Collecting
eggs.
B.
Feeding
cattle.
C.
Seeing
farmyard
animals.
9.
What
does
the
woman
think
is
important
to
animals?
A.
Food.
B.
Peace.
C.
Freedom.
听第8段材料,
回答第10~12题。
10.
What
is
the
woman
looking
for?
A.
A
friend’s
house.
B.
A
model
desk.
C.
A
golden
metal
desk
light.
11.
How
much
will
the
woman
pay
in
the
end?
A.
$2.
B.
$12.
50.
C.
$14.
50.
12.
What
will
the
woman
do
next?
A.
She’ll
order
one
ahead
of
time.
B.
She’ll
ask
a
friend
for
help.
C.
She’ll
come
back
for
one.
听第9段材料,
回答第13~16题。
13.
What
is
the
relationship
between
the
man
and
Andy?
A.
Neighbors.
B.
Colleagues.
C.
Classmates.
14.
Why
does
the
woman
refuse
to
have
thirteen
people
for
dinner
on
Friday?
A.
It
means
bad
luck
in
her
opinion.
B.
There
are
not
enough
chairs
for
so
many
people.
C.
She
can’t
cook
so
much
food
for
so
many
people
herself.
15.
Why
can’t
Andy
bring
his
girlfriend
to
the
dinner
party?
A.
She
will
be
having
a
meeting
that
day.
B.
She
doesn’t
like
to
meet
strangers.
C.
He
has
broken
up
with
her.
16.
Who
else
will
be
invited
to
the
dinner
party
according
to
the
man?
A.
The
man’s
another
colleague.
B.
The
man’s
sister.
C.
The
man’s
mother.
听第10段材料,
回答第17~20题。
17.
What
is
the
first
prize?
A.
A
two-week
holiday.
B.
A
500-dollar
camera.
C.
Two
tickets
to
Jamaica.
18.
When
will
the
result
of
the
competition
come
out?
A.
In
a
week.
B.
In
half
a
month.
C.
In
a
month.
19.
What
requirement
do
the
photos
need?
A.
They
must
be
in
color.
B.
They
must
be
taken
on
holiday.
C.
They
must
be
sent
to
the
radio
station
by
the
end
of
August.
20.
What
does
the
speaker
remind
the
competitors
to
do?
A.
Put
their
information
down
on
the
back
of
the
photos.
B.
Take
part
in
next
month’s
sports
competition.
C.
Get
their
photos
back
after
the
competition.
【听力材料】
Text
6
M:
Mrs.
Montgomery?
I’ve
been
trying
to
figure
out
when
we
should
have
the
New
Year’s
party.
Could
you
take
a
look
at
these
dates?
W:
Sure.
The
twenty-ninth
is
out.
⑥I’ll
be
out
of
the
office
all
day
at
a
seminar.
Either
the
twenty-eighth
or
the
thirtieth
is
fine.
M:
Well,
why
don’t
we
make
it
the
thirtieth?
⑦We
can
have
it
from
three
to
five.
That
way,
everybody
can
just
go
home
afterwards.
W:
Sounds
good
to
me.
You
make
the
invitations.
I’ve
got
to
run.
I’ve
got
a
meeting
in
five
minutes.
Text
7
M:
Now
a
visit
to
Lemonade
Farm
is,
er,
not
the
usual
sort
of
visit,
I’m
afraid.
W:
Yes.
They’re
mostly
for
the
educational
purpose.
We
keep
cattle,
black
pigs,
sheep,
chickens
and
various
farmyard
animals.
After
the
children
have
had
lunch,
they
then
go
to⑧collect
eggs,
which
to
many
children
is
one
of
the
best
things
they
do
on
the
farm
because
a
hen
will
often
be
sitting
in
the
box
where
the
egg
is
laid
and
the
child
must
slip
his
or
her
hand
under
the
hen
and
actually
touch
a
warm
egg.
M:
Yes.
W:
And
after
they
have
collected
eggs,
they
will
set
off
to
see
other
animals.
Part
of
our
belief
is
that
animal
welfare
is
as
important
as
the
methods
by
which
we
farm.
⑨So
for
us
freedom
amongst
the
animals
is
part
of
the
whole
system.
Text
8
M:
Good
morning,
Miss
Emma.
Can
I
help
you?
W:
Well,
I’m
looking
for
something
I
saw
at
a
friend’s
house
a
few
days
ago.
He
said
he
bought
it
here.
⑩It’s
a
golden
metal
desk
light
quite
fit
for
my
study.
M:
Take
a
look
at
some
of
the
model
pictures
here
and
see
if
you
can
find
the
right
one.
W:
Picture
2
at
page
three
seems
to
be
the
one
I’d
like
to
have.
M:
I’m
sorry
we
don’t
have
it
in
hand
right
now.
W:
Oh,
that’s
too
bad.
Are
you
going
to
be
getting
more?
M:
They
are
on
order.
But
I
should
warn
you
that
the
price
has
gone
up.
The
new
ones
will
be
2
dollars
more.
They
were
$12.
50
last
e
back
next
week
if
you
likeWe
should
have
them
by
then.
W:
Okay,
I’ll
be
back.
Text
9
M:
OK,
so
who
are
we
going
to
invite
to
our
dinner
party?
W:
Well,
we
have
the
Thompsons,
the
Greens,
and
the
Andersons,
about
twelve
people
in
total.
M:
Don’t
forget
my
friend
Andy
from
the
office.
He
is
a
newcomer
of
my
office
and
he
has
nothing
to
do
on
Friday,
so
I
invited
him,
too.
W:
But
that
makes
thirteen
people!
We
can’t
have
thirteen
people
for
dinner
on
Friday!
M:
Why
can’t
we?
W:
It’s
an
old
superstition.
If
we
have
thirteen
people
at
the
table,
then
it
means
bad
luck.
Can
Andy
bring
a
date?
M:
I’m
not
sure.
He
just
broke
up
with
his
girlfriend
recently,
and
I
don’t
think
he’s
in
the
mood
to
start
again
so
soon.
W:
But
we
can’t
have
thirteen
for
dinner!
M:
I
think
you’re
making
a
mountain
out
of
a
molehill.
It’s
only
a
superstition.
It
really
doesn’t
mean
anything.
W:
Absolutely
not!
I
refuse
to
have
thirteen
people
for
dinner
on
Friday!
M:
OK,
OK.
I’ll
ask
my
sister
to
come.
That
way
we’ll
have
fourteen
for
dinner.
W:
That’s
better.
Text
10
  And
now
here’s
news
about
our
latest
competition.
You
won’t
believe
what
we’re
offering
you
this
month.
As
this
is
International
Year
of
the
Family,
you
have
the
chance
to
win
a
wonderful
family
holiday
in
Jamaica.
All
you
have
to
do
is
take
a
photograph
which
shows
family
life.
It
could
be
children
with
their
parents
or
their
grandparents
or
whatever
you
wish.
You
don’t
have
to
have
taken
it
on
holiday
of
course.
Now,
the
lucky
winner
has
the
chance
to
spend
two
weeks
at
Silver
Sands
Bay
in
Jamaica.
Two
weeks
of
beautiful
beaches,
sunshine,
plenty
for
everyone
to
do.
There
are
watersports,
children’s
entertainments
and
everything
is
included.
That’s
everything—food
as
well.
Now,
the
second
prize
is
a
camera
worth£500
and
that’s
certainly
worth
having
for
any
holidays
coming
upSo
send
us
your
photograph—in
color
of
black
and
white—by
August
31,
which
is
the
closing
date
for
entries.
.
.
and
listen
to
this
programme
to
hear
if
you’ve
won
or
notWe
will
be
announcing
the
winners
on
15
September.
Now,
you
must
be
over
18
years
of
age.
I’m
sorry,
kids,
but
you’ll
have
a
chance
next
month
in
your
super
sports
competition!
Send
your
lucky
photograph
to
us
at
DCM
Radio,
25
East
Hill,
Brighton,
Sussex.
Anddon’t
forget
to
write
your
name
and
address
on
the
back
of
the
photo.
We
can’t
return
any
photos,
I’m
afraid.
So
make
sure
that
you’ve
got
another
copy
if
it’s
your
favourite.
答案:
6~10
ACACC
11~15
CCBAC
16~20
BABCA
第二部分 阅读理解(共两节,
满分40分)
第一节(共15小题;
每小题2分,
满分30分)
  阅读下列短文,
从每题所给的四个选项(A、B、C和D)中,
选出最佳选项。
A
  People
all
need
friends
because
nobody
wants
to
be
lonely
and
a
friend
can
help
you
in
good
and
bad
times.
You’ve
made
friends
since
childhood,
but
you
still
don’t
know
who
your
true
friends
are.
Here
are
some
signs
to
tell
you
if
your
friend
is
a
true
friend.
Always
honest
Honesty
is
important
to
keep
a
relationship
alive.
A
true
friend
always
tells
you
the
truth.
It
may
be
hard
sometimes
but
lying
can
destroy
a
friendship.
It
is
important
that
your
friend
speaks
honestly
and
never
makes
up
stories.
Always
listening
There
are
always
periods
in
your
life
when
you
have
problems
or
difficulties.
A
true
friend
will
always
have
time
to
listen
to
your
problems
and
give
you
advice.
It
may
not
be
able
to
offer
a
solution
to
your
problems
but
the
fact
that
your
friend
makes
time
to
listen
is
a
sign
he/she
cares
for
you.
Your
friend
is
not
a
true
friend
if
he/she
can
never
make
time
for
you
when
you
are
in
trouble.
You
also
need
to
be
reasonable
and
accept
that
your
friend
also
has
other
things
to
do
so
he/she
can’t
always
listen
immediately
to
your
problems.
Always
respectful(尊敬的)
A
true
friend
will
always
respect
your
opinion
no
matter
whether
he/she
agrees
or
not.
Your
true
friend
may
disagree
but
never
insists
that
he/she
is
correct.
Always
understanding
It
is
possible
that
some
problems
will
arise
between
you
and
your
friend.
A
true
friend
will
always
be
forgiving(体谅的)and
understanding,
even
if
it
isn’t
his/her
fault.
We
are
all
different
people
and
we
all
make
mistakes.
A
true
friend
is
always
forgiving
and
understanding
because
he/she
doesn’t
want
to
take
the
risk
of
losing
his/her
best
friend.
【文章大意】什么样的朋友才是真正的朋友呢?
本文给出了答案。
21.
What’s
the
best
title
for
the
third
paragraph?
A.
Always
there
for
you.
B.
Keep
your
secrets.
C.
Always
happy
for
you.
D.
Remember
your
important
days.
【解析】选A。段落大意题。本段主要讲真正的朋友在你遇到困难的时候会在你身边。
22.
According
to
the
passage,
a
true
friend
will
always   .
A.
follow
your
advice
B.
offer
a
solution
to
your
problems
C.
listen
immediately
to
your
problems
D.
respect
your
opinion
even
if
he/she
disagrees
with
it
【解析】选D。细节理解题。根据第四段中的A
true
friend
will
always
respect
your
opinion
no
matter
whether
he/she
agrees
or
not.
可知真正的朋友会尊重你的观点,
不管他(或她)是否同意,
故选D。
23.
Which
of
the
following
is
NOT
mentioned
in
the
passage?
A.
Never
tell
lies
to
friends.
B.
Making
time
for
friends.
C.
Sharing
fun
with
friends.
D.
Paying
attention
to
a
friend’s
opinion.
【解析】选C。细节理解题。A项在第二段提到了;
B项在第三段提到了;
D项在第四段提到了;
只有C项“与朋友分享乐趣”文中没提到。
24.
A
true
friend
will
always
forgive
and
understand
you
because   .
A.
he/she
wants
to
help
you
B.
he/she
doesn’t
want
to
lose
you
C.
he/she
wants
you
to
feel
confident
D.
he/she
doesn’t
care
about
your
mistakes
【解析】选B。细节理解题。根据最后一句A
true
friend
is
always
forgiving
and
understanding
because
he/she
doesn’t
want
to
take
the
risk
of
losing
his/her
best
friend.
可知答案。
B
  To
build
an
incredible
and
successful
relationship
is
something
like
erecting
a
building.
First
of
all,
you
should
start
with
an
idea
which
is
expected
by
everyone,
and
then
you
can
put
a
solid
foundation
stone
for
that
idea.
Putting
a
strong
foundation
stone
is
very
important
and
it
keeps
your
building
steady.
Every
part
of
that
building
is
totally
depending
upon
that
solid
foundation.
So,
here
are
the
three
rules
to
establish
a
successful
relationship:
The
first
rule
is
just
having
fun.
Once
a
relationship
is
established
then
the
things
become
stable.
Once
it
gets
stable
then
you
start
feeling
stifled(压抑的)and
fun
is
no
longer
there
in
your
relationship.
But
remember
this
thing
is
very
dangerous
for
the
relationship.
You
can
plan
something
great
like
a
weekend
road
trip.
Even
you
can
also
plan
some
of
your
favorite
activities
at
least
twice
a
month.
Enjoy
laughing
with
each
other
and
try
to
find
different
ways
to
keep
this
laughter
alive.
The
second
rule
is   .
In
a
relationship
it
is
important
that
both
the
partners
should
deserve
equal
treatment.
If
anyone
of
the
partners
dominates
to
the
other
then
such
a
relationship
is
surely
not
going
to
survive
for
a
long
time.
Such
relationships
are
called
unbalanced
relationship
and
it
is
going
to
give
lots
of
pain.
So,
try
to
give
respect
to
each
other
equally.
Another
good
and
important
part
of
any
relationship
is
being
honest
and
open-minded
with
your
partner.
Whenever
the
problem
arises
in
your
relations,
honesty
is
very
crucial.
Even
being
open-minded
with
each
other
is
a
foundation
to
your
good
relationship.
Honesty
is
the
most
valuable
thing.
If
you
become
very
honest
with
each
other
then
problems
can
be
very
easily
sorted
out.
You
need
put
lots
of
efforts
to
build
a
successful
relationship.
This
effort
is
required
from
both
the
partners.
And
the
reward
which
you
are
going
to
get
will
be
fantastic.
If
the
three
rules
mentioned
above
are
maintained
very
well
then
there
will
be
a
strong
chance
of
long
term
and
wonderful
relationship.
【文章大意】怎样建立成功的人际关系。
25.
What
is
the
best
title
for
this
passage?
A.
Good
Relationship
and
Success
B.
How
to
Build
a
Successful
Relationship
C.
Solid
Foundation
and
Building
Relationship
D.
The
Benefits
from
Good
Relationship
【解析】选B。主旨大意题。从短文第二段可以看出本文主要讲述了怎样建立成功的人际关系。
26.
What’s
the
second
rule?
A.
Giving
respect
to
each
other
equally.
B.
Being
generous
to
friends.
C.
Giving
timely
help
to
friends.
D.
Treating
friends
equally.
【解析】选A。细节理解题。根据第四段的最后一句可知A项正确。D项所提到的只是彼此尊敬的一个方面,
故最佳答案为A项。
27.
The
underlined
word
“crucial”
in
the
fifth
paragraph
probably
means“   ”.
A.
critical
B.
enough
C.
sufficient
D.
efficient
【解析】选A。词义猜测题。若把原句honesty
is
very
crucial补充完整则为honesty
is
very
crucial
in
solving
the
problem,
故critical(至关重要的)符合语境。
28.
It
can
be
learned
from
the
last
paragraph
that   .
A.
it
is
not
difficult
to
build
a
good
relationship
B.
one
can
benefit
a
lot
from
a
wonderful
relationship
C.
honesty
helps
in
approaching
problems
D.
being
open-minded
is
a
basis
to
build
a
good
relationship
【解析】选B。细节理解题。此处需根据最后一段来确定答案。B项与最后一段中的And
the
reward
which
you
are
going
to
get
will
be
fantastic.
相符,
为正确答案。
C
  Following
some
of
the
tips
for
green
living
helps
save
our
planet.
All
of
these
involve
just
a
few
changes
to
our
daily
habits.
Just
walk
and
limit
the
use
of
your
car.
One
of
the
poster
images
of
pollution
is
our
vehicles.
They
burn
fuel.
They
are
not
as
efficient
as
we
hope
them
could
be,
and
we
use
them
every
single
day.
To
lessen
the
effects
of
the
air
pollution
caused
by
our
vehicles,
we
should
limit
their
use.
If
we
can
walk
to
our
destination
then
just
let
us
go.
Not
only
do
we
lessen
our
carbon
dioxide
emissions,
but
we
also
get
a
good
exercise
out
of
it.
Use
a
laptop
instead
of
a
desktop.
Laptops
are
more
energy
efficient
compared
to
their
bigger
counterparts.
A
laptop
is
generally
50
percent
more
efficient
in
using
electricity.
Aside
from
that
there
are
other
benefits
of
a
laptop.
It
is
portable
so
you
can
work
anywhere
you
like
and
get
powerful
features
without
the
large
size
of
desktop
units.
Turn
off
the
faucet
while
you
are
brushing
your
teeth.
It
is
always
a
better
idea
to
use
a
glass
when
we
are
brushing
our
teeth
and
not
to
just
let
the
faucet
keep
on
running.
Therefore,
there
is
less
water
to
waste
while
we
are
cleaning
our
pearly
whites.
Simply
turn
off
the
faucet
when
you
are
not
using
it.
Make
good
use
of
natural
light.
We
have
a
great
and
natural
lamp—the
sun,
and
we
should
learn
how
to
take
full
advantage
of
it
during
daytime.
So
instead
of
turning
on
our
lights
or
lamps
even
if
it
is
still
not
evening,
we
should
pull
up
the
drapes
and
let
the
natural
light
come
in
from
the
windows.
These
are
just
some
of
the
best
tips
for
green
living,
but
of
course
there
are
still
many
of
these
tips
if
you
just
search
for
them.
But
you
can
do
your
own
variation
any
time
just
always
prioritize
how
you
can
use
less
energy
and
produce
even
lesser
trash
and
pollution.
【文章大意】文章介绍了当今日常生活中简单易行的四种绿色生活方式。
29.
What’s
the
best
title
for
the
passage?
A.
How
to
Save
Our
Planet
B.
How
to
Change
Our
Daily
Habits
C.
Tips
for
Green
Living
Today
D.
Green
Living
and
Serious
Pollution
【解析】选C。主旨大意题。本文前后呼应,
主要向读者介绍了当今日常生活中简单易行的四种绿色生活方式。
pared
with
a
desktop,
a
laptop
is   .
A.
less
energy
efficient
B.
faster
at
work
C.
easy
to
repair
D.
easy
to
carry
【解析】选D。细节理解题。从第三段中的It
is
portable.
.
.
可知D项正确。
31.
How
many
tips
does
the
passage
mention
for
green
living
today?
A.
Three.
B.
Four.
C.
Five.
D.
Six.
【解析】选B。细节理解题。短文从第二段至第五段的第一句都提到了一种绿色生活方式,
一共四种。
32.
The
underlined
word
“prioritize”
in
the
last
paragraph
can
be
replaced
by
the
word“   ”.
A.
decrease
B.
consider
C.
imagine
D.
guess
【解析】选B。词义猜测题。根据前面的意思“你做的和别人做的不一样”以及后面的how
you
can
use
less
energy
and
produce
even
lesser
trash
and
pollution可以排除decrease(减少),
推断出prioritize应为“认真考虑;
优先考虑”的意思,
所以使用consider最符合语境。
D
  My
six-year-old
granddaughter
stared
at
me
as
if
she
were
seeing
me
for
the
first
time.
“Grandma,
you
are
an
antique(古董),
”she
said.
“You
are
old.
Antiques
are
old.
You
are
my
antique.

I
was
not
satisfied
to
let
the
matter
rest
there.
I
took
out
the
Webster’s
Dictionary
and
read
the
definition(定义)to
Jenny.
“An
antique
is
not
only
old,
it’s
an
object
existing
since
or
belonging
to
earlier
times.
.
.
a
work
of
art.
.
.
piece
of
furniture.
Antiques
are
treasured,
”I
told
Jenny
as
I
put
away
the
dictionary.
“They
have
to
be
handled
carefully
because
they
sometimes
are
very
valuable.
In
order
to
qualify
as
an
antique,
the
object
has
to
be
at
least
100
years
old.

“I’m
only
67,
”I
reminded
Jenny.
We
looked
around
the
house
for
other
antiques,
besides
me.
There
was
a
desk
that
was
handed
down
from
one
aunt
to
another
and
finally
to
our
family.
“It’s
very
old,
”I
told
Jenny.
“I
try
to
keep
it
polished
and
I
show
it
off
whenever
I
can.
You
do
that
with
antiques.

There
was
a
picture
on
the
wall
purchased
at
a
garage
sale.
It
was
dated
1867.
“Now
that’s
an
antique,
”I
boasted.
“Over
100
years
old.
”Of
course
it
was
marked
up
and
scratched
and
not
in
very
good
condition.
“Sometimes
age
does
that,
”I
told
Jenny.
“But
the
marks
are
good
marks.
They
show
living,
being
around.
That’s
something
to
display
with
pride.
In
fact,
sometimes,
the
more
an
object
shows
age,
the
more
valuable
it
can
become.
”It
was
important
that
I
believed
this
for
my
own
self-esteem.
Our
tour
of
antiques
continued.
There
was
a
vase
on
the
floor.
It
had
been
in
my
house
for
a
long
time.
I
was
not
certain
where
it
came
from
but
I
didn’t
buy
it
new.
One
thing
about
antiques,
I
explained
to
Jenny,
was
that
they
usually
had
a
story.
They’d
been
in
one
home
and
then
another,
handed
down
from
one
family
to
another,
traveling
all
over
the
place.
They’d
lasted
through
years
and
years.
They
could
have
been
tossed
away,
or
ignored,
or
destroyed,
or
lost.
But
instead,
they
survived.
For
a
moment,
Jenny
looked
thoughtful.
“I
don’t
have
any
antiques
but
you,
”she
said.
Then
her
face
brightened.
“Could
I
take
you
to
school
for
show
and
tell?

“Only
if
I
fit
into
your
backpack,
”I
answered.
And
then
Jenny’s
antique
lifted
her
up
and
embraced
her
in
a
hug
that
would
last
through
the
years.
【文章大意】什么是“古董”?
在孙女的眼里,
祖母就是“古董”。全文向我们展示了浓浓的祖孙情。
33.
Which
of
the
following
information
did
grandma
convey
to
Jenny?
A.
The
desk
reminded
her
of
her
dear
relatives.
B.
The
marks
on
the
picture
showed
its
age
and
value.
C.
There
was
usually
a
sad
story
behind
each
antique.
D.
She
planned
to
buy
a
new
vase
to
replace
the
old
one.
【解析】选B。细节理解题。由第五段倒数第二句话“In
fact,
sometimes,
the
more
an
object
shows
age,
the
more
valuable
it
can
become.
”可知,
图画上的标记能显示出图画的年代和价值。
34.
What
can
be
inferred
from
the
last
paragraph?
A.
Grandma
was
too
old
to
lift
Jenny
up.
B.
Jenny
had
a
strong
desire
for
grandma’s
love.
C.
Jenny
was
too
young
to
know
grandma’s
humor.
D.
Grandma
had
a
deep
long-lasting
love
for
Jenny.
【解析】选D。推理判断题。由最后一段可知,
奶奶与孙女的拥抱含有深沉的爱。
35.
What
can
be
the
best
title
for
the
passage?
A.
Jenny’s
Antique
B.
A
Story
of
Antiques
C.
A
Tour
of
Antiques
D.
Grandma’s
Antique
【解析】选A。主旨大意题。由文章大意可知,
奶奶向孙女展示了什么是真正的“古董”,
孙女还是把奶奶当作“古董”,
全文中心围绕“古董”展开,
表达出了浓浓的祖孙情。
第二节(共5小题;
每小题2分,
满分10分)
  根据短文内容,
从短文后的选项中选出能填入空白处的最佳选项。选项中有两项为多余选项。
Do
you
know
Australia?
Australia
is
the
largest
island
in
the
world.
It
is
a
little
smaller
than
China.
It
is
in
the
south
of
the
earth.
 36 The
population
of
Australia
is
nearly
as
large
as
that
of
Shanghai.
 37 The
cities
in
Australia
have
got
little
air
or
water
pollution.
The
sky
is
blue
and
the
water
is
clean.
You
can
clearly
see
fish
swimming
in
the
rivers.
Plants
grow
very
well.
Last
month
we
visited
Perth,
the
biggest
city
in
western
Australia,
and
went
to
a
wild
flowers’
exhibition.
 38 We
had
a
wonderful
time.
Perth
is
famous
for
its
beautiful
wild
flowers.
In
spring
every
year
Perth
has
the
wild
flowers’
exhibition.
After
visiting
Perth,
we
spent
the
day
in
the
countryside.
We
sat
down
and
had
a
rest
near
a
path
at
the
foot
of
a
hill.
It
was
quiet
and
we
enjoyed
ourselves.
Suddenly
we
heard
bells
ringing
at
the
top
of
the
hill.
 39 There
were
about
three
hundred
sheep
coming
towards
us
down
the
path.
 40 After
a
short
drive
from
any
town,
you
will
find
yourself
in
the
middle
of
white
sheep.
Sheep,
sheep,
everywhere
are
sheep.
A.
The
government
has
made
enough
laws
to
fight
pollution.
B.
Australia
is
the
sixth
largest
country
in
the
world.
C.
Australia
is
famous
for
its
sheep
and
kangaroos.
D.
Australia
is
big,
but
its
population
is
not
large.
E.
What
we
saw
made
us
pick
up
all
our
things
and
run
back
to
the
car
as
quickly
as
we
could.
F.
There
we
saw
a
large
number
of
wild
flowers
we
had
never
seen
before.
G.
The
people
of
Australia
are
very
hardworking.
答案:
36~40.
DAFEC
第三部分 英语知识运用(共两节,
满分45分)
第一节 完形填空(共20小题;
每小题1.
5分,
满分30分)
  阅读下面短文,
从短文后各题所给的四个选项(A、B、C和D)中,
选出可以填入空白处的最佳选项。
  My
brother,
Mark,
died
in
a
traffic
accident
four
years
ago.
He
was
my
big
brother
and 41 looked
after
me.
I
am 42 today
for
all
of
the
special
time
we
had
as
running
partners,
and
time 43 driving
to
different
races,
where
we
had
so
many 44 about
life
in
general.
I 45 these
talks
terribly
at
this
time
of
the
year.
 46 ,
I
am
so
happy
he
shared
with
me
the 47 of
his
faith.
He
was
always
so 48 to
people,
and
I
had
been
with
him
many
times 49 we
pulled
over
to
help
someone
in
need,
 50 a
smile
and
helping
them
get
back
on
the
road.
So
I
was
not 51 when
he
told
me
of
the
time
when
he
was 52 in
college.
It
was
the
end
of
the
month.
To
make
matters
worse,
it
was
Friday
and
he
had
no 53 in
his
pocket
for
the
weekend.
Payday
was
Monday
and
he
had
no
gas
money
to
get
home
to 54 my
dad
and
no
money
to
buy
food
but
he
had
faith
that
helping
others 55 helping
yourself.
On
his
way
home
from
classes
that
day,
as
he
was
driving
along,
he
noticed
a
guy
ahead
of
him 56 his
lumber(木材)all
over
the
road
as
he
turned
the
corner.
Mark 57 right
over
and
helped
him
load
the
lumber
back
into
his
truck.
The
guy
was
so
thankful
and 58 his
hand
to
Mark,
and
in
it
was
one
hundred
dollars.
Mark
couldn’t
believe
his 59 .
He
told
him
that
was
unnecessary
but
the
man 60 and
off
he
drove.
I
still
think
of
Mark
sitting
there
telling
me
that
story,
with
tears
in
his
eyes,
and
how
faithful
he
was.
【文章大意】文章表达了作者对已逝哥哥的怀念及哥哥对他的深刻影响。
41.
A.
hardly
B.
never
C.
sometimes
D.
always
【解析】选D。逻辑推理题。联系作者对哥哥的思念之情,
结合下文提到他乐于助人可知他总是照顾作者。
42.
A.
successful
B.
thankful
C.
cheerful
D.
hopeful
【解析】选B。逻辑推理题。根据下文中提到的all
of
the
special
time
we
had
as
running
partners等情节可以推知作者对哥哥充满感激之情。
43.
A.
spared
B.
wasted
C.
spent
D.
saved
【解析】选C。词语辨析题。此处选spent用作time的定语,
表示花费时间做某事。spare抽出,
匀出;
waste浪费;
save节省。
44.
A.
questions
B.
arguments
C.
differences
D.
conversations
【解析】选D。逻辑推理题。联系下文中的I.
.
.
these
talks
terribly,
说明作者经常和哥哥一起谈论生活。
45.
A.
miss
B.
remember
C.
keep
D.
fear
【解析】选A。逻辑推理题。作者怀念和哥哥在一起时的谈话。
46.
A.
However
B.
So
C.
Then
D.
If
【解析】选A。逻辑推理题。“能与哥哥分享有关他坚定信念的故事他也很高兴”与上文的“思念”形成了转折关系,
故选However。
47.
A.
record
B.
belief
C.
story
D.
secret
【解析】选C。逻辑推理题。作者很高兴,
哥哥能和他一起分享有关他的坚定信念的故事,
这里指下文中描述的哥哥帮助别人的事情。
48.
A.
careful
B.
helpful
C.
powerful
D.
grateful
【解析】选B。逻辑推理题。根据下文I
had
been
with
him
many
times.
.
.
help
someone
in
need可知,
他总是乐于助人。
49.
A.
because
B.
while
C.
until
D.
when
【解析】选D。考查定语从句。有很多次,
作者和哥哥停下车来帮助那些需要帮助的人。when引导定语从句。
50.
A.
sharing
B.
forcing
C.
recognizing
D.
understanding
【解析】选A。词语辨析题。share分享。此处表示哥哥把微笑和帮助带给他人。force迫使;
recognize认出,
承认;
understand理解。
51.
A.
pleased
B.
worried
C.
surprised
D.
excited
【解析】选C。逻辑推理题。作者对哥哥的乐于助人有所了解,
所以当他说起在大学时期的一些事情的时候,
作者并不感到吃惊。
52.
A.
never
B.
yet
C.
even
D.
still
【解析】选D。逻辑推理题。那时他还在上大学。
53.
A.
food
B.
money
C.
paper
D.
key
【解析】选B。词汇复现题。他那个时候还在上大学,
到了月底,
而且又是周五(星期一是发薪日),
所以他身无分文。下文的no
money是提示。
54.
A.
change
B.
attend
C.
see
D.
persuade
【解析】选C。逻辑推理题。他没有钱回家看望父亲,
没有钱买食物。
55.
A.
means
B.
follows
C.
explains
D.
agrees
【解析】选A。逻辑推理题。虽然身无分文,
但是他始终坚信帮助别人就意味着帮助自己。
56.
A.
carry
B.
lose
C.
arrange
D.
place
【解析】选B。逻辑推理题。根据下文中的helped
him
load
the
lumber
back
into
his
truck可知,
在拐弯的时候木材掉了。
57.
A.
pushed
B.
moved
C.
pulled
D.
walked
【解析】选C。固定搭配题。他停下车,
帮助卡车司机把木材重新装到车上。pull
over驶向路边,
向路边停靠。
58.
A.
raised
B.
held
C.
offered
D.
shook
【解析】选C。固定搭配题。卡车司机把手伸向Mark。offer
sb.
’s
hand伸出手。
59.
A.
eyes
B.
ears
C.
mind
D.
feeling
【解析】选A。逻辑推理题。司机手里是一百美元,
Mark不敢相信他的眼睛。
60.
A.
complained
B.
apologized
C.
regretted
D.
insisted
【解析】选D。逻辑推理题。Mark告诉卡车司机没必要给他钱,
但是司机仍然坚持要给他。
第Ⅱ卷
第三部分 英语知识运用(共两节,
满分45分)
第二节(共10小题;
每小题1.
5分,
满分15分)
  阅读下面材料,
在空白处填入适当的内容(1个单词)或括号内单词的正确形式。
Agent:
What
is
the
61.
     with
you,
madam?
You
look
pale
and
anxious.
Susan:
I
lost
my
luggage
just
now.
Agent:
Take
it
easy.
Would
you
please
tell
me
more
details?
I
will
try
my
best
to
help
you.
Susan:
Thank
you.
I
have
just
been
to
the
cafe,
where
I
put
my
luggage
under
the
table.
Then
I
62.
     (order)a
cup
of
coffee
when
I
was
waiting
for
the
train.
When
I
finished
drinking,
I
found
my
suitcase
63.
     (go).
Agent:
What
kind
of
suitcase
did
you
lose?
Susan:
A
small
blue
leather
case,
64.
     my
name
tag
on
the
top
and
my
personal
stuff
inside.
Agent:
I
feel
sorry
65.
     (hear)that.
Or
maybe
someone
just
picked
up
the
wrong
case.
Susan:
It
is
66.
     (possible)!
I
can’t
believe
it.
Agent:
Will
you
please
leave
your
name
and
your
address
here?
We
will
try
67.
     (find)the
suitcase
for
you.
Susan:
How
long
does
68.
     take?
Agent:
Sorry,
I
have
no
idea.
Will
you
please
wait
here
for
69.
     while?
We
are
going
to
extend
your
ticket
to
the
next
train,
in
70.
     case
you
may
have
enough
time
to
find
your
luggage.
Susan:
It
seems
that
I
have
no
other
choice.
61.
【解析】matter。What’s
the
matter
with
you?
你怎么了?
62.
【解析】ordered。根据整个句子的时态此处应为过去时,
且主语与动作之间为主动形式。
63.
【解析】gone。find
my
suitcase
gone发觉行李箱不见了。
64.
【解析】with。with的复合结构,
意为:
箱子上有带着我名字的标签,
箱子里面有私人物品。
65.
【解析】to
hear。sorry
to
hear
sth.
听到某事后很难过。sorry后接不定式作状语。
66.
【解析】impossible。根据后文的“I
can’t
believe
it.
”可知,
此处指不可能。
67.
【解析】to
find。try
to
do
sth.
尽力做某事。
68.
【解析】it。it指找行李箱这件事。
69.
【解析】a。wait
for
a
while等一会。
70.
【解析】which。which指代主句的内容,
且引导定语从句。
第四部分 写作(共两节,
满分35分)
第一节 短文改错(共10小题;
每小题1分,
满分10分)
  假定英语课上老师要求同桌之间交换修改作文,
请你修改你同桌写的以下作文。文中共有10处语言错误,
每句中最多有两处,
每处错误仅涉及一个单词的增加、删除或修改。
增加:
在缺词处加一个漏字符号(∧),
并在其下面写出该加的词。
删除:
把多余的词用斜线(\)画掉。
修改:
在错的词下画一横线,
并在该词下面写出修改后的词。
注意:
1.
每处错误及其修改均仅限一词;
2.
只允许修改10处,
多者(从第11处起)不计分。
After
he
married
with
Portia,
Henry
had
bad
luck
in
business,
so
he
is
very
upset
all
day
long.
Portia
felt
very
puzzling
and
wanted
to
know
what
was
matter
with
him.
Having
known
that
had
happened
to
him,
Portia
looked
so
calm
but
tried
to
comfort
him.
And
meanwhile,
she
encouraged
him
to
overcome
the
trouble
she
met
with
and
wanted
to
wait
for
Henry
to
make
some
more
money,
what
made
him
very
happy.
  Portia’s
actions
made
Henry
so
confident
for
himself
that
he
promised
that
he
would
work
twice
as
harder
as
he
could
to
earn
a
lot
of
money
because
he
loved
her
so
much
and
hoped
Portia
would
live
a
better
life.
答案:
After
he
married
with
Portia,
Henry
had
bad
luck
in
business,
so
he
is
very
upset
was
all
day
long.
Portia
felt
very
puzzling
and
wanted
to
know
what
was

matter
with
puzzled
the或matter改为wrong
him.
Having
known
that
had
happened
to
him,
Portia
looked
so
calm
but
tried
to
what
and
comfort
him.
And
meanwhile,
she
encouraged
him
to
overcome
the
trouble
she
met
he
with
and
wanted
to
wait
for
Henry
to
make
some
more
money,
what
made
him
very
which
happy.
Portia’s
actions
made
Henry
so
confident
for
himself
that
he
promised
that
he
of
would
work
twice
as
harder
as
he
could
to
earn
a
lot
of
money
because
he
loved
her
hard
so
much
and
hoped
Portia
would
live
a
better
life.
第二节 书面表达(满分25分)
(2015·兰州高一检测)
假定你是李华,
你的英国好友Mary考试失败,
对自己失去了信心,
产生了厌学情绪。请你给她发一封电子邮件开导她,
要点如下:
1.
不要过于伤心;
2.
放松,
减少焦虑心理;
3.
和老师交流有助于提高成绩;
4.
探索适合自己的有效学习方式。
注意:
1.
词数100个左右;
2.
可以适当发挥,
不要逐字翻译;
3.
可以增加细节,
以使行文连贯。
Dear
Mary,
?
?
?
?
?
?
?
?
Yours
sincerely,
Li
Hua
【参考范文】
Dear
Mary,
I
am
sorry
to
hear
that
you
failed
the
exams
and
have
lost
interest
in
schoolwork.
In
my
opinion,
grades
are
not
the
only
purpose
of
learning,
so
don’t
feel
too
bad.
At
this
moment,
you
should
take
it
easy
and
find
ways
to
reduce
your
anxiety.
Why
not
go
on
an
outing
with
your
friends
or
find
time
to
listen
to
your
favorite
music?
If
you
can
talk
to
the
teachers
who
you
respect
most,
they
may
give
you
some
practical
advice
that
helps
you
to
improve.
Probably
it’s
time
for
you
to
explore
a
new
learning
method
which
is
better
and
more
suitable
for
you.
Anyway,
I
hope
you
can
rebuild
your
self-confidence
soon!
Yours
sincerely,
Li
Hua
PAGE单元质量评估(二)
Unit
2
(120分钟 150分)
第Ⅰ卷
第一部分 听力(共两节,
满分30分)
第一节(共5小题;
每小题1.
5分,
满分7.
5分)
  听下面5段对话。每段对话后有一个小题,
从题中所给的A、B、C三个选项中选出最佳选项,
并标在试卷的相应位置。听完每段对话后,
你都有10秒钟的时间来回答有关小题和阅读下一小题。每段对话仅读一遍。
1.
What
do
we
know
about
the
woman?
A.
She
just
gave
up
her
apartment.
B.
She
has
been
looking
for
an
apartment.
C.
She
has
just
bought
a
house
at
a
reasonable
price.
2.
What’s
the
relationship
between
the
two
speakers?
A.
Father
and
daughter.
B.
Husband
and
wife.
C.
Brother
and
sister.
3.
What
does
the
woman
advise
the
man
to
do?
A.
Buy
a
new
watch.
B.
Buy
a
new
battery.
C.
Have
his
watch
checked.
4.
When
will
they
arrive
at
school?
A.
8:
00.
B.
8:
10.
C.
8:
30.
5.
What
does
the
woman
advise
the
man
to
take?
A.
A
sweater
and
boots.
B.
A
sweater
and
medicine.
C.
A
raincoat
and
a
sweater.
【听力材料】
Text
1
M:
I
have
good
news.
①Someone
just
told
me
about
a
one-bedroom
place
for
you,
with
a
very
reasonable
rent.
W:
Thank
goodness.
I
was
just
about
to
give
up.
Text
2
W:
It’s
already
half
past
seven.
I’m
afraid
②our
daughter
might
be
hungry.
M:
Come
on.
We’ll
be
home
in
about
15
minutes.
Text
3
M:
My
watch
stopped
again,
and
I
just
got
a
new
battery.
W:
③Why
don’t
you
take
it
to
Smith’s
Jewellery?
They
can
check
it
for
you.
And
their
prices
are
pretty
reasonable.
Text
4
M:
Come
on,
Susan.
④It’s
nearly
8
o’clock
now.
We’ll
be
late
for
school.
W:
Don’t
worry.
We
still
have
half
an
hour.
④And
it
takes
us
only
ten
minutes
to
get
there.
Text
5
W:
You’d
better
take
⑤a
heavy
sweater.
The
night
is
cold
even
in
summer.
M:
OK,
and
do
you
think
it
might
snow,
or
I
need
my
boots?
W:
No,
it
never
snows
there
in
July,
but
it
might
rain.
Don’t
forget
⑤your
raincoat.
M:
Thanks
for
telling
me.
答案:
BBCBC
第二节(共15小题;
每小题1.
5分,
满分22.
5分)
  听下面5段对话或独白。每段对话或独白后有几个小题,
从题中所给的A、B、C三个选项中选出最佳选项,
并标在试卷的相应位置。听每段对话或独白前,
你将有时间阅读各个小题,
每小题5秒钟;
听完后,
各小题给出5秒钟的作答时间。每段对话或独白读两遍。
听第6段材料,
回答第6、7题。
6.
What
is
the
woman
worried
about?
A.
She
has
no
coffee
break.
B.
She
can’t
find
Mary.
C.
She
can’t
finish
typing
the
letters.
7.
What
does
the
man
advise
the
woman
to
do?
A.
Go
out
with
him
tonight.
B.
Leave
the
rest
work
for
Mary.
C.
Talk
to
her
boss
earlier.
听第7段材料,
回答第8、9题。
8.
What
is
the
man’s
destination?
A.
Helsinki.
B.
New
York.
C.
Salt
Lake
City.
9.
How
many
hours
will
it
take
the
man
to
his
destination?
A.
18
hours.
B.
22
hours.
C.
23
hours.
听第8段材料,
回答第10~12题。
10.
What’s
the
man
doing?
A.
He
is
making
a
phone
call.
B.
He
is
explaining
how
to
use
the
phone.
C.
He
is
charging
the
woman
for
using
the
phone.
11.
What’s
good
about
the
card?
A.
It
saves
money.
B.
It’s
much
safer.
C.
It’s
convenient.
12.
What
will
the
woman
probably
do
next?
A.
Ask
someone
for
change.
B.
Call
the
information
office.
C.
Use
the
man’s
phone
card.
听第9段材料,
回答第13~16题。
13.
Where
does
the
woman
live
now?
A.
In
a
small
house.
B.
In
an
old
house.
C.
In
Australia.
14.
What
kind
of
colour
TV
does
the
man
want
to
buy?
A.
A
bigger
one.
B.
A
cheaper
one.
C.
A
smaller
one.
15.
Why
does
the
woman
suggest
that
the
man
buy
a
TV
at
once?
A.
Because
its
price
will
rise
up
soon.
B.
Because
there
are
only
a
few
left.
C.
Because
the
man
can’t
wait
to
buy
it.
16.
What
may
the
relationship
be
between
the
two
speakers?
A.
Close
friends.
  B.
Husband
and
wife.
C.
Shop
assistant
and
customer.
听第10段材料,
回答第17~20题。
17.
What
is
country
music
usually
about?
A.
Everyday
life
and
feelings.
B.
Farmers’
feelings.
C.
The
lives
of
workers.
18.
Where
did
country
music
develop?
A.
In
John
Denver’s
city.
B.
In
the
Southern
United
States.
C.
In
the
Northern
United
States.
19.
When
did
people
begin
to
make
country
song
records?
A.
In
the
1920s.
B.
In
1920.
C.
In
the
1970s.
20.
Who
is
famous
for
the
song
“Take
Me
Home,
Country
Roads”?
A.
A
farmer
in
the
countryside.
B.
Those
who
moved
to
towns.
C.
John
Denver.
【听力材料】
Text
6
W:
If
that
man
gives
me
any
more
letters
to
type,
I’ll
scream.
He’s
already
given
me
ten
today
and
there’ll
be
more
when
I
get
back
from
coffee
break.
⑥I’ll
be
here
till
midnight.
M:
Calm
down,
Franny.
He
can’t
make
you
stay
after
5
p.
m.
.
Finish
what
you
can
and
⑦leave
the
rest
for
Mary.
W:
But
they
are
important
letters,
Joe.
They
should
go
out
tonight.
M:
Don’t
worry.
If
they
are
urgent,
he
should
have
given
them
to
you
earlier.
听第7段材料,
回答第8、9题。
Text
7
W:
OK.
That’s
Flight
1070
from
Salt
Lake
City
to
New
York,
Kennedy
Airport,
⑧transferring
to
Flight
90
from
Kennedy
to
Helsinki.
M:
And
what
are
the
departure
and
arrival
times
for
each
of
those
flights?
W:
⑨It
leaves
Salt
Lake
City
at
10:
00
a.
m.
,
arriving
in
New
York
at
4:
30
p.
m.
,
then
transferring
to
Flight
90
at
5:
30
p.
m.
,
and
arriving
in
Helsinki
at
8
a.
m.
the
next
day.
M:
Alright.
Text
8
W:
Charles,
do
you
know
how
this
telephone
works?
The
sign
says
“you
can
use
it
for
long-distance
calls”,
but
I
don’t
know
where
to
put
the
money.
M:
Oh,
well,
this
kind
of
phone
doesn’t
take
coins.
⑩You
have
to
buy
a
special
card
to
put
it
in
down
there
at
the
bottom.
W:
I’ve
never
heard
of
that
before.
M:
Here,
I
have
one
myself.
W:
Where
did
you
get
it?
M:
At
the
information
office
on
campus.
It
costs
ten
dollars.
I
think
you
can
get
them
directly
from
the
phone
company,
too.
W:
Do
you
save
money
by
using
the
card?
M:
No,
not
really.
Butit’s
pretty
convenient.
W:
I
guess
I’ll
go
over
to
the
office
and
get
one
now.
M:
Here,
just
take
mine.
W:
Thanks.
Are
you
sure
you
don’t
mind?
M:
No
problem.
Text
9
M:
Hi,
Helen.
We
haven’t
seen
each
other
since
we
graduated.
Where
have
you
been?
W:
I
have
been
in
Australia.
Do
you
still
live
there?
M:
Oh,
no.
We
have
just
moved
into
the
new
house.
W:
Really?
Congratulations!
M:
Thank
you,
and
we
want
to
buy
a
new
television.
W:
What
kind
of
television
do
you
want
to
buy?
M:
A
colour
TV,
of
course,
but
I’m
not
sure
about
the
size.
Maybe
we
should
buy
a
bigger
one.
If
we
buy
a
smaller
one,
we
might
have
to
change
it.
That
would
be
a
waste
of
money.
What
is
your
opinion?
W:
In
my
opinion,
I
don’t
think
it’s
necessary
to
buy
a
very
big
one.
M:
Any
reasons?
W:
Yes.
As
I
know,
your
sitting
room
isn’t
big
enough.
If
you
put
in
a
very
big
television,
it
will
be
bad
for
your
eyes,
and
a
smaller
size
TV
can
also
pick
up
good
programs.
M:
Er,
that’s
quite
true.
I’ll
think
about
it.
W:
You’d
better
make
a
quick
decision
because
the
price
may
go
up
soon.
Text
10
  I
like
country
music
very
much!
Do
you
know
why?
It
will
take
me
away
for
a
while
after
I
am
tired.
The
guitars
and
songs
will
take
me
to
mountains
and
fields.
Country
music
usually
talks
ofeveryday
life
and
feelings.
It’s
the
spirit
of
America,
easy
to
understand,
slow
and
simple.
Country
music
developed
in
the
Southern
United
States.
It
was
the
folk
music
of
American
countryside.
Many
of
the
songs
tell
about
the
lives
of
farmers.
They
talk
about
love,
crops
or
death.
The
life
of
the
countryside
can
be
hard,
so
the
words
in
country
music
are
often
sad.
At
first,
people
played
the
music
only
at
family
parties.
But
it
became
more
popular
later.
In
the
1920s,
people
played
country
songs
on
the
radio,
and
they
made
them
into
records.
When
people
in
the
countryside
moved
to
towns
and
cities
to
look
for
work,
they
took
their
music
with
them.
Country
music
continued
to
change
and
became
popular
across
America.
John
Denver
was
one
of
the
most
famous
country
singers
in
the
1970s.
His
song
“Take
Me
Home,
Country
Roads”
is
well-known
and
people
still
play
it
today.
答案:
6~10
CBABB
11~15
CCCAA
16~20
AABAC
第二部分 阅读理解(共两节,
满分40分)
第一节(共15小题;
每小题2分,
满分30分)
  阅读下列短文,
从每题所给的四个选项(A、B、C和D)中,
选出最佳选项。
A
(2015·昆明高一检测)
  Have
you
ever
considered
all
the
English
expressions
that
include
words
about
clothes?
Let’s
have
a
look.
People
wear
pants
to
cover
the
lower
part
of
their
bodies.
We
sometimes
say
that
people
who
are
nervous
have
ants
in
their
pants.
Sometimes,
people
may
get
caught
with
their
pants
down.
They
are
found
doing
something
they
should
not
be
doing.
And,
in
every
family,
one
person
takes
control.
Sometimes
a
wife
tells
her
husband
what
to
do.
Then
we
say
she
wears
the
pants
in
the
family.
Pants
usually
have
pockets
to
hold
things.
Money
that
is
likely
to
be
spent
quickly
can
burn
a
hole
in
your
pocket.
Sometimes
you
need
a
belt
to
hold
up
your
pants.
If
you
have
less
money
than
usual,
you
may
have
to
tighten
your
belt.
I
always
praise
people
who
can
save
their
money
and
not
spend
too
much.
I
really
take
my
hat
off
to
them.
Yet,
when
it
comes
to
my
own
money,
I
spend
it
at
the
drop
of
a
hat,
which
means
I
instantly
spend
it.
Boots
are
a
heavy
or
strong
kind
of
shoes.
People
who
are
too
big
for
their
boots
think
they
are
more
important
than
they
really
are.
I
dislike
such
people.
My
father
is
an
important
person.
He
runs
a
big
company.
He
wears
a
suit
and
tie,
and
a
shirt
with
sleeves
that
cover
his
arms.
Some
people
who
do
not
know
him
well
think
he
is
too
serious
and
never
shows
his
feelings
openly.
But
I
know
that
my
father
wears
his
heart
on
his
sleeve.
【文章大意】本文是一篇说明文,
主要介绍了一些关于衣服的英语习语。
21.
What
is
this
passage
mainly
about?
A.
What
pants
mean
in
English.
B.
Some
special
English
expressions.
C.
Some
funny
English
expressions.
D.
Some
expressions
related
to
clothes.
【解析】选D。主旨大意题。根据文章第一段可知本文主要是介绍了一些关于衣服的英语习语。
22.
Which
of
the
following
expressions
can
show
someone
is
nervous?
A.
Get
caught
with
one’s
pants
down.
B.
Have
ants
in
one’s
pants.
C.
Wear
the
pants
in
the
family.
D.
Burn
a
hole
in
one’s
pocket.
【解析】选B。细节理解题。根据文章第二段We
sometimes
say
that
people
who
are
nervous
have
ants
in
their
pants.
可知B正确。
23.
If
we
say
someone
has
to
tighten
his
belt,
we
probably
mean
he    .
A.
has
done
something
wrong
B.
used
to
live
a
rich
life
C.
has
put
on
the
wrong
pants
D.
is
short
of
money
【解析】选D。细节理解题。根据第三段If
you
have
less
money
than
usual.
.
.
可知D正确。
24.
Someone
who
spends
his
money
at
the
drop
of
a
hat
most
probably    .
A.
doesn’t
save
money
B.
earns
much
money
C.
never
wastes
his
money
D.
spends
more
than
he
earns
【解析】选A。推理判断题。根据第四段最后一句句意:
然而,
当谈到我自己的钱时,
……这就意味着我花钱快。故选A。
B
Eat
nuts,
live
longer.
Researchers
have
found
that
those
who
eat
a
handful
of
peanuts
every
day
significantly
decrease
their
risk
of
dying
from
all
causes
compared
to
those
who
do
not
eat.
A
new
study
concludes
that
all
types
of
nuts
seem
to
be
protective.
Researcher
Ying
Bao
is
with
the
Department
of
Medicine
at
Brigham
and
Women’s
Hospital
and
Harvard
University
Medical
School
in
Boston,
Massachusetts.
She
and
her
colleagues
looked
at
the
impact
of
nut
consumption
by
analyzing
two
huge
studies
that
began
in
1980—the
Nurses’
Health
Study,
which
tracks
the
well-being
of
more
than
76,
000
women,
and
42,
000
men
enrolled
in
the
Health
Professionals
Follow-up
Study.
Among
the
questions
asked
at
the
beginning
of
the
studies
was,
“How
frequently
do
you
eat
nuts?
”The
information
was
updated
every
two
to
four
years.
Bao
says
the
participants
were
followed
for
three
decades.
“What
we
observed
is
that
people
who
eat
more
nuts
are
less
likely
to
die
over
the
next
30
years,
”said
Bao.
“So,
for
example,
if
a
person
eats
nuts
once
per
day,
that
person
has
a
20
percent
lower
risk
of
dying.

Bao
says
eating
a
handful
of
nuts
five
or
more
times
per
week
was
associated
with
a
29
percent
reduced
risk
of
dying
from
heart
disease
and
an
11
percent
lower
risk
of
cancer
death.
A
serving
size
is
28
grams.
Nuts
contain
nutrients,
including
high
quality
proteins,
vitamins
and
minerals,
all
of
which
have
anti-cancer
effects
and
may
help
protect
the
heart.
Bao
says
researchers
are
planning
studies
to
find
out
how
nuts
are
beneficial
to
human
health.
The
study
on
the
health
benefits
of
nuts
was
funded
by
the
International
Tree
Nut
Council
Research
and
Education
Foundation.
【文章大意】本文中介绍了多吃坚果对人类的健康有很大的好处,
并提及了几项与此有关的研究。
25.
People
who
often
eat
nuts   .
A.
are
more
likely
to
live
longer
than
people
who
often
eat
fruits
B.
don’t
need
to
go
to
hospital
C.
may
live
longer
than
people
who
don’t
eat
D.
don’t
have
to
do
sports
【解析】选C。推理判断题。根据文章第一段中Eat
nuts,
live
longer.
Researchers
have
found
that
those
who
eat
a
handful
of
peanuts
every
day
significantly
decrease
their
risk
of
dying
from
all
causes
compared
to
those
who
do
not
eat.
可知吃坚果的人会更为健康,
患疾病死亡的几率更小,
活得更长久。
26.
About
Bao’s
research,
which
statement
is
TRUE?
A.
She
has
done
the
research
by
herself.
B.
Her
research
was
based
on
two
studies.
C.
Her
research
lasted
about
three
years.
D.
People
should
eat
all
kinds
of
nuts
every
day.
【解析】选B。细节理解题。根据文章第二段中She
and
her
colleagues
looked
at
the
impact
of
nut
consumption
by
analyzing
two
huge
studies可知她的研究是以两项大型的研究为基础的。故B正确。
27.
Eating
nuts
may
help
us
stay
away
from   .
A.
cancer
B.
fever
C.
flu
D.
headache
【解析】选A。细节理解题。根据文章第五段Bao
says
eating
a
handful
of
nuts
five
or
more
times
per
week
was
associated
with
a
29
percent
reduced
risk
of
dying
from
heart
disease
and
an
11
percent
lower
risk
of
cancer
death.
可知吃坚果的人患心脏病和癌症的几率较小。选项中只有A项符合。
28.
The
passage
is
most
probably
from
a
journal
of   .
A.
entertainment
B.
diet
C.
sports
D.
science
【解析】选B。推理判断题。本文主要讲述的是坚果对人们健康的影响,
并介绍了几项与此有关的研究。属于饮食健康类的内容,
所以B项是正确的。
C
Studies
show
farmland
in
Africa
is
often
lacking
in
important
nutrients.
But
researchers
say
combining
different
farming
methods
may
help.
Since
the
world
food
crisis
several
years
ago,
researchers
have
directed
more
of
their
attention
to
small
farms.
Most
farms
in
areas
south
of
the
Sahara
Desert
are
only
about
one
or
two
hectares.
One
of
the
goals
is
to
increase
production
without
necessarily
clearing
more
land
to
grow
additional
crops.
American
researchers
say
that
can
happen
with
greater
use
of
an
agricultural
system
called
perennation.
It
mixes
food
crops
with
trees
and
perennial
plants—those
that
return
year
after
year.
Mr.
Reganold,
who
is
with
Washington
State
University,
says
poor
soil
may
have
resulted
from
years
of
weathering
that
washed
away
many
nutrients.
He
says
some
farmers
may
have
done
more
harm
than
good.
He
estimates
that
up
to
two
billion
dollars
worth
of
nitrogen,
phosphorus
and
potassium
is
lost
from
African
soil
each
year.
The
scientist
says
the
word
perennation
defines
three
systems
that
are
already
used
in
Africa.
The
oldest
of
the
three
is
called
evergreen
agriculture.
This
is
where
farmers
plant
trees
with
their
crops.
John
Reganold
says
farmers
in
Africa
have
been
doing
this
for
sixty
years,
but
it
seems
to
be
growing
in
popularity.
The
method
is
gaining
widespread
use
in
countries
such
as
Niger,
Burkina
Faso,
Malawi
and
Zambia.
The
trees
are
planted
among
maize,
millet
or
sorghum
crops.
They
not
only
add
nitrogen
to
the
soil
through
their
roots,
but
also
through
their
leaves
when
they
fall
off
and
break
down.
At
other
times
of
the
year,
the
trees
can
protect
plants
from
strong
sunlight.
Mr.
Reganold
was
one
of
three
researchers
who
wrote
a
report
about
perennation.
It
was
published
in
the
journal
Nature.
【文章大意】本文主要介绍了一种在非洲出现的把树和传统作物混合在一起进行种植的方法,
而且这种新的方法受到很多人的欢迎。
29.
Farmland
in
Africa   .
A.
is
often
small
in
size
B.
can
produce
more
than
enough
crops
for
Africans
C.
is
short
of
important
nutrients
D.
has
got
the
attention
of
scientists
around
the
world
【解析】选C。细节理解题。根据文章第一句Studies
show
farmland
in
Africa
is
often
lacking
in
important
nutrients.
可知非洲的土地缺少营养。故C正确。
30.
Researchers
focused
their
attention
on
small
farmlands
for
the
reason
that   .
A.
Africa
was
going
through
a
food
crisis
B.
most
farms
in
areas
south
of
the
Sahara
Desert
are
small
C.
there
are
not
enough
farmlands
D.
farmers
may
grow
additional
crops
on
farmland
【解析】选B。细节理解题。根据文章第二段可知撒哈拉沙漠南部的农场的面积都是比较小的。
31.
We
can
infer
from
the
passage
that   .
A.
perennation
will
be
widely
used
by
farmers
in
Africa
B.
American
government
will
help
African
countries
increase
food
production
C.
African
countries
are
short
of
farmland
D.
some
farmers
are
destroying
their
farmland
in
Africa
on
purpose
【解析】选A。推理判断题。根据文章倒数第二段可知在非洲这样的种植方法受到很多人的欢迎,
因为这种方法比较适合非洲的农业发展情况。
D
It
may
be
the
only
time
you
will
find
these
words
in
the
same
sentence:
“Ebola”
and
“Add
to
Wishlist”.
Giantmicrobes
Inc.
,
which
makes
a
series
of
plush
toys
based
on
viruses
and
other
microscopic
organisms(微生物),
has
sold
out
its
entire
Ebola
stock,
including
the
small
Ebola
doll
for
$9.
95,
a
gigantic
Ebola
doll
for
$29.
95
and
an
Ebola
Petri
Dish
toy
for
$14.
95,
according
to
the
company’s
website.
  “Since
its
discovery
in
1976,
Ebola
has
become
the
T.
Rex(暴龙)of
microbes,
”says
the
Stamford,
Connecticut-based(康涅狄格州)maker
of
the
“uniquely
contagious(传染性的)toy”
on
its
website,
which
regards
them
as
gag
gifts(恶作剧玩偶)that
also
have
educational
value.
  With
the
latest
Ebola
outbreak,
which
already
killed
more
than
4,
500
people,
mostly
in
West
Africa,
customers
have
snapped
up(争购)the
toy,
which
looks
like
half
a
pretzel.
  “You
do
not
want
to
get
Ebola,
”warns
the
website.
“A
short
incubation(潜伏)period
of
2
to
21
days
presages
symptoms
which
include
fever,
aches,
sore
throat,
and
weakness,
followed
by
diarrhea(腹泻),
stomach
pain,
vomiting,
and
both
internal
and
external
bleeding.
And
then,
for
between
50-90
percent
of
victims,
death.

  Giantmicrobes
lists
the
World
Health
Organization
as
one
of
its
largest
customers,
along
with
pharmaceutical
companies(医药公司)and
the
American
Red
Cross.
  Anyone
disappointed
by
the
current
shortage
of
the
Ebola
toys
can
click
on
“Add
to
Wishlist”
and
wait
for
more
stock
to
arrive.
Or
make
a
different
selection
from
the
company’s
series
of
other
plush
toys,
including
Anthrax,
Botulism,
Cholera
and
Dengue
Fever.
【文章大意】病毒造型和微生物造型的埃博拉玩偶,
备受顾客的青睐,
致使埃博拉病毒造型的毛绒玩具库存已全部卖完。
32.
According
to
Paragraph
1,
the
following
statements
are
true
EXCEPT   .
A.
Giantmicrobes
Inc.
is
a
company
that
produces
a
kind
of
toys
which
are
best-sellers
B.
Ebola
plush
toys
are
based
on
viruses
and
other
microscopic
organisms
C.
the
company’s
website
said
that
all
the
Ebola
toys
had
been
sold
out
D.
all
Ebola
toys
are
sold
at
the
same
price
【解析】选D。细节理解题。对第一段的理解“根据Giantmicrobes公司网站介绍,
埃博拉病毒造型的毛绒玩具库存已经全部卖完。这当中包括标价9.
95美元的小埃博拉玩偶,
29.
95美元的巨大埃博拉玩偶以及14.
95美元的埃博拉有盖培养皿玩具。由此可知,
所有的埃博拉玩具价格并不是一样的,
故选D。
33.
From
Paragraph
2,
we
can
know
that   .
A.
Ebola
was
first
invented
in
1976
B.
Ebola
belongs
to
microbes
C.
the
Stamford
is
the
family
name
of
a
toy
maker
D.
since
Ebola
is
contagious,
it
almost
has
no
educational
value
【解析】选B。细节理解题。根据对第二段首句的理解“自1976年人类首次发现埃博拉病毒以来,
埃博拉就成为了微生物界的暴龙。”可知,
埃博拉属于微生物,
故选B。
34.
What
is
the
meaning
of
the
underlined
word
in
Paragraph
4?
A.
Signs
of
disease.
B.
Signals
of
disease.
C.
Diseases.
D.
The
process
of
being
ill.
【解析】选A。词义猜测题。根据后文的“which
include
fever,
aches,
sore
throat,
and
weakness,
followed
by
diarrhea,
stomach
pain,
vomiting,
and
both
internal
and
external
bleeding有发热、疼痛、喉咙酸痛和身体虚弱等症状,
接着会出现腹泻、胃痛、呕吐和内外出血”可知,
病发时会有很多的症状,
故选A。
35.
What
is
the
text
mainly
about?
A.
Ebola
is
one
of
the
microbes.
B.
Add
to
Wishlist
is
a
website.
C.
Ebola
can
make
people
lose
their
lives.
D.
Ebola
toys
are
popular
among
customers.
【解析】选D。主旨大意题。根据第一段中It
may
be
the
only
time
you
will
find
these
words
in
the
same
sentence:
“Ebola”
and
“Add
to
Wishlist”.
这两个东西出现在同一个句子中:
“埃博拉”和“加入意愿清单”,
文中“customers
have
snapped
up
the
toy,
which
looks
like
half
a
pretzel这些长得像半个椒盐脆饼的埃博拉病毒玩偶受到了热捧”及最后一段中的Anyone
disappointed
by
the
current
shortage
of
the
Ebola
toys
can
click
on
“Add
to
Wishlist”
and
wait
for
more
stock
to
arrive.
所有对目前埃博拉玩具短缺感到失望的顾客都可以点击“加入意愿清单”按钮,
以等待新一批供货上架。埃博拉玩具备受欢迎。故选D。
第二节(共5小题;
每小题2分,
满分10分)
  根据短文内容,
从短文后的选项中选出能填入空白处的最佳选项。选项中有两项为多余选项。
  There
was
once
a
lonely
girl
who
wanted
love
very
much.
One
day
while
she
was
walking
in
the
woods
she
found
two
birds.
 36 She
took
care
of
them
with
love
and
the
birds
grew
strong.
Every
morning
they
greeted
her
with
a
beautiful
song.
The
girl
felt
great
love
for
the
birds.
She
wanted
their
singing
to
last
forever.
 37 The
larger
and
stronger
of
the
two
birds
flew
out
of
the
cage.
The
girl
watched
worriedly
as
it
flew
above
her.
She
was
so
frightened
that
it
would
fly
away
and
she
would
never
see
it.
So
as
it
flew
close,
she
caught
it
quickly.
She
felt
very
happy.
 38 Her
love
had
killed
it.
She
noticed
the
other
bird
standing
at
the
door
of
the
cage.
She
could
feel
its
great
need
for
freedom
and
its
need
to
fly
into
the
clear,
blue
sky.
 39 The
bird
flew
around
her
once,
twice,
three
times.
The
girl
looked
happily
at
the
bird’s
enjoyment.
Her
heart
was
no
longer
concerned
with
her
loss(损失).
 40 Suddenly
the
bird
flew
closer
and
landed
softly
on
her
hand.
It
sang
the
sweetest
song
she
had
ever
heard.
The
fastest
way
to
lose
love
is
to
hold
on
too
tight;
the
best
way
to
keep
love
is
to
give
it
wings!
A.
One
day
the
girl
left
the
door
to
the
cage
open.
B.
She
lifted
it
from
the
cage
and
freed
it.
C.
She
took
them
home
and
put
them
in
a
small
cage.
D.
The
birds
were
so
beautiful
that
she
loved
them
very
much.
E.
She
wanted
the
bird
to
be
happy.
F.
She
realized
her
mistake.
G.
However,
when
she
opened
her
hand,
she
found
the
bird
had
died.
答案:
36~40.
CAGBE
第三部分 英语知识运用(共两节,
满分45分)
第一节 完形填空(共20小题;
每小题1.
5分,
满分30分)
  阅读下面短文,
从短文后各题所给的四个选项(A、B、C和D)中,
选出可以填入空白处的最佳选项。
  You
and
I
have
principles.
And
we
also
have
opinions.
I
have
opinions
about
what
I
think
is 41 or
wrong,
good
or
bad.
But
they’re
only 42 —I
could
be
wrong!
I
won’t
try
to 43 my
life
around
my
opinions,
but
I
will
try
to 44 my
principles.
A
15-year-old
boy
learned
a(n) 45 lesson
about
principles.
On
his
way
home
he
found
a 46 that
contained
$127
and
the
owner’s
identification.
 47 hesitation,
he
hopped(快速跳)onto
his
bicycle
and
went
over
to
the
owner’s 48 —about
a
mile
away.
He
told
her
that
he
had 49 her
wallet
and
she
gave
him
a
big
hug
and
twenty
dollars.
That
evening
the
boy
told
his
parents
about
what
had
happened.
However,
his
father
said,
“I
don’t
think
you
should
have 50 $20
for
doing
what
you
should
do.
A
person
shouldn’t
be 51 for
being
honest.

He
thought
about
his
father’s 52 and
decided
he
would
return
the
money.
He
returned
to
the
lady’s
home
and 53 her
back
the
twenty
dollars.
She
didn’t
want
to
take
it,
but
he
told
her
she 54 to,
for
his
father
pointed
out 55 to
him
that
he
had
never 56 before.
When
principles 57 our
decisions
and
actions,
we
actually
change.
These
great
principles 58 our
lives
and
make
us
into
persons
of
character.
That
boy
is 59 to
be
raised
by
a
wise
father
who
had
the 60 to
say,
“Those
are
my
principles.

【文章大意】通过一个男孩捡到钱包并归还给失主的过程,
说明了生活中做人的道理。
41.
A.
right
B.
mistaken
C.
good
D.
bad
【解析】选A。逻辑推理题。“正确的或错误的”与good
or
bad对应。
42.
A.
decisions
B.
opinions
C.
suggestions
D.
wishes
【解析】选B。逻辑推理题。但观点只是观点。此处they指代前面的opinions。
43.
A.
waste
B.
share
C.
build
D.
risk
【解析】选C。逻辑推理题。我不想围绕着我的观点创建我的生活。build创建,
开发。
44.
A.
follow
B.
make
C.
advertise
D.
change
【解析】选A。词语辨析题。我会努力坚持我的原则。follow遵循,
接受,
听从。
45.
A.
difficult
B.
easy
C.
funny
D.
valuable
【解析】选D。逻辑推理题。结合下文可知,
此处说的是:
一个15岁的男孩学到了关于原则的宝贵一课。
46.
A.
bag
B.
box
C.
wallet
D.
suitcase
【解析】选C。词汇复现题。结合下文中的her
wallet可知小男孩捡到了一个钱包,
里面有127美元以及主人的身份证。
47.
A.
Without
B.
In
C.
About
D.
For
【解析】选A。固定搭配题。without
hesitation毫不犹豫。
48.
A.
factory
B.
school
C.
office
D.
house
【解析】选D。逻辑推理题。结合第四段第二句中的returned
to
the
lady’s
home可知“男孩骑上自行车去失主的‘家’”。
49.
A.
found
B.
checked
C.
searched
D.
thrown
【解析】选A。逻辑推理题。他告诉她,
他发现了她的钱包。
50.
A.
received
B.
supplied
C.
accepted
D.
borrowed
【解析】选C。逻辑推理题。我认为你不应该接受20美元的报酬。receive指“收到,
接收”,
着重行为本身,
而不涉及是否接受;
accept指“领受,
接受”,
指经过考虑以后愿意接受。
51.
A.
blamed
B.
rewarded
C.
praised
D.
forgotten
【解析】选B。固定搭配题。一个人不应该因诚实而受到奖励。be
rewarded
for因……而得到报酬。
52.
A.
worries
B.
actions
C.
excuses
D.
words
【解析】选D。逻辑推理题。他考虑了他父亲的话后决定归还钱。
53.
A.
set
B.
put
C.
gave
D.
took
【解析】选C。固定搭配题。他骑车来到那位女失主的家,
把20美元归还给她。give
back归还。
54.
A.
planned
B.
had
C.
preferred
D.
attempted
【解析】选B。逻辑推理题。强调小男孩的坚持,
失主必须把作为酬金的20美元收回。
55.
A.
anything
B.
everything
C.
something
D.
nothing
【解析】选C。逻辑推理题。她不想收回,
但男孩告诉她必须收回——他的父亲给他指出了以前他从来没有意识到的一些东西。
56.
A.
realized
B.
guessed
C.
met
D.
taught
【解析】选A。词语辨析题。realize表示“认识到;
意识到”。
57.
A.
interrupt
B.
guide
C.
confuse
D.
allow
【解析】选B。逻辑推理题。当原则引导(guide)我们的决定和行为时,
实际上我们就会改变。
58.
A.
limit
B.
prevent
C.
keep
D.
shape
【解析】选D。逻辑推理题。这些伟大的原则塑造我们的生活,
使我们成为有道德的人。
59.
A.
comfortable
B.
careful
C.
fortunate
D.
brave
【解析】选C。逻辑推理题。有人指导,
男孩是很幸运的。
60.
A.
chance
B.
right
C.
courage
D.
wisdom
【解析】选D。词汇复现题。结合全文可知,
男孩的父亲是英明的。前面的wise已提示。
第Ⅱ卷
第三部分 英语知识运用(共两节,
满分45分)
第二节(共10小题;
每小题1.
5分,
满分15分)
  阅读下面材料,
在空白处填入适当的内容(1个单词)或括号内单词的正确形式。
  In
the
toys
section,
I
noticed
a
small
boy
of
about
five
years
old,
pressing
against
his
chest.
He
kept
on
61.
     (touch)the
hair
of
the
doll
and
looked
very
sad.
I
wondered
to
62.
     he
wanted
to
give
the
doll.
So
I
walked
towards
him
and
asked
him
all
about
it.
“It
is
the
doll
63.
     my
sister
loved
most
and
wanted
so
much
for
this
Christmas.
She
was
so
sure
that
Santa
Claus
would
bring
it
to
her.

I
told
him
not
to
worry.
However,
he
replied
sadly,
“No,
Santa
Claus
cannot
bring
it
64.
     where
she
is
now.
I’ll
have
to
give
the
doll
to
my
mother
so
that
she
can
give
65.
     to
her
when
she
goes
there.

His
eyes
were
filled
with
66.
     (sad)while
saying
this.
“Recently,
my
sister
67.
    (go)to
be
with
God.
Daddy
said
that
Mommy
will
also
join
God
very
soon,
so
I
think
she
can
bring
the
doll
68.  
 her
to
give
it
to
my
sister.

My
heart
almost
stopped
beating
69.
     (complete).
The
little
boy
looked
up
at
me
and
said,
“I
told
Daddy
to
tell
Mommy
not
to
go
and
ask
her
to
wait
70.
     I
come
back
from
the
store.

61.
【解析】touching。考查非谓语动词。keep
on
doing
sth.
持续做某事。
62.
【解析】whom。考查宾语从句。whom引导宾语从句,
且在从句中作宾语。
63.
【解析】that。考查强调句。It
is.
.
.
that.
.
.
是强调句。
64.
【解析】to。bring
sth.
to
a
place把某物带到某处,
合乎语境。
65.
【解析】it。考查代词。it代替前面提到的the
doll。
66.
【解析】sadness。考查名词。with后面要跟名词。sad是形容词。sadness是名词。
67.
【解析】has
gone。考查时态。根据时间状语Recently可知此处应用现在完成时。
68.
【解析】with。考查介词。bring.
.
.
with随身携带……。
69.
【解析】completely。考查副词。此处修饰stop应用副词。complete是形容词;
completely是副词,
意为“完全地”。
70.
【解析】until。考查状语从句的连词。until意为“直到”,
引导时间状语从句。
第四部分 写作(共两节,
满分35分)
第一节 短文改错(共10小题;
每小题1分,
满分10分)
假定英语课上老师要求同桌之间交换修改作文,
请你修改你同桌写的以下作文。文中共有10处语言错误,
每句中最多有两处,
每处错误仅涉及一个单词的增加、删除或修改。
增加:
在缺词处加一个漏字符号(∧),
并在其下面写出该加的词。
删除:
把多余的词用斜线(\)画掉。
修改:
在错的词下画一横线,
并在该词下面写出修改后的词。
注意:
1.
每处错误及其修改均仅限一词;
2.
只允许修改10处,
多者(从第11处起)不计分。
Dear
Amy,
For
your
problem,
I’d
like
to
share
with
you
about
my
experience.
You
must
understand
that
teachers
are
always
very
busy,
especially
in
classes
what
are
large.
Maybe
your
teacher
is
just
struggling
to
providing
personal
attentions
to
all
the
students
in
your
class.
Your
teacher’s
behavior
isn’t
necessary
a
reflection
on
your
performance
and
the
amount
of
work
you
are
doing.
So
don’t
take
it
personally—and
certainly
don’t
let
it
get
you.
It
is
a
fact
of
life
that
sometimes
people
hard
work
go
unnoticed.
Because
it
is
nice
to
receive
encouragement
and
support,
part
of
growing
up
is
learning
to
study
independently.
Your
friend,
Jane
答案:
Dear
Amy,
For
your
problem,
I’d
like
to
share
with
you
about
my
experience.
You
must
understand
that
teachers
are
always
very
busy,
especially
in
classes
what
are
large.
that或which
Maybe
your
teacher
is
just
struggling
to
providing
personal
attentions
to
all
the
provide
attention
students
in
your
class.
Your
teacher’s
behavior
isn’t
necessary
a
reflection
on
your
necessarily
performance
and
the
amount
of
work
you
are
doing.
So
don’t
take
it
personally—and
or
certainly
don’t
let
it
get
you
∧.
It
is
a
fact
of
life
that
sometimes
people
hard
work
down
people’s
go
unnoticed.
Because
it
is
nice
to
receive
encouragement
and
support,
part
of
goes
Though或Although
growing
up
is
learning
to
study
independently.
Your
friend,
Jane
1.
【解析】删除第一句中的about。share
with
sb.
sth.
与某人分享某物。
2.
【解析】第二句中what→that或which。先行词为物且从句中缺少主语。
3.
【解析】第三句中providing→provide。struggle
to
do
sth.
拼命/努力做某事。
4.
【解析】第三句中attentions→attention。attention是不可数名词。
5.
【解析】第四句中necessary→necessarily。修饰整个句子,
需用副词形式。
6.
【解析】第四句中and→or。根据句意可知,
应用表示选择关系的or。
7.
【解析】第五句在get
you后加上down。get
sb.
down使某人泄气,
固定短语。
8.
【解析】第六句中people→people’s。限制名词短语“hard
work”,
故用名词所有格形式。
9.
【解析】第六句中go→goes。hard
work作主语,
谓语动词用单数。
10.
【解析】第七句中Because→Though或Although。意为:
尽管得到鼓励和支持很好,
但是学会独立是成长的一部分。
第二节 书面表达(满分25分)
  前几天,
一些同学就英语学习现状进行了一次讨论。发现有如下问题:
1.
对学习英语没有兴趣;
2.
记忆单词有困难;
3.
怕出错,
不敢参与小组讨论;
4.
阅读中不知如何处理生词;
5.
写作中……
假如你是方华,
在英语学习中也遇到了一些类似的问题,
请你以邮件的形式向英语报社的编辑(Bob)咨询,
希望得到帮助。
要求:
1.
提出三个英语学习中的问题,
可以参考以上提示,
也可以根据自身实际适当发挥;
2.
中心突出,
语意连贯,
层次清晰,
书写规范;
3.
100个词左右;
4.
开头和结尾已经给出,
不计入总词数。
Dear
Bob,
  I’m
very
pleased
to
write
to
you,
I
know
you’re
an
expert
in
English
learning.
?
?
?
Yours,
Fang
Hua
【参考范文】
Dear
Bob,
  I’m
very
pleased
to
write
to
you,
I
know
you’re
an
expert
in
English
learning.
I’ve
so
many
problems
to
consult
you
now.
English
is
so
difficult
that
I
nearly
want
to
give
it
up!
In
English
class
I
can’t
follow
my
teacher
because
of
the
poor
listening.
Also
I
can’t
remember
the
words
clearly.
Although
I
spend
much
time
on
it,
I
still
can’t
use
words
in
the
right
way.
What’s
worse,
when
I
read
English,
I
am
often
trapped
in
the
unknown
words.
It
stops
me
from
receiving
the
main
information.
You
can
imagine
what
the
result
of
my
English
learning
is!
Those
worry
me
a
lot.
What
should
I
do?
Would
you
please
help
me?
I
will
be
very
grateful
to
get
your
reply.
Yours,
Fang
Hua
PAGE单元质量评估(三)
Unit
3
(120分钟 150分)
第Ⅰ卷
第一部分 听力(共两节,
满分30分)
第一节(共5小题;
每小题1.
5分,
满分7.
5分)
  听下面5段对话。每段对话后有一个小题,
从题中所给的A、B、C三个选项中选出最佳选项,
并标在试卷的相应位置。听完每段对话后,
你都有10秒钟的时间来回答有关小题和阅读下一小题。每段对话仅读一遍。
1.
Why
is
the
man
going
to
London?
A.
To
live
there.
B.
To
visit
a
friend.
C.
To
work
there.
2.
What
is
the
woman
looking
for?
A.
Her
camera.
B.
Her
coat.
C.
Her
plane
ticket.
3.
When
will
the
man
go
to
the
store?
A.
This
Monday.
B.
Tomorrow.
C.
This
weekend.
4.
Where
does
the
conversation
most
probably
take
place?
A.
In
the
lab.
B.
In
the
library.
C.
In
the
classroom.
5.
How
much
can
one
student
save
in
the
gallery?
A.
$2.
B.
$8.
C.
$10.
【听力材料】
Text
1
W:
I
heard
you’re
leaving.
M:
Yeah,
I
am
moving
to
London.
①I’ve
got
a
new
job.
W:
I’ll
miss
you.
Text
2
M:
Oh,
my
God!
Sophie,
it’s
already
9:
30.
We
have
to
get
to
the
airport
before
10
o’clock.
W:
②But
where
is
my
camera?
I
can’t
find
it
anywhere.
I
need
it
to
take
pictures
while
we
are
in
Shanghai.
Text
3
W:
Do
you
have
any
special
plans
for
③your
weekend?
M:
I’m
going
to
the
store
to
buy
a
huge
HDTV.
I
like
watching
sports
programs.
The
screen
of
my
present
TV
set
is
so
small.
Text
4
W:
Will
you
give
me
that
book,
please?
④The
one
in
the
second
shelf!
Here
is
my
card.
M:
Here
you
are.
You
must
be
collecting
information
about
the
experiment,
too.
Text
5
W:
My
dear,
I
hardly
believe
the
admission
price
of
the
gallery
is
⑤ten
dollars
per
person.
It’s
pretty
expensive
for
a
single
exhibit.
M:
⑤But
if
we
have
student
cards,
we
can
get
in
for
two
dollars.
W:
Really?
Let’s
have
a
try.
答案:
CACBB
第二节(共15小题;
每小题1.
5分,
满分22.
5分)
  听下面5段对话。每段对话后有几个小题,
从题中所给的A、B、C三个选项中选出最佳选项,
并标在试卷的相应位置。听每段对话前,
你将有时间阅读各个小题,
每小题5秒钟;
听完后,
各小题给出5秒钟的作答时间。每段对话读两遍。
听第6段材料,
回答第6、7题。
6.
Where
is
the
nearest
post
office?
A.
About
four
blocks
away.
B.
Next
to
a
police
station.
C.
At
any
store.
7.
What
does
the
woman
advise
the
man
to
buy?
A.
A
police
report.
B.
A
guidebook.
C.
A
stamp
and
an
envelope.
听第7段材料,
回答第8、9题。
8.
Who
invites
the
man
to
his
birthday
party
tonight?
A.
Bob
Green.
B.
Bob
Brown.
C.
Bob
Black.
9.
Which
class
is
the
man
in?
A.
Class
3.
B.
Class
4.
C.
Class
5.
听第8段材料,
回答第10~12题。
10.
What
is
the
woman
doing?
A.
Checking
some
information
about
a
job.
B.
Reading
a
piece
of
job
advertisement.
C.
Having
an
interview.
11.
What
does
an
office
assistant
have
to
do?
A.
Do
the
typing.
B.
Answer
telephones.
C.
Arrange
meetings.
12.
What
do
we
know
about
the
woman?
A.
She
doesn’t
know
English
well.
B.
She
doesn’t
have
a
school
certificate.
C.
She
doesn’t
want
to
apply
for
the
job.
听第9段材料,
回答第13~16题。
13.
What
does
the
man
decide
to
buy
for
his
son?
A.
A
pair
of
sports
shoes.
B.
A
pair
of
gloves.
C.
Some
toys.
14.
Where
is
the
man
from?
A.
America.
B.
Britain.
C.
France.
15.
How
will
the
man
pay
for
what
he
chooses?
A.
By
cash.
B.
By
credit
card.
C.
We
don’t
know.
16.
What
does
the
man’s
wife
like
best?
A.
The
gold
necklace.
B.
Gold
earrings.
C.
The
gold
ring.
听第10段材料,
回答第17~20题。
17.
What
kind
of
family
can
possibly
be
chosen
as
home-stay
families?
A.
Good
at
cooking.
B.
Close
to
the
school.
C.
Rich
in
experience.
18.
What
can
an
international
student
expect
in
a
home-stay
family?
A.
A
shared
bathroom.
B.
No
choice
of
meals.
C.
A
bathroom
of
his
own.
19.
What
is
the
main
advantage
of
staying
with
a
home-stay
family?
A.
Going
to
school
early.
B.
Having
more
freedom.
C.
Learning
the
language
better.
20.
What
should
students
do
to
get
along
with
the
family?
A.
Cook
for
the
family.
B.
Follow
house
rules.
C.
Keep
their
own
habits.
【听力材料】
Text
6
M:
Excuse
me,
I
am
a
stranger
here
and
I’m
looking
for
the
nearest
post
office.
W:
That’s
no
problem.
Make
a
right
at
the
next
corner.
Continue
four
blocks
and
⑥there’s
one
next
to
the
police
station.
M:
Could
you
repeat
that
one
more
time?
W:
Sure,
make
a
right
at
the
next
corner,
and
after
four
blocks
you
will
see
a
police
station,
it’s
next
door.
⑦Why
not
buy
a
guidebook
to
the
city?
You
can
get
one
at
any
store.
M:
That’s
a
good
idea.
Thanks
a
lot.
Text
7
M:
Mary,
Bob
invites
me
to
his
birthday
party
tonight.
W:
Which
Bob?
Bob
Green
or
Bob
Brown?
M:
⑧Bob
Green
of
course.
He
is
⑨in
Class
4
as
I.
W:
If
you
want
my
advice,
I
don’t
think
you
should
go.
M:
Why?
Don’t
you
think
he
is
a
handsome
boy?
W:
Sure,
handsome
but
he
often
fights
with
other
boys.
M:
How
do
you
know
that?
He
is
a
newcomer
of
our
school.
W:
He
is
from
Paterson
School
and
my
cousin
studies
in
the
same
school.
He
tells
me
so.
M:
OK,
perhaps
I
should
follow
your
advice.
I
don’t
like
to
make
friends
with
this
kind
of
boy,
either.
Text
8
M:
Hello.
How
can
I
help
you?
W:
⑩Hello.
Can
you
tell
me
about
the
office
assistant
job,
please?
M:
Certainly.
Let
me
see.
Right.
The
office
assistant
job
in
DP
Computer
Export
which
is
a
modern
office
and
there
is
good
transport.
You
work
from
Monday
to
Friday,
from
nine
o’clock
to
half
past
five.
And
the
salary,
let
me
see,
yes,
is
1,
000
pounds
a
month.
W:
OK.
But
what
does
an
office
assistant
do?
What
about
the
work
duties?
M:
Well.
In
this
job,
you
answer
phones,
you
do
the
filing
and
you
do
the
photo
copying.
You
also
write
and
send
emails
and
letters.
You
don’t
have
to
arrange
meetings.
W:
What
qualifications
do
I
need?
M:
Well,
you
need
a
school
certificate
and
basic
English.
So,
are
you
interested
in
the
job?
W:
En,
well,
the
salary
isn’t
very
good.
Do
you
have
any
other
jobs?
Text
9
W:
What
can
I
do
for
you,
sir?
M:
Huh,
I’m
picking
out
some
presents
for
my
son
and
wife.
W:
OK,
what
kind
of
presents
do
you
prefer?
M:
Oh,
there
are
so
many
choices
that
I
can’t
decide
which
to
choose.
Could
you
give
me
some
suggestions?
W:
OK.
We
have
just
introduced
some
very
cool
sports
shoes
and
amazing
toys
for
children.
M:
Good.
How
about
the
quality
of
the
shoes?
W:
It’s
just
$
99.
99
for
each
pair.
It
might
be
cheaper
than
that
in
America
but
they
are
sure
of
great
quality.
M:
Hey,
how
do
you
know
I
come
from
America?
Actually
I
am
from
Britain.
W:
Sorry.
I
made
a
mistake
but
the
price
is
good
for
the
value.
M:
Isn’t
it?
I
am
not
good
at
bargaining.
But
I
will
take
them.
Can
I
use
my
credit
card?
W:
Sorry,
the
machine
is
out
of
order
today.
We
receive
cash
only
today.
OK,
what
does
your
wife
like?
We
have
many
wonderful
items
for
women.
M:
Oh,
my
God.
I’ve
almost
forgotten
about
that.
Anyway,
I
thinkshe
would
like
the
gold
ring
best.
W:
That’s
good.
We
have
the
latest
styles
of
rings
for
women
and
couples.
Text
10
M:
How
are
your
home-stay
families
chosen?
W:
We
have
special
requirements
that
families
should
meet
before
they’re
invited
to
have
our
international
students.
We
require
that
the
families
livewithin
the
reasonable
distance
of
the
school,
having
enough
living
space
for
the
students
and
living
in
a
clean,
safe
and
comfortable
area.
We
also
work
with
families
who
enjoy
having
international
students.
M:
If
I
stay
with
a
home-stay
family,
what
should
I
expect?
W:
The
family
will
treat
you
as
a
guest,
and
you’ll
be
expected
to
obey
house
rules.
All
families
provide
single
or
shared
rooms
and
a
choice
of
meals.
In
these
cases,
students
will
be
expected
toshare
the
bathroom.
Experience
has
shown
us
that
living
with
a
family
isthe
most
interesting
and
effective
way
to
learn
a
language.
Remember,
your
home-stay
family
will
have
different
customs
and
habits
from
what
perhaps
you’re
used
to.
Meals
will
be
prepared
by
the
family.
All
home-stay
families
are
within
30
minutes’
traveling
time
of
the
school.
The
smaller
the
city,
the
less
time
it
takes
to
reach
the
school.
答案:
6~10
BBABA
11~15
BCABA
16~20
CBACB
第二部分 阅读理解(共两节,
满分40分)
第一节(共15小题;
每小题2分,
满分30分)
  阅读下列短文,
从每题所给的四个选项(A、B、C和D)中,
选出最佳选项。
A
  Travelling
can
be
a
fun
way
to
gain
life
experiences,
especially
during
Spring
Break—a
week-long
school
vacation
in
the
United
States.
  But
what
if
you’re
a
student
and
don’t
have
enough
money
for
a
trip?
Don’t
worry.
Here
are
some
useful
tips.
Save:
This
probably
is
the
most
important
preparation
for
travelling.
Cut
expenses
to
fatten
your
wallet
so
you’ll
have
more
choices
about
where
to
go
and
how
to
get
there.
Plan
ahead:
Don’t
wait
until
the
last
minute
to
plan
your
trip.
Tickets
may
cost
more
when
bought
on
short
notice.
Giving
yourself
several
months
to
get
ready
can
mean
security(安全)and
savings.
Do
your
homework:
No
matter
where
you
go,
research
the
places
you
will
visit.
Decide
what
to
see.
Travel
books
will
provide
information
on
the
cheapest
hotels
and
restaurants.
Plan
sensibly:
Write
down
how
much
you
expect
to
spend
for
food
and
hotels.
Stick
to
your
plan
or
you
may
not
have
enough
money
to
cover
everything.
Travel
in
groups:
Find
someone
who
is
interested
in
visiting
the
same
places.
By
travelling
with
others
you
can
share
costs
and
experiences.
Work
as
you
go:
Need
more
money
to
support
your
trip?
Look
for
work
in
the
places
you
visit.
Go
off
the
beaten
path:
Tourist
cities
may
be
expensive.
You
may
want
to
rethink
your
trip
and
go
to
a
lesser-known
area.
Smaller
towns
can
have
many
interesting
activities
and
sights.
Pack
necessary
things:
The
most
important
things
to
take
are
not
always
clothes.
Remember
medicine
in
case
you
get
sick
and
snacks
in
case
you
can’t
find
a
cheap
restaurant.
Use
the
Internet:
The
Net
can
help
to
save
money.
Some
useful
websites
include
www.
Travelocity.
com,
www.
bargains-lowest

and
www.
Economy
.
By
planning
sensibly,
even
students
can
enjoy
the
travel.
Your
travel
experiences
will
be
remembered
for
a
lifetime.
【文章大意】本文主要介绍了学生如何在钱不多的情况下进行旅行。
21.
This
passage
is
about   .
A.
how
to
plan
your
travel
B.
how
to
travel
with
less
money
C.
how
to
make
your
travel
interesting
D.
how
to
get
life
experiences
【解析】选B。主旨大意题。根据文章第一段和第二段可知本文主要是关于如何用比较少的钱来旅游。
22.
The
underlined
words
“fatten
your
wallet”
probably
mean   .
A.
make
your
wallet
larger
B.
put
some
fat
in
your
wallet
C.
save
some
money
D.
put
some
choices
in
your
wallet
【解析】选C。词义猜测题。根据Cut
expenses可知此处是省钱,
故选C。
【方法技巧】因果法猜测词义
  根据因果关系猜测词义,
because,
so
that,
so/such.
.
.
that.
.
.
等。
  在句子或段落中,
若两个事物、现象之间构成因果关系,
我们可以根据这种逻辑关系推知生词词义。
本题中Cut
expenses
to
fatten
your
wallet
so
you’ll
have
more
choices
about
where
to
go
and
how
to
get
there.
根据Cut
expenses“缩减费用”以及so
you’ll.
.
.
“在去哪里以及如何去的问题上有更多的选择”可推断此处指的是“省钱”。
23.
Before
your
trip,
the
first
thing
you
should
do
is    .
A.
to
make
a
plan
of
the
route
B.
to
get
information
on
the
Internet
C.
to
save
money
by
spending
less
D.
to
buy
tickets
in
advance
【解析】选C。细节理解题。根据文章Save中的Cut
expenses
to
fatten
your
wallet
so
you’ll
have
more
choices
about
where
to
go
and
how
to
get
there.
可知C为正确选项。
B
  A
jobless
man
applied
for
the
position
of
“office
boy”
at
Microsoft.
The
HR
manager
interviewed
him
and
then
watched
him
cleaning
the
floor
as
a
test.
  “You
are
employed,
”he
said.
“Give
me
your
e-mail
address
and
I’ll
send
you
the
application
to
fill
in,
as
well
as
date
when
you
may
start.

  The
man
replied,
“But
I
don’t
have
a
computer,
neither
an
e-mail.

  “I’m
sorry,
”said
the
HR
manager.
“If
you
don’t
have
an
e-mail,
that
means
you
do
not
exist.
And
who
doesn’t
exist
cannot
have
the
job.

  The
man
left
with
no
hope
at
all.
He
didn’t
know
what
to
do,
with
only
ten
dollars
in
his
pocket.
He
then
decided
to
go
to
the
supermarket
and
buy
10
kg
tomatoes.
He
then
sold
the
tomatoes
from
door
to
door.
In
less
than
two
hours,
he
succeeded
to
double
his
capital.
He
repeated
the
operation
three
times,
and
returned
home
happily
with
60
dollars.
  The
man
realized
that
he
can
survive
in
this
way,
and
started
to
go
every
day
earlier,
and
return
late.
Thus,
his
money
doubled
or
tripled
every
day.
Shortly,
he
bought
a
cart,
then
a
truck,
and
then
he
had
his
own
fleet
of
delivery
vehicles.
Five
years
later,
the
man
is
one
of
the
biggest
food
retailers
in
the
US.
  He
started
to
plan
his
family’s
future
and
decided
to
have
a
life
insurance.
He
called
an
insurance
broker
and
chose
a
protection
plan.
  When
the
conversation
was
concluded
the
broker
asked
him
his
e-mail.
The
man
replied,
“I
don’t
have
an
e-mail.

  The
broker
answered
curiously,
“You
don’t
have
an
e-mail,
and
yet
have
succeeded
to
build
an
empire.
Can
you
imagine
what
you
could
have
been
if
you
had
an
e-mail?
”The
man
thought
for
a
while
and
replied,
“Yes,
I’d
be
an
office
boy
at
Microsoft!

【文章大意】文章介绍了一位因没有电子邮件求职被拒后经自己的打拼终获成功的商界达人。
24.
Why
can’t
the
man
have
the
job
at
Microsoft?
A.
Because
he
was
lazy.
B.
Because
he
didn’t
pass
the
test.
C.
Because
he
didn’t
have
an
e-mail.
D.
Because
he
didn’t
have
a
computer.
【解析】选C。细节理解题。根据第四段If
you
don’t
have
an
e-mail可知C正确。
25.
The
underlined
word
“tripled”
can
be
replaced
by   .
A.
became
large
B.
became
3
times
C.
increased
quickly
D.
decreased
quickly
【解析】选B。词义猜测题。画线词前的连词or是关键,
连接两个表示倍数的词汇,
不是两倍就是三倍,
选B。
26.
The
man
can
be
described
as   .
A.
helpful
and
considerate
B.
positive
and
generous
C.
smart
and
hard-working
D.
stubborn
and
unselfish
【解析】选C。推理判断题。根据文章可知虽然此人求职被拒绝了,
但是凭借自己的聪明和努力,
一步一步地获得了成功。
27.
Which
proverb
can
best
describe
the
story?
A.
Misfortune
may
be
an
actual
blessing.
B.
Where
there
is
a
will,
there
is
a
way.
C.
Accidents
will
happen.
D.
No
pains,
no
gains.
【解析】选A。推理判断题。本文主要介绍了一个人由于没有电子邮件,
被微软公司拒绝了,
但是却取得了巨大的成功。故选A项“塞翁失马,
焉知非福”。B项“有志者事竟成”;
C项“人有旦夕祸福”;
D项“不劳无获”。
C
(2015·赣州高一检测)
  Buying
books
on
the
Internet
is
a
great
way
to
save
time
and
money.
Online
bookstores
offer
new
books
and
used
books
that
can
save
you
lots
of
money.
They
are
far
better
compared
to
traditional
bookstores
as
they
offer
much
wider
kinds
of
books.
Another
advantage
of
buying
books
online
is
that
you
can
also
read
the
book
reviews
as
well
as
readers’
reviews
to
get
an
idea
whether
the
book
is
worth
buying.
Online
bookstores
offer
great
discounts
to
regular
customers
which
is
a
big
attraction
for
book
lovers.
For
book
lovers,
the
most
important
thing
is
to
get
books
on
time.
Therefore,
you
need
to
find
a
reliable
online
bookstore
that
will
be
able
to
provide
fast
deliveries(送货).
Here
are
some
tips
to
use
when
choosing
an
online
bookstore.
Some
online
bookstores
are
popular
for
fiction
books;
some
are
for
non-fiction
books
or
novels,
etc.
.
Understanding
their
specialization
will
help
you
get
the
right
kind
of
books
in
time.
Check
whether
you
will
be
buying
the
books
from
a
third-party
seller
or
directly
from
the
website.
Although
the
website
could
be
reputable(声誉好的),
third-party
sellers
advertised
on
their
site
may
not
have
a
good
reputation.
Never
jump
at
stores
that
offer
super
cheap
prices,
as
books
sold
at
such
low
prices
could
be
in
very
bad
condition.
Most
of
the
popular
online
bookstores
offer
useful
tools.
One
tool
is
a
wish
list
tool
on
its
website.
You
can
update(更新)the
list
of
books
you
wish
to
buy
in
the
future.
The
bookstore
will
know
what
you
want
and
will
e-mail
you
immediately
when
the
book
of
your
choice
is
available.
【文章大意】本文介绍了网上购书的方便之处以及要注意的一些问题。
28.
Why
are
online
bookstores
much
better
than
traditional
ones?
A.
Because
online
bookstores
offer
readers
the
latest
books.
B.
Because
online
bookstores
offer
readers
the
lowest
prices.
C.
Because
online
bookstores
offer
readers
more
kinds
of
books
to
choose
from.
D.
Because
online
bookstores
offer
readers
more
about
their
favorite
authors.
【解析】选C。细节理解题。根据第一段They
are
far
better.
.
.
as
they
offer
much
wider
kinds
of
books.
可知C为正确选项。
29.
What
do
online
book
lovers
care
about
most?
A.
The
speed
of
deliveries.
B.
The
author
of
books.
C.
The
prices
of
books.
D.
The
condition
of
books.
【解析】选A。细节理解题。根据第二段第一句the
most
important
thing
is
to
get
books
on
time可知A为正确选项。
30.
What
is
the
3rd
paragraph
mainly
about?
A.
How
to
choose
a
reliable
online
bookstore.
B.
How
to
avoid
buying
bad
condition
books
online.
C.
How
to
understand
the
specialization
of
an
online
bookstore.
D.
How
to
advertise
on
the
website
to
get
a
good
reputation.
【解析】选A。主旨大意题。根据本段第一句Here
are
some
tips
to
use
when
choosing
an
online
bookstore可知A为正确选项。
31.
What’s
the
benefit
of
updating
your
wish
list
of
books?
A.
The
bookstore
will
know
what
you
want.
B.
You
may
buy
the
book
you
want
as
quickly
as
possible.
C.
You
may
know
more
reliable
booksellers.
D.
You
may
pay
for
the
book
in
a
low
price.
【解析】选B。推理判断题。根据最后一段最后一句话The
bookstore
will
know
what
you
want
and
will
e-mail
you
immediately
when
the
book
of
your
choice
is
available,
可推知B为正确选项。
D
  A
pet
parrot
that
spoke
with
a
British
accent
when
he
disappeared
from
his
home
four
years
ago
has
been
reunited(团聚)with
his
owner
and
the
bird
now
speaks
Spanish.
  The
reunion
was
brought
about
by
a
Southern
California
vet(兽医)who
mistook
Nigel,
an
African
grey
parrot,
for
her
own
missing
bird,
the
Daily
Breeze
reported
Sunday.
  Teresa
Micco
tracked(追踪)Nigel’s
microchip(芯片)to
Darren
Chick,
a
Brit
who
lives
in
Torrance.
  “I
introduced
myself
and
said,
‘Have
you
lost
a
bird?
’”Micco
told
the
newspaper.
“At
first,
he
said,
‘No.
’But
he
thought
I
meant
recently.

  When
she
made
sure
of
Chick’s
name
and
said
she
had
his
African
grey
parrot,
“He
looked
at
me
like
I
was
crazy.

  He
said
his
bird
went
missing
four
years
earlier.
 
  Little
is
known
about
Nigel’s
whereabouts
the
past
four
years,
but
Chick
says
the
bird’s
British
accent
is
gone,
and
he
now
chatters
in
Spanish.
  Chick
says
last
week’s
reunion
brought
tears
of
joy
to
his
eyes—despite
the
fact
that
Nigel
bit(咬,
啄)him
when
he
first
tried
to
pick
him
up.
  Micco
said
the
behavior
was
not
unusual
and
that
Nigel
would
recover
soon.
  “He’s
doing
perfectly,
”Chick
told
the
newspaper
by
the
week’s
end.
“It’s
really
weird.
I
knew
it
was
him
from
the
minute
I
saw
him.

  It’s
the
fifth
parrot
reunion
helped
by
Micco,
who
has
been
running
ads
for
her
own
missing
bird
for
nine
months.
That
parrot,
Benjamin,
flew
the
cage
in
February
when
it
rushed
out
a
door
that
was
left
open.
  Julissa
Sperling
found
Nigel
outside
her
home
and
brought
him
to
Micco
after
seeing
one
of
her
ads.
  “He
was
the
happiest
bird.
He
was
singing
and
talking
without
control,
”Sperling
said.
“He
was
barking
like
the
dogs.
I’m
from
Panama
and
he
was
saying,
‘What
happened?
’in
Spanish.

【文章大意】一只说着英国口音英语的鹦鹉4年前失踪,
最近重返主人身边后,
这只鹦鹉已经不讲英语,
改讲西班牙语了。
32.
What’s
the
main
idea
of
the
passage?
A.
How
a
kind
vet
helped
five
parrots.
B.
A
pet
parrot
with
a
British
accent
now
speaks
Spanish
after
leaving
home
for
four
years.
C.
The
happiest
bird
in
the
world.
D.
How
to
raise
a
pet
parrot.
【解析】选B。主旨大意题。根据文章第一段可知本文主要讲述了一只说英语的鹦鹉失踪4年回家后改说西班牙语。
33.
How
did
Chick
feel
when
Micco
told
him
she
had
his
parrot?
A.
Excited.
B.
Unbelievable.
C.
Angry.
D.
Sure.
【解析】选B。推理判断题。根据第五段He
looked
at
me
like
I
was
crazy可推知Chick一开始不相信。
34.
Which
one
can
replace
the
underlined
word
“weird”?
A.
happy
B.
upset
C.
surprising
D.
proud
【解析】选C。词义猜测题。根据I
knew
it
was
him
from
the
minute
I
saw
him可推知Chick四年后一见到鹦鹉就认出了它,
这令人惊讶。
35.
According
to
the
passage,
which
statement
is
TRUE?
A.
Micco’s
parrot
was
named
Nigel.
B.
Nigel
bit
Micco
when
she
first
tried
to
pick
him
up.
C.
Micco
helped
5
parrots
before
meeting
Nigel.
D.
The
parrot
is
an
African
grey
one.
【解析】选D。细节理解题。根据文章第五段she
had
his
African
grey
parrot可知D正确。
第二节(共5小题;
每小题2分,
满分10分)
(2015·银川高一检测)
  根据短文内容,
从短文后的选项中选出能填入空白处的最佳选项。选项中有两项为多余选项。
Six
Ways
to
Improve
Reading
Comprehension
Help
your
child
keep
what
he
reads—a
crucial
skill,
especially
as
he
gets
older
and
needs
to
gain
important
information
from
textbooks.
Have
him
read
aloud.
This
forces
him
to
go
slower,
which
gives
him
more
time
to
process
what
he
reads.
 36?
Provide
the
right
kinds
of
books.
Make
sure
your
child
gets
lots
of
practice
reading
books
that
aren’t
too
hard.
 37 Stopping
any
more
often
than
that
to
figure
out
a
word
makes
it
tough
for
him
to
focus
on
the
overall
meaning
of
the
story.
 38 To
gain
meaning
from
text,
your
child
needs
to
read
quickly
and
smoothly—a
skill
known
as
fluency.
Rereading
familiar,
simple
books
gives
your
child
practice
at
decoding
words
quickly
so
he’ll
become
more
fluent.
Talk
to
the
teacher.
If
your
child
is
struggling
hard
with
comprehension,
he
may
need
more
help
with
his
reading—for
example,
building
his
vocabulary
or
practicing
phonics
skills.
Supplement
class
reading.
If
his
class
is
studying
a
particular
theme,
look
for
easy-to-read
books
or
magazines
on
the
topic.
Some
prior
knowledge
will
make
his
way
through
tougher
classroom
texts.
Talk
about
what
he’s
reading.
This
“verbal
processing”
helps
him
remember
and
think
through
the
themes
of
the
book.
 39 For
example:
·Before:
“What
interests
you
in
this
book?
What
doesn’t?

·During:
“ 40 Is
it
turning
out
the
way
you
thought
it
would?

·After:
“Can
you
summarize
the
book?
What
did
you
like
about
it?

A.
Plus,
he’s
not
only
seeing
the
words,
he’s
hearing
them,
too.
B.
What’s
going
on
in
the
book?
C.
Look
up
new
words
in
the
dictionary.
D.
He
should
recognize
at
least
90
percent
of
the
words
without
any
help.
E.
Ask
questions
before,
during,
and
after
a
reading
session.
F.
Reread
to
build
fluency.
G.
Do
you
know
all
the
characters
in
the
story?
答案:
36~40.
ADFEB
第三部分 英语知识运用(共两节,
满分45分)
第一节 完形填空(共20小题;
每小题1.
5分,
满分30分)
  阅读下面短文,
从短文后各题所给的四个选项(A、B、C和D)中,
选出可以填入空白处的最佳选项。
  Last
spring,
I
was
fortunate
to
be
chosen
to
participate(参加)in
an
exchange
study
program.
In
my
application
letter,
I
was
careful
to 41 how
much
I
wanted
to
see
France;
evidently,
my
excitement
really
came
through
in
my
words.
Once
I 42 that
I
was
going,
all
I
could
think
about
was
the
fun
of
foreign
travel
and
making
all
sorts
of
new
and 43 friends.
While
travelling
was
inspiring
and
meeting
people
was 44 ,
nothing
about
my
term
in
France
was
what
I 45 .
  The
moment
I
arrived
in
Paris,
I
was 46 by
a
nice
French
couple
who
would
become
my
host
parents.
My
entire
experience
was
joyous
and
exciting 47 I
received
some
shocking
news
from
my
program
coordinator(协调人);
there
had
been
a
death
in
my
host
parents’
extended
family.
They
had
to
travel
outside
France
for
several
weeks.
That
afternoon,
I
had
to 48 out
of
one
family’s
house
and
into
another.
The
exchange
coordinator
told
me
I’d
have
a 49 this
time
and
asked
whether
I
could
share
a
bedroom
with
an
English
speaker.
To
avoid
the
temptation(诱惑)to 50 my
native
language,
I
asked
not
to
be 51 with
an
English-speaking
roommate.
When
I
got
to
my
new
room,
I 52 myself
to
my
new
roommate
Paolo,
a
Brazilian(巴西人),
the
same
age
as
I,
whom
I
was
surprised
to
find
playing
one
of
my
favorite
CDs!
In
just
a
few
hours,
we
knew
we’d
be
good
friends
for
the
rest
of
the 53 .
  I
left
France
with
many 54 ,
so
when
people
ask
me
what
my
favorite
part
of
the
trip
was,
they
are
always 55 to
hear
me
talk
about
my
Brazilian
friend
Paolo
and
the
scores
of
weekdays
in
class,
weeknights
on
the
town,
and
weekends 56 France
we
enjoyed
together.
I
love
how
people 57 seem
so
different,
but
end
up
being
so 58 .
The
most
valuable
lesson
I
gained
from
studying
in
France
wasn’t
just
to
respect
the
foreign
people 59 to
respect
all
people,
for
your
next
best
friend
could
be
just
a
continent
away.
I
would
recommend
an
exchange
program
to
anyone
who
wants
to
experience
foreign
cultures
and
gain
meaningful 60 .
【文章大意】到国外去交流、学习,
可以使你开阔视野、欣赏美景,
尤其是可以使你结识新朋友。文化背景、爱好各不相同的人成为兴趣爱好相同的挚友,
你不认为很有意思吗?
41.
A.
discuss
B.
express
C.
announce
D.
argue
【解析】选B。词义辨析题。怀着到国外的美好憧憬,
我在申请信中当然要仔细表述我多么希望看看法国。express表述;
表达。
42.
A.
approved
B.
knew
C.
warned
D.
refused
【解析】选B。词义辨析题。当我的申请得到允许,
我知道了我将作为交流生被派往法国,
我心里充满快乐。know知道。
43.
A.
stubborn
B.
anxious
C.
determined
D.
interesting
【解析】选D。背景常识题。此处应该表示我将结识的新朋友的特点。人们一般都会喜欢有趣的人。interesting有趣的。故选D。
44.
A.
boring
B.
upsetting
C.
exciting
D.
promising
【解析】选C。逻辑推理题。该空所处的让步状语从句中的两件事都是作者乐意做的:
travelling和meeting
people。travelling
was
inspiring,
那么meeting
people的特点也一定与inspiring一样是一个褒义词。应选exciting令人兴奋的。
45.
A.
expected
B.
liked
C.
doubled
D.
feared
【解析】选A。词义辨析题。尽管旅游令人欢欣鼓舞,
结识新朋友令人兴奋,
但是我却一点儿也没有预料到我本学期在法国的情况。expect预料。
46.
A.
transported
B.
witnessed
C.
greeted
D.
supported
【解析】选C。词义辨析题。我一到达巴黎,
就受到一对法国夫妇的迎接。greet迎接;
招呼。
47.
A.
until
B.
when
C.
since
D.
while
【解析】选A。逻辑推理题。在收到令人震惊的消息之前,
我的感觉就是高兴、兴奋。此处的连词应该表示“在……之前”,
所以应用until。
48.
A.
move
B.
travel
C.
walk
D.
rush
【解析】选A。词义辨析题。那对法国夫妇要出国,
我需要搬家。move搬家。
49.
A.
housekeeper
B.
leader
C.
roommate
D.
colleague
【解析】选C。词汇复现题。第二段的倒数第三句中提到了roommate,
这里是该词的复现。
50.
A.
learn
B.
appreciate
C.
speak
D.
master
【解析】选C。词义辨析题。到了法国,
如果仍然与说英语的人同住,
难免会说英语。这是作者不希望发生的。speak说。
51.
A.
preferred
B.
fitted
C.
involved
D.
placed
【解析】选D。词义辨析题。为了避免说英语,
我请求不与说英语的室友同住。place安排;
使……在某处。
52.
A.
added
B.
introduced
C.
devoted
D.
adapted
【解析】选B。词义辨析题。我到了新房间后,
向新室友做了自我介绍。introduce介绍。
53.
A.
term
B.
week
C.
month
D.
vacation
【解析】选A。词汇复现题。第一段最后一句提到my
term,
此处是该词的复现。
54.
A.
presents
B.
suitcases
C.
stories
D.
dreams
【解析】选C。词义辨析题。我在法国做了很多事情,
有丰富的经历。学期结束,
我带着我的经历回国。story经历;
故事。
55.
A.
surprised
B.
disturbed
C.
embarrassed
D.
concerned
【解析】选A。逻辑推理题。从语境看,
我的感受与一般人的认为不同,
所以他们听到我的经历会感到吃惊。surprised吃惊的。
56.
A.
analyzing
B.
exploring
C.
settling
D.
graduating
【解析】选B。词义辨析题。我谈到的是我的巴西朋友、上课时的时光、在城里的夜晚以及我们一起探索法国的经历。explore探索;
研究。
57.
A.
need
B.
shall
C.
must
D.
can
【解析】选D。词义辨析题。人们最初可能看起来并不相同,
但是最后却十分相似。这里表示的是可能性,
所以用can。
58.
A.
generous
B.
independent
C.
similar
D.
distant
【解析】选C。词汇复现题。该句中的连词but暗示此处应该是different的反义词,
所以用similar。
59.
A.
and
B.
but
C.
or
D.
so
【解析】选B。固定搭配题。前面的not
just就意味着该空上一定是but。not.
.
.
but不是……而是。
60.
A.
instructions
B.
friendships
C.
facts
D.
data
【解析】选B。逻辑推理题。我以我个人的经历向那些想经历外国文化、建立友谊的人推荐交流这一学习方式。交朋友是我的巨大收获,
所以此处应为friendships。
第Ⅱ卷
第三部分 英语知识运用(共两节,
满分45分)
第二节(共10小题;
每小题1.
5分,
满分15分)
  阅读下面材料,
在空白处填入适当的内容(1个单词)或括号内单词的正确形式。
Mary:
Oh,
Frank
is
in
your
class?
He
was
in
my
class
last
term.
I
didn’t
like
him
at
all.
Tom:
What?
You
didn’t
like
Frank?
He’s
one
of
my
best
61.
     (student).
Mary:
Oh,
no.
Not
Frank!
He
was
always
asking
questions.
Frank
always
62.   
(interrupt)me
and
the
other
students.
He
was
never
63.
     (quietly).
Tom:
Yes,
that’s
Frank.
That’s
why
he
is
such
64.
     good
student.
He
is
always
thinking
and
trying
65.
   (use)English.
He
laughs
a
lot.
Frank
doesn’t
worry
about
66.
     (make)mistakes.
I
enjoy
having
him
in
class.
Mary:
Not
me.
I
love
students
like
David.
Do
you
have
him
in
your
conversation
class
this
term?
Tom:
Yes.
67.
     to
be
honest,
David
is
too
quiet
for
me.
I
can’t
tell
68.
     he’s
learning.
David
is
so
silent.
He
doesn’t
say
69.
     .
Mary:
Yes,
that’s
David.
That’s
70.
     good
students
should
be.
They
have
to
listen
to
their
teachers.
61.
【解析】students。考查名词复数。one
of后面跟可数名词的复数。
62.
【解析】interrupted。考查时态。根据句意可知此处应用一般过去时。
63.
【解析】quiet。quiet是形容词,
意为“安静的”。
64.
【解析】a。考查冠词。student是可数名词。
65.
【解析】to
use。考查非谓语动词。try
to
do试图做……。
66.
【解析】making。考查非谓语动词。about后面要跟名词或动名词,
故用making。
67.
【解析】But。考查连词。此处表转折。
68.
【解析】if。考查名词性从句。if意为“是否”。
69.
【解析】anything。考查代词。他太沉默了,
什么都不说。故用anything。
70.
【解析】what。考查表语从句。what引导表语从句,
在句中作表语。
第四部分 写作(共两节,
满分35分)
第一节 短文改错(共10小题;
每小题1分,
满分10分)
假定英语课上老师要求同桌之间交换修改作文,
请你修改你同桌写的以下作文。文中共有10处语言错误,
每句中最多有两处。每处错误仅涉及一个单词的增加、删除或修改。
增加:
在缺词处加一个漏字符号(∧),
并在其下面写出该加的词。
删除:
把多余的词用斜线(\)画掉。
修改:
在错的词下画一横线,
并在该词下面写出修改后的词。
注意:
1.
每处错误及其修改均仅限一词;
2.
只允许修改10处,
多者(从第11处起)不计分。
  One
Sunday
last
month
I
go
shopping
with
my
friends.
Luckily
in
a
crowded
store,
I
had
my
wallet
losing.
I
was
such
upset
that
I
almost
shouted.
I
was
afraid
to
tell
to
my
parents
the
truth.
So
I
went
back
to
school
without
some
money.
I
didn’t
know
what
to
do
next.
I
didn’t
eat
anything
Monday.
My
roommate
Mary
found
something
wrong
with
me
but
she
asked
me
about
the
problem.
I
told
him
the
truth.
Then
Mary
lent
me
some
money,
with
that
I
lived
through
the
terrible
week.
答案:
One
Sunday
last
month
I
go
shopping
with
my
friends.
Luckily
in
a
crowded
went
Unluckily
store,
I
had
my
wallet
losing.
I
was
such
upset
that
I
almost
shouted.
I
was
afraid
to
lost
so
tell
to
my
parents
the
truth.
So
I
went
back
to
school
without
some
money.
I
didn’t
any
know
what
to
do
next.
I
didn’t
eat
anything

Monday.
My
roommate
Mary
found
on
something
wrong
with
me
but
she
asked
me
about
the
problem.
I
told
him
the
truth.
and
her
Then
Mary
lent
me
some
money,
with
that
I
lived
through
the
terrible
week.
which
1.
【解析】将第一句中的go改为went。根据时间状语One
Sunday
last
month可知应该用一般过去时。
2.
【解析】将第二句中的Luckily改为Unluckily。句意:
不幸的是在一个拥挤的商店里,
我的钱包丢了。根据句意可知这是不幸的事,
故用Unluckily。
3.
【解析】将第二句中的losing改为lost。句意:
我把钱包丢了。have
sth.
done,
这里wallet与lose之间是被动关系,
故用lost。
4.
【解析】将第三句中的such改为so。so.
.
.
that,
so+形容词+that从句。
5.
【解析】将第四句中的tell后面的to去掉。tell
sb.
sth.
结构,
故去掉to。
6.
【解析】将第五句中的some改为any。句意:
因此我身无分文回学校了。without表示否定意义,
其后面的名词要用any修饰。
7.
【解析】在第七句中的Monday前面加上on。句意:
周一我什么都没有吃。在周一应该用介词on。
8.
【解析】将第八句中的but改为and。句意:
我的室友Mary发现了我有麻烦并且问我出了什么问题。but表示转折,
and表示并列,
根据句意可知用and。
9.
【解析】将第九句中的him改为her。这里上文已经有she
asked
me
about
the
problem,
故用her。
10.
【解析】将第十句中的that改为which。这里逗号后是定语从句,
先行词是some
money,
关系词在从句中作宾语,
that不能放在介词之后,
which可以放在介词之后,
故用which。
第二节 书面表达(满分25分)
(2015·绵阳高一检测)
  假设你叫李华,
你的英国笔友Jack不久前去美国留学,
他给你写信说很不适应那里的生活。请你根据以下提示用英语给他写封回信。
1.
了解当地生活习惯,
尊重当地风俗;
2.
与美国学生多交流;
3.
多参加户外活动;
4.
注意与人交流的礼仪;
5.
鼓励他勇敢面对及良好祝愿。
注意:
1.
内容应包括以上所有信息,
要有适当发挥;
2.
词数:
100个左右。信的开头和结尾已经写好,
不计入总词数;
3.
参考词汇:
课外活动outdoor
activities
Dear
Jack,
I’m
really
glad
to
hear
from
you
and
know
how
you
are
getting
along.
?
?
?
?
Yours
sincerely,
Li
Hua
【参考范文】
Dear
Jack,
I’m
really
glad
to
hear
from
you
and
know
how
you
are
getting
along.
I
think
it
is
common
for
you
not
to
get
used
to
the
life
there.
Here
I
have
some
suggestions
for
you.
First
of
all,
you
should
respect
local
customs
and
involve
yourself
in
the
native’s
lives.
Just
as
a
saying
goes,
“When
in
Rome,
do
as
the
Romans
do”.
Secondly,
don’t
forget
to
communicate
with
American
students
and
make
friends
with
them.
Friendship
will
bring
you
happiness.
What’s
more,
it
is
better
for
you
to
take
more
outdoor
activities
with
your
friends,
which
may
help
you
relax
and
have
fun.
Finally,
mind
your
own
manners
and
remain
modest
and
honest
when
getting
along
with
your
friends.
I
hope
you
can
adapt
to
your
new
life
soon
and
enjoy
your
stay
there.
  Keep
in
touch.
Yours
sincerely,
Li
Hua
PAGE单元过关训练(二)
Unit
2 English
around
the
world
Ⅰ.
完成句子
1.
You
the
chance
that
will
help
you
to
get
what
you
have
dreamed
of.
(make)
你应该利用这个机会,
它会帮助你得到你梦想的东西。
2.
Why
tell
the
truth
when
you
can
a
good
excuse?
(come)
既然你能想出一个好的借口,
为什么要说出真相?
3.
Professor
Smith
is
one
of
the
greatest
English
teachers.
(recognize)
史密斯教授被认为是最了不起的英语老师之一。
4.
He
commanded
that
we
in
an
hour.
(finish)
他命令我们一个小时内完成这个工作。
5.
The
musician
has
just
finished
a
song,
which
a
love
story.
(base)
这位音乐家刚刚完成了一首歌,
这首歌基于一个爱情故事。
6.
until
you
come
to
the
Post
Office.
(straight)
顺着这条路一直走到邮局为止。
7.
There
are
two
pictures
on
sale,
and
I
than
the
former
one.
(latter)
那里有两幅画在卖,
与前者相比,
我更喜欢后者。
8.
as“slimming”food
in
the
world.
(no)世上根本就没有“减肥”食物这样的东西。
9.
It
is
not
what
he
said
but
the
way
that
surprised
everyone
present.
(say)
不是他说的事情而是他说话的方式让在场的每个人都很吃惊。
10.
Now
he
faces
his
elder
brother
did.
(same)
现在他面临着和他的哥哥曾面对过的一样的挑战。
答案:1.
should
make
use
of
2.
come
up
with
3.
recognized
to
be
4.
(should)finish
the
work
5.
is
based
on
6.
Go
straight
down
the
road
7.
like
the
latter
one
better
8.
There
is
no
such
thing
9.
(that/in
which)he
said
it
10.
the
same
challenge
as
Ⅱ.
完形填空
Education
from
My
Father
My
memories
of
my
father
are
slim
because
he
was
so
sick
in
the
last
years
of
his
life.
But
there
are 1 that
I
am
often
reminded
of
and
which
may
have
had
some
bearing
on
my
love
of 2 .
When
I
was
small
I
was
somewhat 3 of
lightning
and
thunder.
My
father
explained
it.
The
explanation
was
in 4 that
a
child
could
understand
but
was
basically
correct.
I
gained
a
better 5 later,
but
I
didn’t
have
to
unlearn
anything.
What
he
said
was
that
there
was
electricity
in
the
clouds 6 it
travelled
to
the
ground
like
a
spark.
When
it
travelled 7 the
air
it
made
the
air
so
hot
that
it 8 .
Then
there
was
nothing
where
the
air
had
been
and
the
air
all
around
rushed
in
to 9 the
space.
He
clapped
his
hands
together
very
loud,
 10 to
be
the
air
rushing
in,
and
said
that
makes
the
thunder.
When
I
hear
thunder,
I
can
still
hear
that 11 .
He
explained
why
if
it
was
cloudy
in
the
winter
the
night
was
warmer
than
if
it
was 12 .
It
was
one
of
those
nights
when
the
sky
was
full
of
stars:
no
moon,
no
town
lights.
But
there
were
more
stars
than
you
could 13 and
they
had
color
too.
He
said
that
if
there
were
no
clouds,
we
had
no
blankets
and
were 14 to
the
universe.
Our
warmth
was
going
to 15 the
whole
universe.
When
there
were
clouds,
they
were
like
blankets
and
we
were
not
exposed
to
the
universe.
I 16 feel
on
the
edge
of
space
on
a
very
clear
night.
I
am
sure
there
were
many
other
lessons
that
I 17 but
no
longer
remember.
What
I
did 18 ,
in
general,
was
that
there
were
explanations
and
that
the
more
I
understood
them,
the
more
comfortable
the
world
was
to
live
in.
I
was
not
taught
that
there
were 19 but
that
there
was
understanding
if
you
looked
for
it.
This
may
be
why
I
have
always
been 20 in
science.
【文章大意】作者对于逝去的父亲的记忆很少。但是作者现在仍然记忆犹新的是,
父亲曾经用通俗易懂的方式来教育自己,
是父亲的教育激发了作者对于科学的极大兴趣。
1.
A.
others   B.
few   C.
some   D.
all
【解析】选C。逻辑推理题。根据上文可知,
作者对于父亲的记忆比较少,
但仍有令作者记忆深刻的一些东西。由此可知,
C选项与语境相符。
2.
A.
science
B.
nature
C.
weather
D.
universe
【解析】选A。词汇复现题。根据文章最后一段最后一句“This
may
be
why
I
have
always
been   in
science”可知,
此处指的是科学。因此,
空白处应该使用“science”。故答案选A。
3.
A.
sure
B.
fond
C.
tired
D.
afraid
【解析】选D。词语辨析题。作者小时候有点害怕闪电和雷声。D选项与此相符。
4.
A.
depth
B.
words
C.
gestures
D.
data
【解析】选B。词语搭配题。作者父亲的解释使用了孩子能够理解的词语。in
words用语言,
固定搭配。
5.
A.
understanding
B.
knowledge
C.
command
D.
confidence
【解析】选A。词语辨析题。作者后来对此有了更好的理解。understanding了解;
理解,
领会;
认识。
6.
A.
but
B.
and
C.
for
D.
or
【解析】选B。逻辑推理题。作者的父亲说云中有电,
电像火花一样传到地面。根据语境及句子前后的逻辑关系可知,
空白处应该使用“and”。
7.
A.
above
B.
to
C.
along
D.
through
【解析】选D。词语辨析题。此处表示的是光穿过空气。四个选项均为介词,
其中“through”意为“穿过”,
符合语境。
8.
A.
shone
B.
burned
C.
expanded
D.
broke
【解析】选B。逻辑推理题。光穿过的时候,
使空气如此热,
以至于空气燃烧起来。由此并结合选项的词义可知,
B项符合语境。
9.
A.
fill
B.
make
C.
avoid
D.
break
【解析】选A。逻辑推理题。空气燃烧完之后,
周围的空气涌过来并填满了这一空间。由此可知,
空白处应该使用“fill”。
10.
A.
trying
B.
proving
C.
hoping
D.
pretending
【解析】选D。逻辑推理题。作者的父亲大声拍手来假装空气的涌入,
说这样就产生了雷声。D选项与语境相符合。故答案选D。
11.
A.
clap
B.
remark
C.
voice
D.
crash
【解析】选A。词汇复现题。每当听到雷声时,
作者就感觉听到了父亲的掌声。由此可知,
A选项符合语境。
12.
A.
cold
B.
bright
C.
clear
D.
foggy
【解析】选C。词汇复现题。作者的父亲解释为什么在冬天的晚上阴天比晴天暖和。由此并结合前半句中的“cloudy”可知,
空白处应该使用“clear”。
13.
A.
explore
B.
foresee
C.
imagine
D.
identify
【解析】选C。逻辑推理题。天上的星星比想象的要多。imagine表示“想象,
设想”;
符合语境。
14.
A.
done
B.
exposed
C.
related
D.
led
【解析】选B。词汇复现题。没有云彩时,
我们没有遮盖物,
暴露于宇宙中。expose“使暴露于;
揭露”;
根据下文的“we
were
not
exposed”也可知答案。
15.
A.
heat
B.
protect
C.
extend
D.
light
【解析】选A。逻辑推理题。没有云彩时,
我们的温暖将会对整个宇宙供热。heat“把……加热,
使温暖”,
符合语境。
16.
A.
ever
B.
also
C.
even
D.
still
【解析】选D。逻辑推理题。现在作者在晴天的夜晚仍然有这种感觉。由此可知,
空白处应该使用“still”。
17.
A.
selected
B.
arranged
C.
understood
D.
delivered
【解析】选C。词汇复现题。作者相信有很多别的课,
自己曾经听懂过。下句the
more
I
understood
them已提示。
18.
A.
consider
B.
promise
C.
explain
D.
learn
【解析】选D。逻辑推理题。根据语境可知,
此处表示的是作者所学到的、明白的。因此,
空白处应该使用“learn”。
19.
A.
memories
B.
blankets
C.
mysteries
D.
thunders
【解析】选C。逻辑推理题。作者认为小时候没有被教过神秘的东西,
因为父亲是用通俗易懂的方式来教作者的。由此可知,
C选项符合语境。
20.
A.
engaged
B.
interested
C.
successful
D.
skillful
【解析】选B。逻辑推理题。这可能是作者一直对科学感兴趣的原因。由此并结合选项的词义可知,
B选项符合语境。
PAGE课时提升作业(四)
Unit
2 Warming
Up
&
Reading
Ⅰ.
用所给词的适当形式填空
1.
Having
studied
Chinese
for
two
years,
now
she
can
speak
Chinese
______(fluent).
2.
He
has
dreamed
about
travelling
to
Australia
or
New
Zealand,
and
the
______(late)
one
is
his
favorite
place.
3.
As
a
successful
businessman,
he
often
makes
______(voyage)to
deal
with
his
foreign
affairs.
4.
Even
though
he
lives
alone,
he
owns
two
_____________(apartment).
5.
____________(actual),
he
is
an
honest
and
reliable
person,
whom
you
can
depend
on.
6.
If
you
want
to
master
English,
to
have
a
large
_________(vocabulary)is
necessary.
7.
__________(gradual),
they
are
tired
of
life
in
the
noisy
city.
8.
Since
he
came
to
power,
he
has
paid
several
_________(office)visits
to
some
foreign
countries.
9.
He
is
good
at
remembering
the
meaning
of
words,
but
does
badly
in
word
______(spell).
10.
The
building
was
completed
finally
with
several
________(elevator)for
people
to
go
up
and
down.
答案:1.
fluently
2.
latter
3.
voyages
4.
apartments
5.
Actually
6.
vocabulary
7.
Gradually
8.
official
9.
spelling
10.
elevators
Ⅱ.
选词填空
make
voyages,
come
up,
make
use
of,
be
different
from,
communicate
with,
because
of,
at
present,
such
as,
at
the
end
of,
than
ever
before
1.
To
complete
the
work
perfectly,
we
are
in
great
need
of
time__________.
2.
It’s
necessary
that
young
and
old
people
should
___________more
________each
other.
3.
He
said
that
he
used
to
____________to
Africa
at
that
time
because
of
his
business.
4.
As
soon
as
the
idea____________,
people
present
all
thought
highly
of
it.
5.
Their
flight
was
put
off
___________
the
heavy
fog.
6.
We
are
trying
to
_______________
energy
from
sun
instead
of
petrol.
7.
Don’t
trust
him.
Usually
what
he
has
said
___________
what
he
has
done.
8.
More
money
is
spent
on
the
improvement
of
living
conditions______________.
9.
The
gardener
has
planted
many
flowers,
___________
roses,
peonies
and
so
on,
in
the
garden.
10.
______________
the
street,
a
beautiful
villa(别墅)came
into
sight.
答案:1.
at
present
2.
communicate
with
3.
make
voyages
4.
came
up
5.
because
of
6.
make
use
of
7.
is
different
from
8.
than
ever
before
9.
such
as
10.
At
the
end
of
Ⅲ.
阅读理解
A
  One
of
the
speaking
rules
you
need
to
know
might
sound
strange
to
most
ESL(English
as
a
second
language)students,
but
it
is
one
of
the
most
important
rules.
If
you
want
to
pass
examinations,
then
study
grammar.
However,
if
you
want
to
become
fluent
in
English,
then
you
should
try
to
learn
English
without
studying
the
grammar.
Studying
grammar
will
only
slow
you
down
and
confuse
you.
You
will
think
about
the
rules
when
creating
sentences
instead
of
naturally
saying
a
sentence
like
a
native.
Remember
that
only
a
small
part
of
English
speakers
know
more
than
20%
of
all
the
grammar
rules.
Many
ESL
students
know
more
grammar
than
native
speakers.
I
can
confidently
say
this
with
experience.
I
am
a
native
English
speaker,
majored
in
English
Literature,
and
have
been
teaching
English
for
more
than
10
years.
However,
many
of
my
students
know
more
details
about
English
grammar
than
I
do.
When
they
sometimes
ask
me
about
grammar,
I
can
easily
look
up
the
definition(定义)and
apply
it,
but
I
can’t
tell
them
the
answer
off
the
top
of
my
head.
I
often
ask
my
native
English
friends
some
grammar
questions,
and
only
a
few
of
them
know
the
correct
answer.
However,
they
are
fluent
in
English
and
can
read,
speak,
listen,
and
communicate
effectively.
Do
you
want
to
be
able
to
recite
the
definition
of
a
causative
verb,
or
do
you
want
to
be
able
to
speak
English
fluently?
【文章大意】本文是一篇议论文。作者是一名英语教师,
告诉学生们如果想说流利的英语,
不要学语法。
1.
According
to
the
author,
what
opinion
do
most
ESL
students
hold?
A.
Grammar
matters
a
lot
only
in
speaking.
B.
Grammar
doesn’t
matter
much
in
speaking.
C.
Grammar
is
very
important
in
English
learning.
D.
Grammar
is
not
important
in
English
learning.
【解析】选C。细节理解题。根据第一段If
you
want
to
pass
examinations,
then
study
grammar.
可知C为正确选项。
2.
As
for
studying
grammar,
which
statement
is
TRUE
according
to
the
passage?
A.
Many
ESL
students
know
little
grammar.
B.
Most
English
speakers
know
more
than
20%
of
all
the
grammar
rules.
C.
Studying
grammar
will
not
make
fluency
in
English.
D.
You
will
say
a
sentence
naturally
when
thinking
about
rules.
【解析】选C。细节理解题。根据文章第二段Studying
grammar
will
only
slow
you
down
and
confuse
you.
可知学习语法只能使你放慢速度并使你困惑,
故C正确。
3.
What
is
the
author?
A.
An
ESL
student.
B.
A
teacher
teaching
English
natives.
C.
A
native
English
student.
D.
A
native
English
teacher.
【解析】选D。细节理解题。根据第二段I
am
a
native
English
speaker,
majored
in
English
Literature.
.
.
可知D为正确选项。
4.
The
underlined
part“off
the
top
of
my
head”means   .
A.
on
purpose       
B.
without
consideration
C.
after
thinking
D.
with
difficulty
【解析】选B。词义猜测题。前一个分句意为:
……我可以很容易地查找语法的定义,
应用它,
由此猜测后一个分句的意思“但是我不能不假思索地告诉他们答案”。
5.
Which
of
the
following
titles
best
suits
the
text?
A.
Fluency
or
Grammar?
B.
Grammar
Counts!
C.
Exams
or
No
Exams?
D.
No
More
Grammar!
【解析】选A。主旨大意题。根据文章第一段最后一句可知本文主要介绍了如果你想说流利的英语,
不要学习语法。故选A。
B
The
quest
for
success
always
begins
with
a
target.
As
Berra
once
said,
“You
got
to
be
very
careful
if
you
don’t
know
where
you’re
going,
because
you
might
not
get
there.

Too
many
people
wander
through
life
like
sleepwalkers.
Each
day
they
follow
familiar
routines,
never
asking,
“What
am
I
doing
with
my
life?
”and
they
don’t
know
what
they’re
doing
because
they
lack
goals.
Goal-setting
is
a
focus
of
the
will
to
move
in
a
certain
direction.
Begin
with
a
clear
conception
of
what
you
want.
Write
down
your
goals
and
date
them—putting
them
into
words
and
clarifying
them.
Rather
than
concentrating
on
objects
to
acquire
and
possess,
focus
on
fulfilling
your
desires
to
do,
to
produce,
to
contribute
to
goal-setting
that
yields
the
true
sense
of
satisfaction
we
all
need.
It’s
important
to
visualize(想象)yourself
accomplishing
your
goal.
While
losers
visualize
the
penalties(不利)of
failure,
winners
visualize
the
rewards
of
success.
I’ve
seen
it
among
athletes,
statistics
contrasting
air
and
highway
safety,
but
it
made
no
difference.
I
had
read
too
many
articles
describing
crash
scenes
and
imagined
these
scenes
vividly.
I
had
programmed
myself,
without
realizing
it,
to
stay
off
planes.
Then
one
summer
I
had
the
opportunity
to
fly
on
a
private
plane
with
friends
to
a
resort;
I
didn’t
want
to
miss
out
on
a
great
vacation.
So
I
spent
two
weeks
imagining
a
smooth
flight
on
a
beautiful
sunny
day
and
an
easy
landing.
When
the
day
arrived,
I
was
eager
to
go.
To
everyone’s
surprise,
I
got
on
the
plane
and
I
loved
every
minute
of
it,
and
I
still
use
the
techniques
I
employed
that
day.
【文章大意】作者在文章中论述了人的一生中应该有明确的目标,
这样才不至于因迷失方向而碌碌无为。
6.
According
to
the
passage,
if
you
want
to
be
successful,
the
first
thing
for
you
to
do
is   .
A.
find
the
right
methods
B.
be
careful
about
everything
C.
know
your
ability
D.
have
a
clear
goal
【解析】选D。细节理解题。文章第一段第一句说追求成功总是由设定一个目标开始的。
7.
If
you
have
a
target,
you
will   .
A.
wander
like
a
sleepwalker
B.
know
well
what
you
are
doing
C.
do
the
same
work
every
day
D.
put
it
into
words
【解析】选B。推理判断题。由文章第二段第二句话可知许多人不知道自己在做什么是因为没有目标,
反之可推断一个人有了自己的目标之后,
就会清楚自己在做什么。
8.
The
problem
with
the
author
before
he
overcame
his
fear
of
air
travel
is
that   .
A.
he
didn’t
know
air
travel
is
safer
than
highway
travel
B.
he
couldn’t
imagine
himself
accomplishing
his
goal
C.
he
read
too
much
about
plane
crashes
and
tried
to
avoid
flying
D.
he
wanted
to
take
a
private
plane
instead
of
a
public
one
【解析】选C。细节理解题。由第四段最后两句可知答案。
9.
What
would
be
the
best
title
for
this
passage?
A.
Define
Your
Goal
B.
Visualize
Rewards
of
Success
C.
Overcome
the
Fear
of
Air
Travel
D.
Sleepwalking
through
Life
【解析】选A。主旨大意题。全文作者在论述人的一生中应该有明确的目标,
这样才不至于因迷失方向而碌碌无为。
Ⅳ.
阅读第二节
  根据短文内容,
从短文后的选项中选出能填入空白处的最佳选项。选项中有两项为多余选项。
  What
will
you
do
if
you
can’t
eat
everything
bought
in
the
canteen?
 1 According
to
a
survey,
what
students
waste
every
year
could
feed
over
10
million
people.
   2 According
to
Xinhua
News
Agency,
the
food
wasted
by
Chinese
people
is
about
50
million
tons
of
grain
every
year,
which
could
feed
200
million
people.
  Food
waste,
which
has
become
a
global
issue,
serves
as
a
mirror
that
reflects
various
cultural
and
social
issues
in
different
countries.
In
the
West,
for
instance,
consumerism,
the
belief
that
it’s
good
to
use
a
lot
of
goods
and
services,
is
often
to
blame
for
food
waste.
 3 Chinese
people
are
well
known
for
being
hospitable
and
generous.
Many
even
feel
that
they
lose
face
if
their
guests
have
eaten
all
the
food.
On
campus,
a
generation
of
single
child
is
less
aware
of
the
food
waste
issue.
Students
nowadays
are
well
protected
by
their
families
and
hardly
have
any
concept
of
how
much
toil
others
go
through
in
order
to
provide
them
with
the
food
they
eat.
   4 There
are
925
million
hungry
people
in
the
world.
They
don’t
have
enough
food
to
eat.
And
farmers
work
very
hard
to
grow
the
crops.
 5 It’s
also
important
that
everyone
thinks
about
how
they
can
do
their
bit
to
reduce
food
waste.
Recently
a
campaign
against
food
waste
launched
online
in
China
might
make
you
think
twice
about
being
so
wasteful.
A.
But
canteen
waste
is
merely
the
tip
of
the
iceberg.
B.
So
we
shouldn’t
waste
our
food.
C.
Students
can
never
realize
the
serious
food
waste
situation.
D.
Most
of
us
would
simply
throw
away
any
leftover
food.
E.
Students
waste
is
extremely
serious.
F.
To
reduce
food
waste
is
a
big
task,
and
it
needs
time.
G.
China,
in
turn,
features
its
own
eating
culture.
答案:
1~5.
DAGFB
PAGE单元过关训练(一)
Unit
1 Friendship
Ⅰ.
完成句子
1.
He
wrote
down
the
weight
of
each
stone
and
then
.
(add)他记下了每块石头的重量,
然后再把这些重量加起来得出总数。
2.
The
sea
gradually
as
we
sailed
out.
(calm)
我们的轮船开出去时,
海面逐渐平静下来了。
3.
There
is
no
need
for
you
where
I
was
last
night.
(concerned)
你没必要关心我昨晚在哪儿。
4.
She
is
now
a
famous
actress,
but
before
she
became
famous
she
a
lot
of
suffering.
(go)现在她是位名演员,
但是在成名之前,
她已经历了很多痛苦。
5.
In
those
old
days
people
usually
all
kinds
of
diseases.
(suffer)
在过去人们通常患有各种各样的病。
6.
My
wife
will
be
coming
over
as
soon
as
I’ve
.
(settle)我安定下来之后,
我太太马上就来。
7.
They
long
and
meaningless
speeches
now.
(tired)他们现在都厌倦了长且没意思的演讲。
8.
Since
his
handwriting
is
very
bad,
I
his
letter.
(trouble)
他的字很潦草,
所以我读他的信有些费劲。
9.
The
first
time
the
little
boy
read
the
book,
he
.
(fall)小男孩第一次读这本书,
就喜欢上了它。
10.
The
scenery
here
is
so
beautiful
that
he
felt
that
he
it
gradually.
(become)
这里的风景那么美,
他觉得自己渐渐地迷上了它。
答案:1.
added
up
all
the
weights
2.
calmed
down
3.
to
be
concerned
about
4.
had
gone
through
5.
suffered
from
6.
settled
down
7.
are
tired
of
8.
have
some
trouble
reading
9.
fell
in
love
with
it
10.
became
crazy
about
Ⅱ.
阅读理解
  Thanksgiving
time
came
and
all
the
relatives
were
gathered
around
the
long
table,
or
seated
behind
TV
trays.
The
television
was
on
and
some
folks
were
watching
it
while
visiting
with
one
another.
Something
on
television
got
their
attention
and
one
of
the
adults
said,
“Listen
to
it!
”Someone
else
replied.
“Well,
if
that
don’t
beat
all.

Simple
phrases
were
spoken
by
folks
whose
language
was
simple
and
brief.
They
had
several
idioms
that
were
just
as
colorful
phrases
and
words
that
brightened
the
room
and
warmed
the
conversation.
In
school
we
were
taught
to
speak
differently.
The
way
our
relatives
spoke
was
discouraged.
Sometimes
our
parents
would
say
things
we
weren’t
taught
in
school.
They’d
often
correct
themselves,
as
if
getting
rid
of
a
mistake.
Of
course
we
learned
some
of
their
phrases
and
used
them.
They
were
comfortable
words
to
pronounce,
familiar.
Our
father’s
side
of
the
family
was
from
Arkansas
and
Oklahoma
and
they
spoke
with
the
accents
native
to
their
birth
states.
Their
voices
being
musical
and
often
high,
it
was
easy
to
pick
up
that
effect
in
our
own
speech
and
at
school
my
brother
and
I
were
often
teased
for
the
way
we
spoke.
Our
mother’s
side
of
the
family
came
from
Illinois
and
they
had
a
tendency
to
talk
fast.
They
had
an
accent,
too,
and
my
brother
and
I
added
that
to
our
own
speech,
confusing
the
kids
at
school
all
the
more.
Our
father’s
side
of
the
family
loved
to
laugh
and
have
a
good
time.
Our
mother’s
side
of
the
family
was
more
serious
about
how
they
took
life
in;
their
joys
more
silently
experienced
and
enjoyed.
It
was
a
rich
picture
of
culture
and
it
gave
my
brother
and
me
a
colorful
view
in
life.
Thanksgiving
holiday
was
always
an
easy,
comfortable
going
day.
It
was
the
first
real
holiday
of
the
season
when
everyone
came
together
in
one
place,
and
a
good
time
was
spent
happily
together
by
all.
【文章大意】本文介绍了感恩节是家人真正幸福团聚的节日。
1.
From
the
text
we
can
know
that   .
A.
parents
were
worried
that
their
relatives
might
affect
their
kids’language
B.
parents
didn’t
allow
their
children
to
speak
dialects
C.
parents
tried
to
avoid
affecting
their
kids
with
their
dialects
D.
parents
thought
the
language
taught
in
school
was
the
best
【解析】选C。细节理解题。根据文章第三段的第四句话“They’d
often
correct
themselves,
as
if
getting
rid
of
a
mistake.
”可以看出父母尽力在语言方面少影响孩子们。
2.
It
can
be
inferred
from
the
text
that   .
A.
English
taught
in
school
is
different
from
that
used
in
daily
life
B.
his
mother’s
side
of
the
family
spoke
in
a
high
voice
C.
the
language
used
by
his
father’s
side
of
the
family
was
fast
D.
the
writer
and
his
brother
were
laughed
at
school
because
of
their
poor
English
【解析】选A。推理判断题。第三段的前三句都说明了在学校所教的语言和在家中所学到的有差异。
3.
Why
did
the
writer
and
his
brother
puzzle
other
kids
at
school
by
their
speeches?
A.
They
had
relatives
from
different
parts
of
Europe.
B.
They
added
some
dialects
in
their
speeches.
C.
There
were
many
mistakes
in
their
language.
D.
Their
speeches
were
lively
and
colorful.
【解析】选B。细节理解题。第四段第四句话“.
.
.
my
brother
and
I
added
that
to
our
own
speech,
confusing
the
kids
at
school
all
the
more.
”点明了他们兄弟的语言中带有父母双方的方言。
4.
What’s
the
writer’s
attitude
towards
dialects?
A.
They
were
not
accepted
by
others.
B.
They
should
be
used
everywhere.
C.
They
should
be
taught
in
school.
D.
He
liked
them
very
much.
【解析】选D。细节理解题。第四段的最后一句话“It
was
a
rich
picture
of
culture
and
it
gave
my
brother
and
me
a
colorful
view
in
life.
”说明作者对自己夹杂方言的语言很喜欢。
PAGE课时提升作业(九)
Unit
3 Using
Language
Ⅰ.
选词填空
as
usual,
rely
on,
in
view
of,
at
midnight,
put
up,
feel
like,
can
hardly
wait,
in
flames,
make
camp,
dressed
in
1.
You
should    your
own
efforts.
2.
I
got
up
at
six
that
morning    .
3.
      the
facts,
it
seems
useless
to
continue.
4.
The
entrance
gates
were
locked      .
5.
The
students     a
poster
on
the
wall.
6.
I
didn’t     staying
up
all
night.
7.
I      to
see
the
new
comet.
8.
The
whole
city
was     .
9.
He
was    white
from
head
to
toe.
10.
We     under
the
shade
of
trees.
答案:1.
rely
on  
2.
as
usual 
3.
In
view
of 
4.
at
midnight.
5.
put
up 
6.
feel
like 
7.
can
hardly
wait 
8.
in
flames.
9.
dressed
in 
10.
made
camp 
Ⅱ.
完成句子
1.
Ted
was
ten
minutes
late
for
work,
     .
如往常一样,
泰德上班迟到了10分钟。
2.
He
is     .
So
you
can
trust
him.
他是一个可靠的男孩。因此你可以信任他。
3.
You      of
the
beautiful
hotel
garden
from
there.
从那里你可以清楚地看到宾馆花园的美丽景色。
4.
She
enjoyed
feeling
the
warm
sand      .
她喜欢感觉脚下那暖暖的沙子。
5.
A
train
was
leaving        for
New
Orleans.
有一班火车将于午夜开往新奥尔良。
6.
It
is      I
like
to
see
it
a
second
time.
这部电影如此好,
以至于我想再看一遍。
7.
A
teaching
building      in
our
school.
我们学校正在建一座教学楼。
8.
Mary       get
home
after
such
a
long
and
tiring
journey.
经过这次漫长而又疲惫的旅行,
玛丽迫不及待地想回到家里。
9.
The
building
was       and
it
took
the
firefighters
a
long
time
to
put
out
the
fire.
这个建筑物被火焰吞噬,
消防队员用了很长时间才扑灭大火。
10.
She       walk
out
of
the
door     the
telephone
rang.
电话铃响时她正要走出门。
答案:1.as
usual 
2.
a
reliable
boy 
3.
can
get
a
good
view 
4.
beneath
her
feet 
5.
at
midnight 
6.
so
good
a
film
that 
7.
is
being
put
up 
8.
could
hardly
wait
to 
9.
in
flames
10.
was
about
to
when
Ⅲ.
阅读理解
A
  After
the
appearance
of
its
Double
Down
Dog,
KFC
has
shown
its
newest
product:
an
edible(可食用的)coffee
cup.
The
cup,
named
the“Scoff-ee
Cup”is
made
from
biscuit,
wrapped
in
sugar
paper
and
then
lined
with
a
layer
of
heat-resistant(隔热的)white
chocolate
to
keep
the
coffee
hot
and
the
cup
crispy(脆的).
Once
the
chocolate
lining
melts
over
time,
the
biscuit
begins
to
soften
causing
it
to
melt
in
your
mouth.
Invented
by
the
brains
behind
the“War
Room
Martini”,
The
Robin
Collective,
the
cups
are
also
filled
with
a
selection
of“mood
improving
aromas(芳香)”.
One
of
the
founders
of
The
Robin
Collective,
Brandy
Wright,
said,
“Not
only
do
the
edible
cups
taste
amazing,
but
they
smell
delicious
too.
We’ve
filled
different
cups
with
a
variety
of
aromas.

“These
scents
were
used
in
our
recipes
as
they
have
a
natural
ability
to
evoke
the
positive
memories
we
associate
with
warm
weather,
sunshine
and
summer
holidays.
Things
that
make
everyone
smile.

Brand
Manager
at
KFC
Jocelyn
Bynoe
said,
“We
have
been
experimenting
with
edible
packaging
to
see
if
it
could
be
a
feasible(可行的)product
to
bring
to
market
in
limited
quantities
and
thought
that
if
our
customers
occasionally
like
to
have
their
cake
and
eat
it,
why
wouldn’t
they
want
have
their
cup
and
eat
it
instead!

The“Scoff-ee
Cups”are
still
in
their
development
phase
with
plans
to
trial(试用)them
at
a
limited
number
of
stores
later
in
the
year.
1.
Why
was
the
cup
wrapped
in
sugar
paper
and
then
lined
with
a
layer
of
heat-resistant
white
chocolate?
A.
To
look
beautiful.
B.
To
keep
the
coffee
hot
and
the
cup
crispy.
C.
To
make
biscuit.
D.
To
add
aromas.
【解析】选B。细节理解题。根据文章第二段to
keep
the
coffee
hot
and
the
cup
crispy可知B为正确选项。
2.
Which
one
can
replace
the
underlined
word“evoke”?
A.
Arouse.
 
B.
Reduce.
 
C.
Lose.
 
D.
Forget.
【解析】选A。词义猜测题。根据句意可知这种食物能唤起人们的记忆。evoke意为“激起,
唤醒”的意思。
3.
To
see
if
it
could
be
a
feasible
product,
what
did
KFC
do?
A.
Bring
to
market
in
large
quantities.
B.
Bring
to
market
in
limited
quantities.
C.
Test
out
by
themselves.
D.
Do
experiment
in
all
the
stores.
【解析】选B。细节理解题。根据文章倒数第二段to
bring
to
market
in
limited
quantities可知B为正确选项。
4.
Which
statement
is
NOT
true
according
to
the
passage?
A.
The“Scoff-ee
Cups”are
not
only
tasty
but
also
delicious.
B.
These
scents
can
bring
people
the
positive
memories.
C.
When
the
biscuit
begins
to
soften,
it
melts
in
your
mouth.
D.
The“Scoff-ee
Cups”have
been
used
widely
in
KFC.
【解析】选D。推理判断题。根据文章最后一段可知可食用的咖啡杯正在研发阶段,
还没有广泛使用。
5.
What’s
the
best
title
for
the
passage?
A.
How
to
make
edible
coffee
cups
B.
The
delicious
chocolate
C.
KFC
has
shown
its
new
products—edible
coffee
cups
D.
How
to
evoke
the
positive
memories
【解析】选C。主旨大意题。根据全文尤其是第一段可知本文主要介绍了肯德基推出的一款新产品:
可食用的咖啡杯。
B
  Arriving
in
Sydney
on
his
own
from
India,
my
husband,
Rashid,
stayed
in
a
hotel
for
a
short
time
while
looking
for
a
house
for
me
and
our
children.
During
the
first
week
of
his
stay,
he
went
out
one
day
to
do
some
shopping.
He
came
back
in
the
late
afternoon
to
discover
that
his
suitcase
was
gone.
He
was
extremely
worried
as
the
suitcase
had
all
his
important
papers,
including
his
passport.
He
reported
the
case
to
the
police
and
then
sat
there,
lost
and
lonely
in
a
strange
city,
thinking
of
the
terrible
troubles
of
getting
all
the
paperwork
organized
again
from
a
distant
country
while
trying
to
settle
down
in
a
new
one.
Late
in
the
evening,
the
phone
rang.
It
was
a
stranger.
He
was
trying
to
pronounce
my
husband’s
name
and
was
asking
him
a
lot
of
questions.
Then
he
said
they
had
found
a
pile
of
papers
in
their
trash
can(垃圾桶)that
had
been
left
out
on
the
footpath.
My
husband
rushed
to
their
home
to
find
a
kind
family
holding
all
his
papers
and
documents.
Their
young
daughter
had
gone
to
the
trash
can
and
found
a
pile
of
unfamiliar
papers.
Her
parents
had
carefully
sorted
them
out,
although
they
had
found
mainly
foreign
addresses
on
most
of
the
documents.
At
last
they
had
seen
a
half-written
letter
in
the
pile
in
which
my
husband
had
given
his
new
telephone
number
to
a
friend.
That
family
not
only
restored
the
important
documents
to
us
that
day
but
also
restored
our
faith
and
trust
in
people.
We
still
remember
their
kindness
and
often
send
a
warm
wish
their
way.
【文章大意】在陌生的城市悉尼,
作者丈夫的文件丢失了,
他向警察报案后,
焦急等待。在那天较晚的时候,
一个陌生人打电话来,
说他们找到了作者丈夫丢失的文件。他们非常感谢这一家人。
6.
What
did
Rashid
plan
to
do
after
his
arrival
in
Sydney?
A.
Go
shopping.
B.
Find
a
house.
C.
Join
his
family.
D.
Take
his
family.
【解析】选B。细节理解题。根据第一段的内容可知,
Rashid到达悉尼后,
要为作者和孩子们找房子。故选B。
7.
The
girl’s
parents
got
Rashid’s
phone
number
from   .
A.
a
friend
of
his
family
B.
a
Sydney
policeman
C.
a
letter
in
his
papers
D.
a
stranger
in
Sydney
【解析】选C。推理判断题。根据第五段的At
last
they
had
seen
a
half-written
letter
in
the
pile
in
which
my
husband
had
given
his
new
telephone
number
to
a
friend.
可知,
他们是从文件中的一封信中发现了Rashid的电话号码,
然后给他打了电话。
8.
What
does
the
underlined
word“restored”in
the
last
paragraph
mean?
A.
Showed.
B.
Sent
out.
C.
Delivered.
D.
Gave
back.
【解析】选D。词义猜测题。根据restored所在的句子以及上文可知,
作者的丈夫丢失了文件,
捡到文件的那一家人把文件归还给了他们。restore表示“(将某失物等)归还原主”,
相当于give
back。
9.
Which
of
the
following
can
be
the
best
title
for
the
text?
A.
From
India
to
Australia
B.
Living
in
a
New
Country
C.
Turning
Trash
to
Treasure
D.
In
Search
of
New
Friends
【解析】选C。主旨大意题。作者丈夫丢失的重要文件是被一家人在垃圾桶中发现的,
然后归还给了他们。由此可知选C“失而复得(变废为宝)”。
Ⅳ.
短文改错
(2015·银川高一检测)
假定英语课上老师要求同桌之间交换修改作文,
请你修改你同桌写的以下作文。文中共有10处语言错误,
每句中最多有两处。每处错误仅涉及一个单词的增加、删除或修改。
增加:
在缺词处加一个漏字符号(∧),
并在其下面写出该加的词。
删除:
把多余的词用斜线(\)画掉。
修改:
在错的词下画一横线,
并在该词下面写出修改后的词。
注意:
1.
每处错误及其修改均仅限一词;
2.
只允许修改10处,
多者(从第11处起)不计分。
Last
week
my
parents
and
I
took
a
two-day
trip
to
Emei
Mountain
in
Sichuan.
Like
everyone
knows,
it’s
the
famous
mountain
with
all
kinds
of
plants
and
animals.
The
weather
was
fine.
It
was
about
noon
we
arrived
at
the
foot
of
the
mountain.
The
three
of
them
were
very
excited.
As
we
climbed
the
mountain,
we
fed
monkeys,
visiting
temples
and
told
stories.
On
the
way
up
I
was
busy
take
pictures
since
the
scenery
was
so
beautiful.
The
time
passes
quickly.
Evening
came.
We
spent
the
night
in
a
hotel
at
the
top
of
the
mountain.
The
food
was
expensive
and
the
service
was
good.
I
was
so
tiring
that
I
fell
asleep
at
the
moment
my
head
touched
the
pillow.
答案:
  Last
week
my
parents
and
I
took
a
two-day
trip
to
Emei
Mountain
in
Sichuan.
Like
everyone
knows,
it’s
the
famous
mountain
with
all
kinds
of
plants
and
As
a
animals.
The
weather
was
fine.
It
was
about
noon
∧we
arrived
at
the
foot
of
the
when
mountain.
The
three
of
them
were
very
excited.
As
we
climbed
the
mountain,
we
fed
us
monkeys,
visiting
temples
and
told
stories.
On
the
way
up
I
was
busy
take
pictures
visited
taking
since
the
scenery
was
so
beautiful.
The
time
passes
quickly.
Evening
came.
We
passed
spent
the
night
in
a
hotel
at
the
top
of
the
mountain.
The
food
was
expensive
and
the
but
service
was
good.
I
was
so
tiring
that
I
fell
asleep
at
the
moment
my
head
touched
the
tired
pillow.
1.
【解析】将第二句中的Like改为As。like是介词,
后面要接名词或代词,
as后面接句子。
2.
【解析】将第二句中的the改为a。首次提到它是一座著名的山,
表示泛指。
3.
【解析】在第四句中的we前面加上when。when
we
arrived
at
the
foot
of
the
mountain为时间状语从句。
4.
【解析】将第五句中的them改为us。文中提到我和父母,
应是我们三个人,
并非指他们,
故把them改为us。
5.
【解析】将第六句中的visiting改为visited。visited和fed以及told为并列谓语。
6.
【解析】将第七句中的take改为taking。be
busy
doing
sth.
忙于做某事。
7.
【解析】将第八句中的passes改为passed。根据上下文可知pass要用一般过去时。
8.
【解析】将第十一句中的and改为but。食品很贵但服务很好。
9.
【解析】将第十二句中的tiring改为tired。我感到劳累。
10.
【解析】将第十二句中的at去掉。the
moment意为“一……就”,
后面接句子。
PAGE课时提升作业(十)
Unit
4 Warming
Up
&
Reading
Ⅰ.
单词拼写
1.
His
rude
manners
s
everyone.
2.
A
great
many
houses
were
d
in
the
earthquake
and
many
people
became
homeless.
3.
The
hurricane
left
the
whole
city
in
r
.
4.
He
was
t
in
a
no-win
situation.
5.
She
b
out
laughing
at
the
joke.
6.
Many
men
were
(埋葬)underground
when
the
accident
at
the
mine
happened.
7.
It
is
an
area
where
natural
(灾难)often
happen.
8.
The
firemen
(援救)the
boy
from
the
burning
house.
9.
They
began
to
recover
slowly
from
their
nightmare
of
pain
and
(苦难).
10.
One
Thursday
afternoon
he
got
seriously
(受伤)in
an
accident.
答案:1.
shocked
2.
destroyed
3.
ruins.
4.
trapped
5.
burst
6.
buried
7.
disasters
8.
rescued
9.
suffering
10.
injured
Ⅱ.
选词填空
right
away,
burst
out,
as
if,
a
great
number
of,
in
ruins,
come
to
one’s
rescue,
trap.
.
.
into,
dig
out,
be
buried
in,
at
an
end
1.
When
I
told
her
the
news,
she
tcrying.
2.
At
present,
the
once
beautiful
town
is
after
a
terrible
earthquake.
3.
We
should
weeds
before
sowing
seeds.
4.
He
is
ill;
you
should
call
in
the
doctor
.
5.
Seeing
the
picture,
he
thoughts.
6.
He
acted
he
hadn’t
heard
any
of
it.
7.
people
come
to
the
cinema
to
see
the
film.
8.
They
wished
the
voyage
.
9.
She
telling
where
the
map
was
hidden.
10.
When
we
were
in
danger,
they
.
答案:1.
burst
out
2.
in
ruins
3.
dig
out
4.
right
away
5.
was
buried
in
6.
as
if
7.
A
great
number
of
8.
at
an
end.
9.
was
trapped
into
10.
came
to
our
rescue.
Ⅲ.
完成句子
1.
Everyone
was
quiet
when
Janice
suddenly
.
(cry)
大家都没出声,
贾尼丝忽然哇地一声哭了起来。
2.
By
the
end
of
the
holiday
I
.
(spend)
到假期结束时,
我已经花光了自己所有的钱。
3.
Within
Germany,
the
city
of
Berlin
after
the
World
War
Ⅱ.
(lie)
第二次世界大战以后,
在德国,
柏林市已经成为废墟。
4.
While
crossing
the
road,
an
old
man
was
knocked
down
by
a
car
and
.
(injure)
过马路时,
一位老人被汽车撞倒且严重受伤。
5.
Sadly,
most
of
the
house
by
fire
in
1828.
(destroy)
遗憾的是,
这座房屋在1828年的火灾中大部分被烧毁。
6.
She
that
she
could
hardly
bring
out
a
word.
(shock)
她十分震惊,
几乎连一句话也说不出来。
7.
,
he
was
late
for
work.
(trap)
因为碰上交通堵塞,
他上班迟到了。
8.
I
was
looking
for
my
handbag,
under
a
pile
of
old
newspapers.
(bury)
我正在找我那被埋在一堆旧报纸下面的手提包。
9.
Firefighters
worked
for
five
hours
the
bus.
(rescue)
消防队员们奋战五小时把人们从公共汽车里救了出来。
10.
The
girl
listened
as
if
she
a
stone.
(turn)
那个女孩倾听着,
一动也不动,
好像已经变成了石头似的。
答案:1.
burst
out
crying
2.
had
spent
all
my
money
3.
lay
in
ruins
4.
badly
injured
5.
was
destroyed
6.
was
so
shocked
7.
Trapped
in
traffic
8.
which
was
buried
9.
to
rescue
people
from
【知识拓展】动词不定式表目的
(1)不定式和不定式短语作目的状语,主要用来修饰动词,表示某一动作或状态的目的。为了使目的意义更加清楚或表示强调意义时,还可以在前面加in
order或so
as。
(2)在句子中作谓语动词的状语的不定式或不定式短语,表示的是主语的目的,因此,其逻辑主语通常是句子的主语。
10.
had
been
turned
into
Ⅳ.
阅读理解
A
(2015·泰安高一检测)
  Earthquakes
are
something
that
people
fear.
There
are
some
places
that
have
few
or
no
earthquakes.
Most
places
in
the
world,
however,
have
them
regularly.
Countries
that
have
a
lot
of
earthquakes
are
usually
quite
mountainous.
  The
most
talked
about
earthquake
in
the
United
States
was
in
San
Francisco
in
1906.
Over
700
people
died
in
it.
The
strongest
one
in
North
America
was
in
1964.
It
happened
in
Alaska.
  Strong
earthquakes
are
not
always
the
ones
that
kill
the
most
people.
In
1755,
one
of
the
strongest
earthquakes
ever
recorded
was
felt
in
Portugal.
Around
2,
000
people
died.
  In
1923,
a
very
strong
earthquake
hit
the
Tokyo,
Yokohama
area
of
Japan.
A
hundred
and
forty
thousand
people
died.
Most
of
them
died
in
fires
which
followed
the
earthquake.
  One
of
the
worst
earthquakes
ever
was
in
China
in
2008.
It
killed
a
large
number
of
people.
The
worst
earthquake
ever
reported
was
also
in
China,
in
which
400,
000
people
were
killed
or
injured.
This
earthquake
happened
in
1556.
  Earthquakes
worry
people
a
lot.
The
reason
is
that
we
often
do
not
know
when
they
are
coming.
People
cannot
prepare
for
it.
【文章大意】本文介绍了一些地震的情况,
并重点介绍了历史上一些比较严重的地震。
1.
Earthquakes
happen   .
A.
in
all
the
places
in
the
world
B.
only
in
the
countries
that
have
a
lot
of
mountains
C.
regularly
in
most
places
in
the
world
D.
only
in
a
few
places
along
the
coast
【解析】选C。细节理解题。根据文章第一段Most
places
in
the
world,
however,
have
them
regularly可知C为正确选项。
2.
When
and
where
was
the
worst
earthquake
ever
reported?
A.
1964;
Alaska.
    
B.
1556;
China.
C.
1923;
Japan.
D.
2008;
China.
【解析】选B。细节理解题。根据文章倒数第二段The
worst
earthquake
ever
reported
was
also
in
China,
.
.
.
This
earthquake
happened
in
1556.
可知B为正确选项。
3.
According
to
the
passage,
which
of
the
following
is
NOT
true?
A.
The
stronger
the
earthquake
is,
the
more
people
are
killed.
B.
Earthquakes
often
come
unexpectedly.
C.
Earthquakes
can
cause
fires.
D.
People
still
don’t
know
how
to
tell
when
an
earthquake
will
come.
【解析】选A。细节理解题。根据文章第三段Strong
earthquakes
are
not
always
the
ones
that
kill
the
most
people.
可知A为正确选项。
4.
What
may
be
talked
about
in
the
seventh
paragraph?
A.
How
do
earthquakes
worry
people?
B.
What
will
people
do
to
prepare
for
earthquakes?
C.
How
can
we
save
people
when
earthquakes
happen?
D.
How
do
earthquakes
happen?
【解析】选B。推理判断题。根据文章最后一段The
reason
is
that
we
often
do
not
know
when
they
are
coming.
People
cannot
prepare
for
it可知B为正确选项。
B
  Want
to
stay
away
from
colds?
Put
on
a
happy
face.
  Compared
to
unhappy
people,
those
who
are
cheerful
and
relaxed
are
less
likely
to
suffer
from
colds,
according
to
a
new
study.
It’s
possible
that
being
happy
helps
the
body
fight
illness,
said
the
researchers
from
New
York
University.
  “It
seems
that
positive(积极的)feelings
may
reduce(减少)the
danger
of
illness,
”said
the
study’s
chief
researcher
Sheldon
Cohen.
  In
an
earlier
study,
Cohen
found
that
people
who
were
cheerful
and
lively
caught
coughs
and
colds
less
often.
People
who
showed
feelings
were
also
less
likely
to
tell
their
doctors
that
they
felt
ill.
  In
this
study,
Cohen’s
interviewed
193
adults
every
day
for
two
weeks.
During
the
interviews,
the
people
told
researchers
about
the
happy
or
sad
feelings
they
had
that
day.
After
the
two
weeks,
the
people
were
given
colds
by
doctors
and
had
to
stay
alone
in
a
room
for
six
days.
The
result
showed
that
everyone
in
the
study
was
equally(相等地)likely
to
get
ill.
But
for
people
who
said
they
felt
happy
during
the
research
period,
their
illness
was
less
serious
and
lasted
for
a
shorter
time.
  Cohen
believes
that
when
people
experience
positive
feelings,
their
body
may
produce
a
chemical
that
helps
fight
illness
and
disease.
So
if
you
are
worried
about
your
health,
look
on
the
bright
side
more
often.
【文章大意】本文介绍了一项研究结果,
证明积极的生活态度有助于身体健康。
5.
Which
of
the
following
was
NOT
a
part
of
the
study?
A.
People
talked
about
their
feelings
every
day.
B.
People
were
kept
alone
for
six
days.
C.
People
were
given
colds
by
doctors.
D.
People
were
made
to
feel
unhappy.
【解析】选D。细节理解题。根据文章倒数第三段the
people
told
researchers
about
the
happy
or
sad
feelings可知A正确;
根据the
people
were
given
colds
by
doctors
and
had
to
stay
alone
in
a
room
for
six
days可知B、C正确。故选D。
6.
What
did
the
study
find?
A.
People
who
felt
happy
never
got
ill.
B.
People’s
feelings
didn’t
influence
their
health.
C.
People
with
good
feelings
became
ill
more
easily.
D.
People
with
positive
feelings
had
less
serious
illness.
【解析】选D。细节理解题。根据文章最后一段their
body
may
produce
a
chemical
that
helps
fight
illness
and
disease可知D正确。
7.
According
to
Cohen,
which
of
the
following
may
help
fight
illness?
A.
Eating.
 
B.
Crying.
 
C.
Laughing.
 
D.
Sleeping.
【解析】选C。细节理解题。根据第三段It
seems
that
positive
feelings
may
reduce
the
danger
of
illness可知C正确。
8.
This
passage
is
a/an   .
A.
advertisement     
B.
newspaper
report
C.
story
D.
scientist’s
diary
【解析】选B。推理判断题。这篇文章介绍了一个研究结果——积极的态度有助于抵御疾病,
故应是一篇新闻报道。
9.
What
is
the
best
title
for
this
passage?
A.
Smiles
can
fight
colds
B.
Cause
of
colds
found
C.
The
danger
of
colds
D.
How
people
get
sick
【解析】选A。主旨大意题。这篇文章主要介绍了积极的态度有助于抵御疾病,
故本文的最佳题目为A。
Ⅴ.
阅读第二节
(2015·沈阳高一检测)
  根据短文内容,
从短文后的选项中选出能填入空白处的最佳选项。选项中有两项为多余选项。
  Happiness
is
for
everyone.
You
don’t
need
to
care
about
those
people
who
have
beautiful
houses
with
large
gardens
and
swimming
pools
or 1 and
so
on.
Why?
Because
those
who
have
big
houses
may
often
feel
lonely
and
those
who
have
cars
may
want
to
walk
on
the
country
roads
at
their
free
time.
  In
fact,
happiness
is
always
around
you
if
you
put
your
heart
into
it.
 2 When
you
study
hard
at
your
lessons,
your
parents
are
always
taking
good
care
of
your
life
and
your
health.
When
you
get
success,
your
friends
will
say
congratulations
to
you.
When
you
do
something
wrong,
people
around
you
will
help
you
to
correct
it.
 3 All
these
are
your
happiness.
If
you
notice
a
bit
of
them,
you
can
see
that
happiness
is
always
around
you.
  Happiness
is
not
the
same
as
money.
It
is
a
feeling
of
your
heart.
When
you
are
poor,
you
can
also
say
you
are
very
happy,
because
you
have
something
else
that
can’t
be
bought
with
money.
 4 ,
because
you
have
more
chances
to
challenge
yourself.
So
you
cannot
always
say
you
are
poor
and
you
have
bad
luck.
As
the
saying
goes,
“Life
is
like
a
revolving(旋转的)door.
When
it
closes,
it
also
opens.
” 5?
A.
When
you
are
in
trouble
at
school,
your
friends
will
help
you.
B.
If
you
take
every
chance
you
get,
you
can
be
a
happy
and
lucky
person.
C.
those
who
have
nice
cars
and
a
lot
of
money
D.
And
when
you
do
something
good
to
others,
you
will
feel
happy,
too.
E.
those
who
have
no
houses
F.
When
you
meet
with
difficulties,
you
can
give
them
up
and
be
happy
G.
When
you
meet
with
difficulties,
you
can
say
loudly
you
are
very
happy
答案:
1~5.
CADGB
PAGE课时提升作业(十二)
Unit
4 Using
Language
Ⅰ.
单词拼写
1.
You
should
make
an
(提纲)before
trying
to
write
a
composition.
2.
I
sent
him
my
(祝贺)on
winning
the
award.
3.
We
should
not
(判断)a
person
by
his
appearance.
4.
Finally,
I’d
like
to
(表达)my
thanks
to
all
those
who
have
helped
me.
5.
The
car
was
only
slightly
(破坏)in
the
accident.
6.
He
would
never
(吓唬)anyone
or
cause
them
any
harm.
答案:1.
outline
2.
congratulations
3.
judge
4.
express
5.
damaged
6.
frighten
Ⅱ.
完成句子
1.
I
sent
him
a
telegram,
.
我发电报祝贺他的成功。
2.
,
she
seemed
to
be
tired.
从她的表情来看,
她似乎很疲惫。
3.
Joe’s
delight
was
.
乔的兴奋无法形容。
4.
There
are
fifty
students
in
our
class,
are
working
hard.
我们班有五十个学生,
所有的人都在刻苦学习。
5.
Mike
to
music
when
someone
knocked
at
the
door.
当迈克正要听音乐时,
突然有人敲门。
答案:1.
congratulating
him
on
his
success
2.
Judging
from
her
looks
3.
beyond
expression
4.
all
of
whom
5.
was
about
to
listen
Ⅲ.
阅读理解
  There
are
few
things
people
agree
on
in
linguistically(语言上地)divided
Belgium,
but
an
effort
to
get
Belgian
potato
fries
recognized
as
global
cultural
heritage
and
put
it
on
a
par
with
Peking
Opera
and
the
Argentinian
Tango
may
get
amazing
support.
  Belgian
fries
are
traditionally
sold,
in
a
paper
cone,
in
a“fritkot”,
generally
a
shack
or
trailer.
There
are
some
5,
000
of
these
in
Belgium,
making
them
10
times
more
common,
per
capita,
than
McDonald’s
restaurants
in
the
United
States.
  To
become
recognized
by
the
United
Nation’s
cultural
arm
UNESCO,
they
need
to
be
supported
by
a
minister
of
culture,
and
Belgium
has
three
of
them.
The
government
of
the
Dutch
speaking
region
of
Flanders
recognized
Belgian
fries
as
an
integral
part
of
national
culture
this
year,
and
the
French-and
German-speaking
communities
are
expected
to
debate
the
issue
next
year.
UNAFRI,
the
national
association
of
fritkot
owners,
which
started
the
drive,
says
the
unpolished
establishments
are
uniquely
Belgian,
combining
the
country’s
embrace
of
chaos
with
a
dislike
of
corporate
uniformity.
  Many
tourists
join
the
locals
in
the
long
queues
at
popular
Brussels
fritkots
such
as
Frit
Flagey
and
Maison
Antoine.
“Before
I
came
here,
one
of
the
only
things
I
knew
about
Belgium
was
that
they
liked
their
fries,
so
I
think
they
are
pretty
much
there
already,
”said
Rachael
Webb,
a
visitor
from
Ottawa,
Canada,
holding
a
cone
of
fries.
  UNESCO
has
a
list
of
314
items
of
intangible
cultural
heritage(遗产)worthy
of
preservation(保护),
ranging
from
Turkish
coffee
to
the
polyphonic
singing
of
the
Aka
pygmies
of
the
Central
African
Republic.
Potatoes
reached
Belgium
in
the
16th
century,
but
it
was
not
until
the
19th
century
that
they
were
widely
sold
chipped
and
fried
as
a
meal
in
themselves.
UNAFRI
says
95
percent
of
Belgians
visit
a
fritkot
at
least
once
a
year.
【文章大意】在比利时,
不同语言区的人几乎没在同一件事上达成过共识,
但在为比利时炸薯条申请世界文化遗产这件事上,
大家却表现出惊人的一致。
1.
Where
are
Belgian
fries
usually
sold?
A.
In
a
shack
or
trailer.
B.
In
McDonald’s
restaurants
in
the
US.
C.
In
a
plastic
cone.
D.
On
global
cultural
heritage
list.
【解析】选A。细节理解题。从第二段第一句话可知答案选A。
2.
Which
of
the
following
is
NOT
true?
A.
They
need
to
be
supported
by
a
minister
of
culture.
B.
The
government
of
the
Dutch
refused
to
recognize
Belgian
fries
as
its
partly
integral
culture.
C.
Many
tourists
join
the
locals
in
the
long
queues.
D.
UNESCO
has
a
list
of
314
items
of
intangible
cultural
heritage
worthy
of
preservation.
【解析】选B。细节理解题。第三段第二句话中使用recognized,
而B中使用了refused
to
recognize,
所以B错误。结合第三段第一句话可知A正确;
从第四段第一句可知C正确,
通过最后一段第一句可知D正确。
3.
Which
of
the
following
hasn’t
been
listed
in
UNESCO?
A.
Peking
Opera.
     
B.
Turkish
coffee.
C.
The
Argentinian
Tango.
D.
Belgian
potato
fries.
【解析】选D。细节理解题。结合第一段及倒数第一段可知选D。
4.
What’s
the
main
idea
of
the
passage?
A.
Belgian
potato
fries
have
been
recognized
as
global
cultural
heritage.
B.
The
French
and
German
speaking
communities
are
expected
to
debate
the
issue
next
year.
C.
Most
Belgians
may
support
Belgian
potato
fries
to
be
recognized
as
global
cultural
heritage.
D.
95
percent
of
Belgians
visit
a
fritkot
at
least
once
a
year.
【解析】选C。主旨大意题。A与第一段中的an
effort
to
get.
.
.
不相符。B和D是文中原句,
但不是本文主题;
C项内容与文章第一段相符,
也是本文的主题,
所以选C。
Ⅳ.
短文改错
假定英语课上老师要求同桌之间交换修改作文,
请你修改你同桌写的以下作文。文中共有10处语言错误,
每句中最多有两处。每处错误仅涉及一个单词的增加、删除或修改。
增加:
在缺词处加一个漏字符号(∧),
并在其下面写出该加的词。
删除:
把多余的词用斜线( )画掉。
修改:
在错的词下画一横线,
并在该词下面写出修改后的词。
注意:
1.
每处错误及其修改均仅限一词;
2.
只允许修改10处,
多者(从第11处起)不计分。
  How
are
you
doing
recently?
There
will
be
English
talent
show
in
our
school,
so
I’m
writing
to
invite
you
to
watch
them.
The
talent
show,
its
theme
is“English—Bridge
to
the
World”,
will
be
held
in
our
school
hall
from
8:
30
am
to
11:
30
am
in
16th
September.
Every
class
is
requiring
to
put
on
one
performance,
in
which
students
can
sing
songs,
dance,
tell
stories
or
giving
speeches.
I’m
sure
we
will
have
a
better
time
enjoying
the
performance.
I’d
be
very
glad
that
if
you
could
come.
If
you
had
some
questions,
please
call
me.
答案:
How
are
you
doing
recently?
There
will
be∧
English
talent
show
in
our
school,
an
so
I’m
writing
to
invite
you
to
watch
them.
The
talent
show,
its
theme
it
whose
is“English—Bridge
to
the
World”,
will
be
held
in
our
school
hall
from
8:
30
am
to
11:
30
am
in
16th
September.
Every
class
is
requiring
to
put
on
one
performance,
in
on
required
which
students
can
sing
songs,
dance,
tell
stories
or
giving
speeches.
I’m
sure
we
will
give
have
a
better
time
enjoying
the
performance.
I’d
be
very
glad
that
if
you
could
come.
good
performances
If
you
had
some
questions,
please
call
me.
have
PAGE单元过关训练(三)
Unit
3 Travel
journal
Ⅰ.
完成句子
1.
We
preferred
that
they
.
(take)
我们更希望他们会认真对待我们的建议。
2.
I
here
ever
since
I
was
a
child.
(live)
我从孩童时起就一直住在这里。
3.
Somehow,
he’d
managed
for
him.
(persuade)
不知用了什么方法,
他成功说服她给他买了一个。
4.
They
are
the
graduates
this
famous
university
and
now
are
playing
an
important
part
in
our
factory.
(graduate)
他们是毕业于这所名牌大学的毕业生,
现在在我们工厂里发挥着重要的作用。
5.
The
film
star
arrive
in
Beijing
at
ten
o’clock.
(schedule)
那位电影明星预计在10点抵达北京。
6.
They
made
up
their
minds
a
second
visit
there.
(organize)他们决定再组织一次去那里参观。
7.
I
don’t
he
will
say.
(care)
我不在乎他会说什么。
8.
he
would
not
come
back
again,
he
left
his
home
alone.
(determine)
下定决心再也不回来,
他独自离开了家。
9.
No
matter
,
I
couldn’t
succeed.
(try)
无论我多努力,
我总不能成功。
10.
The
children
their
examination
papers
immediately.
(require)
孩子们被要求马上交试卷。
答案:1.
should
take
our
advice
seriously
2.
have
lived
3.
to
persuade
her
to
buy
one
4.
who
graduated
from
5.
is
scheduled
to
6.
to
organize 
7.care
much
about
what 
8.
Determined
that 
9.
how
hard
I
tried 
10.
are
required
to
give
in 
Ⅱ.
阅读理解
(2015·温州高一检测)
People
travel
for
a
lot
of
reasons.
Some
tourists
go
to
see
battlefields
or
other
historic
remains(遗址).
Others
are
looking
for
culture,
or
simply
want
to
have
their
pictures
taken
in
front
of
famous
places.
Most
European
tourists
are
looking
for
a
sunny
beach
to
lie
on.
Northern
Europeans
are
willing
to
pay
a
lot
of
money
for
the
sun
because
they
have
so
little
of
it.
People
of
cities
like
London,
Copenhagen
and
Amsterdam
spend
much
of
their
winter
in
the
dark
because
the
days
are
so
short,
and
much
of
the
rest
of
the
year
are
in
the
rain.
This
is
the
reason
why
the
Mediterranean
has
always
attracted
them.
Every
summer
many
people
travel
to
Mediterranean
resorts(度假胜地)and
beaches
for
their
vacation.
They
all
come
for
the
same
reason:
sun!
The
huge
crowds
mean
lots
of
money
for
the
economics
of
Mediterranean
countries.
Italy’s
30,
000
hotels
are
booked
without
a
break
every
summer.
And
13
million
people
camp
out
on
French
beaches,
parks,
and
roadsides.
Spain’s
long
sandy
coastline
attracts
more
people
than
anywhere
else.
37
million
tourists
visit
there
yearly,
or one
tourist
for
each
person
living
in
Spain.
But
there
are
signs
that
the
area
is
getting
more
tourism
than
it
can
deal
with.
The
Mediterranean
is
already
one
of
the
most
polluted
seas
on
the
earth.
None
of
these,
however,
is
ruining
anyone’s
fun.
Obviously,
they
don’t
go
there
for
clean
water.
They
allow
traffic
jams
and
seem
to
like
crowded
beaches.
They
don’t
even
mind
the
pollution.
No
matter
how
dirty
the
water
is,
the
coastline
still
looks
beautiful.
And
as
long
as
the
sun
shines,
it’s
still
better
than
sitting
in
the
cold,
rainy
in
Berlin,
London,
or
Oslo.
【文章大意】本文说明了欧洲人旅游主要是为了逃避本国阴冷、潮湿的天气,
去享受地中海的阳光。
1.
The
writer
seems
to
imply(暗示)that
Europeans
travel
mostly
for
the
reason
that   .
A.
they
want
to
see
historic
remains
B.
they
wish
to
escape
from
cold,
dark
and
rainy
days
C.
they
would
like
to
take
pictures
in
front
of
famous
places
D.
they
are
interested
in
different
cultural
and
social
customs
【解析】选B。细节理解题。根据第一段最后一句Most
European
tourists
are
looking
for
a
sunny
beach
to
lie
on.
可知B为正确选项。
2.
According
to
the
passage,
which
of
the
following
countries
attracts
more
tourists
than
the
others?
A.
Italy.
          B.
Greece.
C.
France.
D.
Spain.
【解析】选D。细节理解题。根据倒数第二段Spain’s
long
sandy
coastline
attracts
more
people
than
anywhere
else.
可知D为正确选项。
3.
The
underlined
part
in
the
last
sentence
in
Paragraph
3
means   .
A.
all
the
37
million
people
living
in
Spain
are
tourists
B.
every
person
living
in
Spain
has
to
take
care
of
a
tourist
C.
every
year
almost
as
many
tourists
visit
Spain
as
there
are
people
living
in
that
country
D.
every
family
in
Spain
is
visited
by
a
tourist
every
year
【解析】选C。句意猜测题。根据句意游客的人数和西班牙的人数差不多,
故选C。
4.
According
to
the
passage,
which
of
the
following
might
ruin
the
tourists’fun
at
Mediterranean
resorts
and
beaches?
A.
Polluted
water.
B.
Crowded
buses.
C.
Rainy
weather.
D.
Traffic
jams.
【解析】选C。细节理解题。根据最后一段as
long
as
the
sun
shines可知C为正确选项。
PAGE课时提升作业(十四)
Unit
5 Learning
about
Language
Ⅰ.
用适当的关系副词或介词+关系代词填空
1.
He
arrived
in
Beijing
on
the
day
I
left.
2.
The
factory
his
father
works
is
in
the
east
of
the
city.
3.
The
man
you
spoke
is
a
teacher.
4.
The
city
she
lives
is
far
away.
5.
The
little
girl
is
reading
a
book,
there
are
many
cartoons.
6.
I
still
remember
the
day
I
came
here.
7.
This
is
the
house
I
lived
last
year.
8.
There
are
many
reasons
people
like
traveling.
9.
This
is
my
pair
of
glasses,
I
cannot
see
clearly.
10.
This
is
the
iPad
I
spent
3,
000yuan.
答案:1.
when
2.
where
3.
to
whom
4.
in
which
5.
in
which
6.
when
7.
where
8.
why
9.
without
which
10.
on
which
Ⅱ.
完成句子
1.
The
reason
was
that
he
was
ill
in
bed.
他不能到那里去的原因是他卧病在床。
2.
This
is
the
book
.
这是你所要的书。
3.
The
official
to
a
permit
was
very
obliging.
我们向他申请许可证的那位官员非常热情。
4.
There
are
occasions
.
任何人都有不得不屈服的时候。
5.
Beijing
is
the
place
.
北京是我的出生地。
6.
We
are
living
in
an
age
on
computer.
我们生活在许多事情可以在电脑上做的时代。
Ⅱ.
完成句子
答案:1.
why
he
could
not
go
there
2.
for
which
you
asked
3.
whom
we
applied
for
4.
when/on
which
one
must
give
in
5.
where/in
which
I
was
born
6.
when
many
things
are
done
Ⅲ.
完形填空
  I
believe
that
I
always
have
a
choice
no
matter
what
I’m
doing
and
what
is
happening
to
me.
I
used
to
write
my
books,
typing
on
a
keyboard,
 1 now
I
can
no
longer 2 my
hand.
Today
I
am
sitting
at
my
computer,
speaking
these
words
through
a
microphone.
In
2008,
I
was
diagnosed
with
ALS,
a(n) 3 disease,
which
would
weaken
and
finally 4 every
important
muscle
in
my
body.
That
is
to
say,
I
will
be 5 unable
to
move,
to
speak,
and
finally,
to 6 .
Only
largely
depending
upon
others
could
I
live.
I
was
lost
and
felt
everything
around
me
became
dull.
I
was 7 to
give
up
writing
completely
and
remained 8 all
day
long.
In
the 9 ,
some
of
my
friends
and
relatives
came
to 10 me.
However,
it
wasn’t
long 11 I
became
lonely
again,
wondering
the
meaning
of
life.
Sometimes
I
came
up
with
the 12 that
I’d
better
end
my
life
because
I
couldn’t 13 the
complex(复杂的)expressions
on
my
family’s
faces.
I
became
depressed,
doubtful
and 14 .
Then
one
day
as
I
was
wheeling
myself
along
a
nearby
street,
I
found
an
old
guy
in
dirty
clothes
with
no
legs 15 in
the
street.
I
was
shocked
and
woke
up
at
once.
I
was
more 16 than
him.
I
have
thousands
of 17 to
live
on.
When
he
came
to
me
begging,
I
was
so
inspired
and
offered
all
that
was
in
my
purse.
From
then
on
I 18 to
go
through
the
process
of
learning
to
use
voice
recognition
software.
Old
woman 19 I
was,
I
wrote
more
now
than
ever.
Every
day
now
I
have
a 20 on
not
only
whether
I
will
live,
but
how
I
will
live.
I
can
choose
to
see
it
as
an
invitation—an
opportunity
to
learn
who
I
really
am.
【文章大意】作者因患病曾经一度消极情绪低落甚至想结束自己的生命,
在街上看到的一幕让她清醒,
使她振作起来。
1.
A.
and    B.
so    
C.
but    
D.
until
【解析】选C。逻辑推理题。根据used
to
do过去常常,
可推知到现在发生了变化,
两句之间为转折关系。
2.
A.
lift
B.
control
C.
remove
D.
wash
【解析】选A。逻辑推理题。根据下文unable
to
move,
to
speak可推知作者无法抬起她的手臂。
3.
A.
curable
B.
unknown
C.
common
D.
terrible
【解析】选D。逻辑推理题。根据下文可知作者得了严重的疾病。terrible严重的。
4.
A.
destroy
B.
rebuild
C.
cancel
D.
attack
【解析】选A。词语辨析题。句意:
这种疾病最终会破坏重要的肌肉。destroy破坏;
rebuild重建;
cancel取消;
attack攻击。
5.
A.
hardly
B.
actually
C.
gradually
D.
totally
【解析】选C。逻辑推理题。根据后面的finally可知,
此处是“逐渐地”。gradually逐渐地。
6.
A.
communicate
B.
behave
C.
breathe
D.
die
【解析】选C。词语辨析题。根据上文unable
to
move,
to
speak尤其是finally可知最后呼吸都很困难了。
7.
A.
determined
B.
forced
C.
encouraged
D.
advised
【解析】选B。词语搭配题。be
forced
to
do
sth.
不得不做某事。
8.
A.
positive
B.
disabled
C.
dependent
D.
silent
【解析】选D。词语辨析题。根据上文可知作者最终既不能动、也不能说话。silent沉默的,
符合语境。
9.
A.
beginning
B.
end
C.
evening
D.
hospital
【解析】选A。逻辑推理题。根据下文中的it
wasn’t
long“没过多久”可知此处是“一开始”。
10.
A.
guide
B.
admire
C.
entertain
D.
comfort
【解析】选D。背景常识题。作者患病,
所以一开始她的一些亲戚和朋友来安慰她。comfort安慰。
11.
A.
since
B.
when
C.
until
D.
before
【解析】选D。词语搭配题。It
wasn’t
long
before.
.
.
没过多久……固定句式。
12.
A.
opinion
B.
idea
C.
imagination
D.
choice
【解析】选B。词语搭配题。come
up
with
the
idea想出了这个主意。其他选项不合语境。idea主意。
13.
A.
understand
B.
guess
C.
forgive
D.
bear
【解析】选D。逻辑推理题。bear忍受。从主句I’d
better
end
my
life可推知。
14.
A.
hopeless
B.
adventurous
C.
disabled
D.
impolite
【解析】选A。词语辨析题。句意:
我变得情绪低落、多疑、失去希望。hopeless绝望的;
adventurous冒险的;
disabled残疾的;
impolite不礼貌的。
15.
A.
sleeping
B.
begging
C.
singing
D.
dancing
【解析】选B。词语复现题。根据下文When
he
came
to
me
begging可知B为正确选项。
16.
A.
unlucky
B.
miserable
C.
confident
D.
fortunate
【解析】选D。词语辨析题。根据文章可知作者觉得比他幸运。unlucky不幸的;
miserable悲惨的;
confident自信的;
fortunate幸运的。
17.
A.
chances
B.
excuses
C.
reasons
D.
purposes
【解析】选C。词语辨析题。句意:
我有很多个理由活下去。chance机会;
excuse借口;
reason理由;
purpose目的。
18.
A.
managed
B.
continued
C.
intended
D.
stopped
【解析】选A。词语辨析题。manage
to
do
sth.
成功地做成某事;
continue继续;
intend企图;
stop停止。
19.
A.
but
B.
as
C.
even
if
D.
that
【解析】选B。词语辨析题。as引导让步状语从句时,
需要倒装。
20.
A.
way
B.
method
C.
thought
D.
choice
【解析】选D。逻辑推理题。根据下文choose,
故选choice“选择”。
Ⅳ.
语法填空
  阅读下面材料,
在空白处填入适当的内容(1个单词)或括号内单词的正确形式。
Mum
(putting
on
her
coat):
I
am
going
to
have
to
go
down
to
the
shop
for
more
bread.
Alan:
Why?
Mum:
I’m
not
sure
what
1.
   (happen).
I
made
some
sandwiches
earlier
and
left
them
on
the
table
2.
   I
went
to
answer
the
phone.
But
someone
must
have
taken
them
because
they
3.
   (go).
Alan:
Oh,
it
must
have
been
Dad.
I’m
sure
he
was
in
the
kitchen
4.
   (early).
Mum:
No,
he
went
off
to
his
tennis
match
before
I
finished
5.
   (make)them,
so
he
couldn’t
have
done
it.
6.
   ,
he
couldn’t
carry
a
plate
of
sandwiches
as
well
as
his
tennis
stuff,
so
I’m
sure
7.
   wasn’t
him.
Alan
(opening
fridge
door):
Well,
it
wasn’t
me.
But
Mum,
look!
Are
these
your
sandwiches
here
on
the
bottom
shelf
of
8.
   fridge?
Mum:
Are
they
there?
Oh,
my
goodness.
I
9.
   have
put
them
there
when
the
phone
rang.
Oh
dear.
I
really
must
be
losing
my
10.
   .
Now,
why
did
I
put
on
my
coat?
1.
【解析】happened。考查时态。根据文章可知happen已经发生,
故用一般过去时。
2.
【解析】when。考查状语从句。when意为“当……时候”。
3.
【解析】are
gone。考查形容词。be
gone意为“失去,
丢失”。
4.
【解析】earlier。考查比较级。根据句意可知此处指的是早些时候。
5.
【解析】making。考查非谓语动词。finish后面要跟名词或动名词。
6.
【解析】Besides/Moreover。考查副词。根据句意可知此处是“而且”。
7.
【解析】it。考查代词。it指代“拿三明治的人”。
8.
【解析】the。考查冠词。双方都知道的事物,
是特指。
9.
【解析】must。考查情态动词。must表示推测,
意为“一定”。
10.
【解析】memory。考查名词。此处指的是记忆力差,
故填memory。
PAGE单元过关训练(四)
Unit
4 Earthquakes
Ⅰ.
选词填空
be
buried
in,
at
an
end,
dig
out,
be
trapped
in,
be
shocked
at,
think
little
of
1.
Their
friendship
was
.
2.
In
the
evenings
he
his
books.
3.
We
the
news
that
about
thirty
miners
died
in
the
accident.
4.
The
young
man
a
dead-end
job.
5.
She
was
in
trouble.
She
tried
to
herself
.
6.
You
shouldn’t
your
teacher’s
advice.
答案:1.
at
an
end
2.
is/was
buried
in
3.
are
shocked
at
4.
was
trapped
in
5.
dig
out
6.
think
little
of
Ⅱ.
完成句子
1.
If
a
pen
is
partly
into
the
water,
it
looks
.
(break)
如果把钢笔的一部分放在水里,
它看上去像断了似的。
2.
Since
she
left,
he
.
(bury)
自从她走后,
他全心扑在工作上。
3.
So
seriously
in
the
accident
that
she
was
sent
to
hospital
at
once.
(injure)
她在车祸中受伤如此严重,
因此,
她被立即送往医院了。
4.
I
congratulate
you
an
excellent
job.
(do)
对你所做的出色的工作我表示祝贺。
5.
Neighbors
that
such
an
attack
could
happen
in
the
area.
(shock)
竟有这样的袭击发生在这个地区,
邻居们大为震惊。
6.
A
great
number
of
students
to
find
an
acceptable
job
after
graduation.
(find)
许多学生发现毕业以后找一份合适的工作不容易。
7.
,
you
don’t
sound
well.
(judge)
从你来信的话语看,
你好像不舒服。
8.
She
was
so
overjoyed
that
she
nearly
.
(laugh)她内心狂喜,
几乎笑出声来。
9.
That
boy
who
was
left
alone
at
home
a
burning
house.
(rescue)
那个被单独留在家里的男孩被人从失火的房子中救了出来。
10.
She
she
was
stopped
by
her
sister.
(speak)
她刚要说话,
被她姐姐拦住了。
答案:1.
as
if
it
were
broken
2.
has
buried
himself
in
work
3.
was
she
injured
4.
on
having
done
5.
were
shocked
6.
find
it
hard
7.
Judging
from
what
you
say
in
your
letter
8.
burst
out
laughing
9.
was
rescued
from
10.
was
about
to
speak
when 
Ⅲ.
完形填空
  I
shall
never
forget
the
day
when
the
earthquake
happened.
It
was
about
5
in
the
afternoon
and
I
was 1 along
the
road
to
my
daughter’s
school.
Our
plan
was
to
go 2 together.
I
stopped
at
a 3 to
get
some
fresh
fruits.
We
liked
to
have
some
fruits
to
eat
after
our
swim.
I
was
driving
along
a
high 4 on
my
way
to
the
school.
 5 my
road
was
another
road
which
was
built
like
a 6 .
I
was 7 so
I
put
the
bag
of
apples 8 me
and
started
to
eat
one.
Suddenly
I
saw
the
cars
in
front
of
me
start
to 9 from
side
to
side.
I
slowed
down.
Then
my
car
started
to
shake!
I
didn’t
know
what
was
happening.
Perhaps
something
had 10 wrong
with
my
car.
I
drove
slower
and
then
I 11 the
car
and
at
the
same
moment
the
road 12 onto
the
cars
in
front
of
me.
I
found
myself
in
the 13 .
I
couldn’t
move.
My
legs
and
feet
were
hurt
badly
and
I
couldn’t
move
them.
All
around
me
was 14 .
But
below
me
I
could
hear
shouts
and
a
lot
of
noises.
Then
I
realized
what
had
happened.
I
had
been 15 an
earthquake.
For
about
two
hours
nobody
came.
Luckily
I
could
reach
the
bag
of 16 ,
so
at
least
I
had
plenty
to
eat.
Then
I
heard
people 17 towards
me.
A
team
of
people
had
come
to 18 if
anyone
was
under
the 19 road.
I
called
out,
“I’m
here!
”I
heard
a
shout.
Soon
a
stranger
climbed
to
my
car.
“How
are
you 20 ?
”he
asked.
“Not
too
bad,
”I
said.
They
didn’t
get
me
out
until
the
next
morning.
【文章大意】本文是一篇记叙文。作者描述了地震发生后,
一条像立交桥的路塌了,
砸到了作者的车,
她被困车中,
后来在人们的营救下,
于次日上午脱险。
1.
A.
driving        
B.
leading
C.
walking
 
D.
running
【解析】选A。词汇复现题。从下文I
was
driving
along
a.
.
.
得知答案。
2.
A.
shopping
  
B.
dancing
C.
swimming
D.
sightseeing
【解析】选C。逻辑推理题。从下文We
liked
to
have
some
fruits
to
eat
after
our
swim.
得知。
3.
A.
farm   
B.
shop   C.
park   D.
school
【解析】选B。背景常识题。买水果当然是去商店。
4.
A.
road
B.
bridge
 
C.
school
D.
side
【解析】选A。词汇复现题。下文提示是在路上行驶。
5.
A.
Under
B.
Along
C.
Over
D.
Beside
【解析】选C。逻辑推理题。由下文知发生了地震,
一条像立交桥的路塌了,
砸到了我的车。由此可知我开车走的路的上面是另外一条像桥的路。over在……上面。
6.
A.
bridge
B.
roof
C.
cover
D.
top
【解析】选A。逻辑推理题。由下文知发生了地震,
一条像立交桥的路塌了,
砸到了我的车。
7.
A.
tired
B.
healthy
C.
sleepy
D.
hungry
【解析】选D。逻辑推理题。从后面开始吃苹果知我很饿。
8.
A.
over
B.
against
C.
beside
D.
under
【解析】选C。逻辑推理题。为了防止挨饿应把水果放在旁边。
9.
A.
move
B.
roll
C.
run
D.
jump
【解析】选A。词语辨析题。当地震发生时,
地面在晃动,
地面上的东西应是来回移动。
10.
A.
been
B.
broken
C.
gone
D.
done
【解析】选C。固定搭配题。go
wrong发生故障,
出毛病。
11.
A.
parked
B.
started
C.
moved
D.
stopped
【解析】选D。词语辨析题。park表示在停车场或某个地方停车。此处指停下车。
12.
A.
put
B.
ran
C.
fell
D.
jumped
【解析】选C。逻辑推理题。路倒塌砸到了车。
13.
A.
dark
B.
afternoon
C.
evening
D.
car
【解析】选A。逻辑推理题。路倒塌后,
我就被埋在了车里,
四周一片黑暗。
14.
A.
noisy
B.
dusty
C.
quiet
D.
bloody
【解析】选C。词语辨析题。我的周围一片寂静。从But可判断出来。noisy嘈杂的;
dusty布满灰尘的;
quiet安静的;
bloody流血的。
15.
A.
on
B.
at
C.
by
D.
in
【解析】选D。由上下文可知这时作者才意识到发生了地震。故在地震中(in)。
16.
A.
food
B.
sandwiches
C.
apples
D.
bread
【解析】选C。词汇复现题。由上文知应是苹果。
17.
A.
climbing
B.
shouting
C.
moving
D.
driving
【解析】选A。词汇复现题。由后文a
stranger
climbed
to
my
car知应选A。
18.
A.
know
B.
tell
C.
understand
D.
see
【解析】选D。词语辨析题。一队人来看看在倒塌的路下是否有人。
19.
A.
falling
B.
broken
C.
breaking
D.
dirty
【解析】选B。词语辨析题。broken表示被破坏的。
20.
A.
sleeping
B.
feeling
C.
eating
D.
going
【解析】选B。固定搭配题。How
are
you
feeling?
感觉如何?
PAGE课时提升作业(六)
Unit
2 Using
Language
Ⅰ.
根据首字母提示及语境写单词
1.
That
is
a
new
u____________of
the
important
word,
which
we
should
remember.
2.
Apart
from
English,
he
has
a
good
c______________of
Russian.
3.
They
r____________from
him
some
information
about
the
event
the
other
day.
4.
The
famous
singer
went
out
wearing
black
glasses
to
avoid
being
r_______in
public.
5.
There
was
a
frightened
e________
on
the
little
girl’s
face
at
the
sight
of
a
huge
snake.
6.
Even
though
he
could
speak
Putonghua
quite
well,
he
speaks
it
with
a
little
local
a_______.
7.
Please
go
s__________
along
this
street
to
the
traffic
light,
and
then
turn
left.
8.
It
is
easy
for
the
student
to
walk
to
school,
for
his
school
is
only
two
b_______away.
9.
In
order
to
have
a
good
knowledge
of
Spain,
he
tried
to
learn
S______before
travelling
there.
10.
In
Africa,
most
A_________people
are
black
people.
答案:1.
usage
2.
command
3.
requested
4.
recognized
5.
expression
6.
accent.
7.
straight
8.
blocks
9.
Spanish
10.
African
Ⅱ.
完成句子
1.
______________________as
you
have
described
in
our
neighbourhood.
(such)
我们的居民区没有你描述的那样的人。
【补偿训练】
No
pains,
no
gains;
after
all,
_________________
as
a
free
lunch
in
the
world.(such)
不劳无获;
毕竟,
世上没有免费的午餐。
2.
In
the
company,
he______________
a
strict
leader.
(recognize)
在这家公司里,
他被认为是一位严厉的领导。
3.
Vinegar______________________________
us
keep
healthy.
(play)
醋在帮助我们保持健康方面起着重要作用。
4._____________,
the
Bird’s
Nest
is
so
beautiful
that
it
attracts
tourists
at
home
and
abroad.
(as)
众所周知,
鸟巢太美了,
吸引了来自国内外的游客。
5.
She
has
just
bought_________________
last
year
for
her
daughter’s
birthday.
(same)
为了女儿的生日,
她刚买了一个和去年买的一样的蛋糕。
6.
The
public
requested
that
the
government
____________make
sure
of
public
safety.
(make)
公众要求政府应该制定法律来确保公众安全。
7.
There
are
many
fans
crowded
in
the
concert
hall
now.
_______________their
idol
is
to
hold
a
concert
here.
(because)现在很多歌迷挤在音乐厅里。这是因为他们的偶像将在这里举办音乐会。
8.
The
person
in
charge
of
the
project
commanded
that
the
workers___________complete
the
project
ahead
of
schedule.
(work)
工程负责人命令工人们努力工作提前完成工程。
9.
Usually
what
he
says
______________________what
he
does.
(different)
通常情况下,
他所说的话不同于他所做的。
10.
The
supermarket
_______________________her
home,
and
she
usually
walks
there
to
do
some
shopping.
(block)
超市离她家有四个街区,
她通常步行去购物。
答案:1.
There
is
no
such
man
【补偿训练】
there
is
no
such/not
such
a
thing
【知识拓展】no
such
=
not
such
a/
not
any
such。其中not
any
such后既可接可数名词复数,也可接不可数名词。例如:
①No
such
word(=Not
any
such
word)was
given
yesterday.昨天没给这样的信息。
②There
were
no
such(=not
any
such)events
happening
last
year.去年未发生这样的事。
③There
is
no
such(=not
such
a)cruel
man
as
you
said
just
now.世上没有像你刚才说的那么无情的人。
2.
is
recognized
as
3.
plays
an
important
part
in
helping
4.
As
we
all
know
5.
the
same
cake
as
she
did
6.
should
make
laws
to
7.
This
is
because
8.
should
work
hard
to
9.
is
quite
different
from
10.
is
four
blocks
away
from
Ⅲ.
阅读理解
A
If
there
is
one
thing
I
am
sure
about,
it
is
that
in
a
hundred
years
from
now
we
will
still
be
reading
newspapers.
It
is
not
that
newspapers
are
a
necessity.
Even
now
some
people
get
most
of
their
news
from
television
or
radio.
Many
buy
a
paper
only
on
Saturday
or
Sunday.
But
for
most
people
reading
a
newspaper
has
become
a
habit
passed
down
from
generation
to
generation.
  The
nature
of
what
is
news
may
change.
What
basically
makes
news
is
what
affects
our
lives—the
big
political
stories;
the
coverage
of
the
wars,
earthquakes
and
other
disasters
will
continue
much
the
same.
I
think
there
will
be
more
coverage
of
scientific
research,
though.
It’s
already
happening
in
areas
that
may
directly
affect
our
lives,
like
genetic(基因的)engineering.
In
the
future,
I
think
there
will
be
more
coverage
of
scientific
explanations
of
why
we
feel
as
we
do—as
we
develop
a
better
understanding
of
how
the
brain
operates
and
what
our
feelings
really
are.
  It’s
quite
possible
that
in
the
next
century
newspapers
will
be
transmitted(传送)electronically
from
Fleet
Street
and
printed
out
in
our
own
home.
In
fact,
I
am
pretty
sure
that
it
will
happen
in
the
future.
You
will
probably
be
able
to
choose
from
a
menu,
making
up
your
own
newspaper
by
picking
out
the
things
you
want
to
read—sports
and
international
news,
etc.
.
  I
think
people
have
got
it
wrong
when
they
talk
about
competition
between
the
different
media(媒体).
They
actually
feed
off
each
other.
Some
people
once
foresaw
that
television
would
kill
off
newspapers,
but
that
hasn’t
happened.
What
is
read
on
the
printed
page
lasts
longer
than
pictures
on
a
screen
or
sound
lost
in
the
air.
And
as
for
the
Internet,
it
is
never
really
pleasant
to
read
something
just
on
a
screen.
【文章大意】本文主要讲述了作者对报纸未来发展前景的预测。
1.
What
is
the
best
title
for
the
text?
A.
The
Best
Way
to
Get
News
B.
The
Changes
of
Media
C.
Make
Your
Own
Newspaper
D.
The
Future
of
Newspapers
【解析】选D。主旨大意题。本文主要是作者对报纸未来发展前景的预测,
故D项最符合文章主旨。
2.
In
the
writer’s
opinion,
in
the
future,
   .
A.
more
big
political
affairs,
wars
and
disasters
will
make
news
B.
newspapers
will
not
be
printed
in
publishing
houses
any
longer
C.
newspapers
will
cover
more
scientific
research
D.
more
and
more
people
will
watch
TV
【解析】选C。细节理解题。由第二段第三句“I
think
there
will
be
more
coverage
of
scientific
research,
though.
”可知C项正确。
3.
What
will
probably
be
on
in
the
newspaper
made
by
you?
A.
Sports
and
international
news.
B.
A
menu
of
important
news.
C.
The
most
important
news.
D.
What
you
are
interested
in.
【解析】选D。细节理解题。由第三段最后一句“You
will
probably
be
able
to
choose
from
a
menu,
making
up
your
own
newspaper
by
picking
out
the
things
you
want
to
read—sports
and
international
news,
etc.
.
”可知选D。
4.
From
the
text,
we
can
infer
that   .
A.
newspapers
will
win
the
competition
among
the
different
media
B.
newspapers
will
stay
with
us
together
with
other
media
C.
television
will
take
the
place
of
newspapers
D.
some
media
will
die
out
【解析】选B。推理判断题。由最后一段可知,
作者认为在将来报纸会同其他媒体并存,
而不会互相取代。
5.
The
underlined
phrase“feed
off”in
the
last
paragraph
means“   ”.
A.
depend
on
B.
compete
with
C.
fight
with
D.
kill
off
【解析】选A。词义猜测题。由最后一段可知,
作者认为各个媒体之间是相互依存的,
故feed
off在此与depend
on意思相近。
B
Camp
memories
last
forever!
We
make
sure
they
are
unforgettable!
Shadow
Ridge
Summer
Camps
offer
so
many
exciting
things
for
campers
to
do.
Unlike
other
camp
programs
that
include
horses
as
a
small
part
of
their
program,
at
Shadow
Ridge
horses
are
the
program!
We
are
100%
horse
from
stable(马厩)management,
nature
walks,
and
track
rides
to
bedroom
furnishings.
Horses
help
us
achieve
many
of
our
aims.
Girls
can
learn
to
develop
responsibility,
self-confidence
and
personal
connections
in
their
lives
while
having
fun.
Using
horses
as
a
wonderful
tool
for
education,
our
camps
offer
an
interesting
place
for
growth
and
learning.
Imagine
each
girl
having
her
very
own
horse
to
spend
time
with
and
a
best
friend
to
love
and
take
care
of.
Each
camper
is
responsible
for
a
horse
for
the
week.
Our
riding
program
provides
a
lot
of
riding
and
lesson
time.
Campers
will
learn
how
to
take
care
of
the
horse
and
the
tack(马具),
as
well
as
how
to
ride.
Days
are
filled
with
horse-related
activities
to
strengthen
the
connection
between
each
girl
and
horse,
as
the
girls
learn
to
work
safely
around
the
horses.
At
Shadow
Ridge
we
try
to
create
a
loving,
caring
family
atmosphere
for
our
campers.
We
have“The
Bunkhouse”(4
girls),
“The
Wranglers
Roost”(4
girls),
and“The
Hideout”(2
girls)in
our
comfortable
177-year-old
farm
house.
All
meals
are
home
cooked,
offering
delicious
and
healthy
food
for
the
hungry
rider.
Our
excellent
activities
create
personalized
memories
of
your
child’s
vacation.
Each
child
will
receive
a
camp
T-shirt
and
a
photo
album(usually
300~500
pictures)of
their
stay
at
camp.
Our
camps
are
offered
during
June,
July
and
August,
for
small
groups
of
girls
aged
13-16
years,
not
only
from
Canada
but
also
other
parts
of
the
world.
We
will
send
you
full
program
descriptions
at
your
request.
【文章大意】本文是一则广告,
目的是吸引更多的旅游者到Shadow
Ridge度假。
6.
What
is
the
main
purpose
of
the
passage?
A.
To
attract
people
to
the
camps.
B.
To
talk
about
camping
experiences.
C.
To
describe
the
programs
of
the
camps.
D.
To
explain
the
aims
of
the
camps.
【解析】选A。主旨大意题。从第一段和最后一段可知。
【方法技巧】主旨大意题解题技巧
解题时,要学会借助文章的结构来把握中心思想。段落中心思想常常由主题句(Topic
sentence)来表达。主题句常常(60%—90%)出现在段首或段尾处,有时也在段落中间。同样,一篇文章的中心思想也常常在开始段或结尾段点出。因此,在阅读中,我们要对文章的开始段和结尾段及段落的主题句给予特别的注意。
7.
What
do
we
know
about
the
camp
programs
at
Shadow
Ridge?
A.
Campers
are
required
to
wear
camp
T-shirts.
B.
Horses
play
a
central
role
in
the
activities.
C.
Campers
learn
to
cook
food
for
themselves.
D.
Horse
lessons
are
offered
all
the
year
round.
【解析】选B。细节理解题。从第二段第二句得知。
8.
The
programs
at
Shadow
Ridge
mainly
aim
to
help
people   .
A.
understand
horses
better
B.
enjoy
a
family
atmosphere
C.
have
fun
above
other
things
D.
achieve
an
educational
purpose
【解析】选D。推理判断题。从第三段的第三句话“把骑马作为一个教育的手段”可知答案。
9.
Which
one
of
the
following
is
NOT
mentioned
in
the
passage?
A.
The
time
of
the
camping.
B.
The
cost
of
the
camping.
C.
The
advantages
of
the
camping.
D.
The
effect
of
the
camping.
【解析】选B。细节理解题。文章没有提到露营的费用。
10.
The
passage
is
written
mainly
for   .
A.
horse
riders
B.
teenage
girls
C.
parents
D.
international
travelers
【解析】选C。推理判断题。这篇文章主要讲述了骑马训练给孩子带来的好处和教育意义,
所以对象应该是父母。
Ⅳ.
短文改错
  假定英语课上老师要求同桌之间交换修改作文,
请你修改你同桌写的以下作文。文中共有10处语言错误,
每句中最多有两处。每处错误仅涉及一个单词的增加、删除或修改。
增加:
在缺词处加一个漏字符号(∧),
并在其下面写出该加的词。
删除:
把多余的词用斜线(\)画掉。
修改:
在错的词下画一横线,
并在该词下面写出修改后的词。
注意:
1.
每处错误及其修改均仅限一词;
2.
只允许修改10处,
多者(从第11处起)不计分。
My
dream
school
starts
at
8:
30
a.
m.
and
ends
at
3:
30
p.
m.
They
are
three
lessons
in
the
morning
and
two
in
the
afternoon.
We
didn’t
need
to
do
so
many
homework.
Therefore,
we
have
more
time
with
after-school
activities.
For
example,
we
can
do
some
reading
for
one
and
a
half
hour
and
play
sports
for
one
hour
every
day.
My
dream
school
look
like
a
big
garden.
There
are
all
kinds
of
the
flowers
and
trees
around
the
classroom
buildings.
We
can
lie
on
the
grass
for
a
rest,
sat
by
the
lake
listening
music.
The
teachers
here
are
kind
and
helpfully.
They
are
not
only
our
teachers
but
also
our
friends.
答案:
  My
dream
school
starts
at
8:
30
a.
m.
and
ends
at
3:
30
p.
m.
They
are
three
There
lessons
in
the
morning
and
two
in
the
afternoon.
We
didn’t
need
to
do
so
many
don’t
much
homework.
Therefore,
we
have
more
time
with
after-school
activities.
For
example,
for
we
can
do
some
reading
for
one
and
a
half
hour
and
play
sports
for
one
hour
every
hours
day.
My
dream
school
look
like
a
big
garden.
There
are
all
kinds
of
the
flowers
and
looks
trees
around
the
classroom
buildings.
We
can
lie
on
the
grass
for
a
rest,
sat
by
the
lake
sit
listening∧
music.
The
teachers
here
are
kind
and
helpfully.
They
are
not
only
our
to
helpful
teachers
but
also
our
friends.
PAGE单元质量评估(四)
Unit
4
(120分钟 150分)
第Ⅰ卷
第一部分 听力(共两节,
满分30分)
第一节(共5小题;
每小题1.
5分,
满分7.
5分)
  听下面5段对话。每段对话后有一个小题,
从题中所给的A、B、C三个选项中选出最佳选项,
并标在试卷的相应位置。听完每段对话后,
你都有10秒钟的时间来回答有关小题和阅读下一小题。每段对话仅读一遍。
1.
Which
is
the
right
number
for
the
man’s
flight?
A.
BA
16.
    
B.
BA
26.
    C.
BA
28.
2.
What
do
we
know
about
the
woman?
A.
She
often
plays
chess.
B.
She
is
poor
in
playing
chess.
C.
She
hates
playing
chess.
3.
Where
does
the
conversation
probably
happen?
A.
At
home.
B.
In
a
hotel.
C.
In
a
library.
4.
When
will
the
man
be
able
to
visit
Mr.
Black?
A.
On
November
1st.
  
B.
On
November
2nd.
C.
On
November
3rd.
5.
What
do
we
know
about
the
woman?
A.
She
is
a
newcomer.
B.
She
has
her
own
office.
C.
She
shares
a
computer
with
others.
【听力材料】
Text
1
M:
Excuse
me.
I
need
to
check
the
boarding
gate
for
BA
16
to
London,
isn’t
it
26?
W:
①Oh,
it
just
changed,
BA
28,
down
that
way
on
the
right.
Text
2
M:
Do
you
like
to
play
chess?
W:
I
like
the
game,
but
I
don’t
play
it
often
enough.
I’m
afraid②I’m
not
a
very
good
chess
player.
Text
3
W:
Excuse
me,
sir.
One
of
my
light
bulbs
is
burnt
out.
It’s
the
one
over
the
mirror
in
the
bathroom.
M:
OK,
we’ll
get
it
repaired
soon.
③Can
I
have
your
room
number?
W:
③Room
309.
Text
4
M:
May
I
see
Mr.
Black
the
day
after
tomorrow?
W:
Let
me
see.
.
.
Er.
.
.
④It’s
November
the
first
today.
.
.
Oh,
sorry,
you
can’t.
But④what
about
tomorrow
afternoon?
M:
That’s
OK.
Thank
you.
Text
5
M:
⑤So
this
is
your
office.
I
hope
you
don’t
mind
sharing.
W:
Not
at
all.
I’m
used
to
it.
M:
Fine.
And
you
can
use
this
computer.
And
for
the
phone,
you
just
press
1
for
an
outside
line.
W:
Thanks.
答案:
1~5.CBBBA
第二节(共15小题;
每小题1.
5分,
满分22.
5分)
  听下面5段对话。每段对话后有几个小题,
从题中所给的A、B、C三个选项中选出最佳选项,
并标在试卷的相应位置。听每段对话前,
你将有时间阅读各个小题,
每小题5秒钟;
听完后,
各小题给出5秒钟的作答时间。每段对话读两遍。
听第6段材料,
回答第6、7题。
6.
What
is
the
second
gift
for
Jimmy?
A.
A
car.
B.
A
watch.
C.
A
computer.
7.
Why
does
Jimmy
feel
happy?
A.
He
lives
with
his
parents.
B.
He’s
got
what
he
dreamt
of.
C.
He’s
received
lots
of
presents.
听第7段材料,
回答第8、9题。
8.
What
will
happen
if
the
man
brings
the
bike
back
after
7:
00
p.
m.
?
A.
He
has
to
pay
for
the
helmet.
B.
He
can’t
get
the
deposit
back.
C.
He
should
pay
extra
money.
9.
How
much
should
the
man
give
the
woman
now?
A.
$20.
B.
$50.
C.
$70.
听第8段材料,
回答第10~12题。
10.
Why
does
the
girl
want
to
work
now?
A.
She
doesn’t
know
what
to
study.
B.
She
thinks
the
university
is
tiring.
C.
She
likes
to
write
and
read.
11.
What
does
the
man
persuade
the
girl
to
do?
A.
Start
working
at
once.
B.
Wait
until
a
proper
time.
C.
Study
economics
at
a
university.
12.
What
might
the
girl
do
in
the
end?
A.
Look
for
a
job.
B.
Have
a
lot
of
fun.
C.
Go
to
university.
听第9段材料,
回答第13~16题。
13.
Where
does
the
woman
want
to
go?
A.
The
police
station.
B.
The
road.
C.
A
bus
stop.
14.
What
is
the
man
doing?
A.
He
is
having
the
woman
tested.
B.
He
is
having
a
driving
test
with
the
woman.
C.
He
is
helping
someone
drive
carefully.
15.
What
happened
to
the
woman?
A.
She
passed
the
test.
B.
She
failed
the
test.
C.
She
hurt
others
badly.
16.
How
does
the
man
feel
to
the
woman?
A.
Exciting.
B.
Interesting.
C.
Boring.
听第10段材料,
回答第17~20题。
17.
When
will
the
visitors
come?
A.
In
March.
B.
In
April.
C.
In
May.
18.
How
many
visitors
are
coming?
A.
8.
B.
10.
C.
12.
19.
What
will
the
visitors
do
on
the
second
day?
A.
Go
to
a
party.
B.
Visit
the
schools.
C.
Attend
a
lecture.
20.
Where
will
the
visitors
go
on
the
final
day?
A.
London.
B.
Scotland.
C.
The
coast.
【听力材料】
Text
6
W:
Happy
birthday,
Jimmy.
Are
you
ready
for
the
next
present?
M:
You
mean
there’s
more
besides
the
watch?
W:
Come
with
us.
It’s
in
the
car.
Now,
here
we
are.
You’ve
been
talking
about
this
for
months.
M:
Oh,
⑥it’s
a
new
computer.
⑦It’s
just
what
I
want.
I’m
so
happy
about
it.
Thank
you
so
much,
Mum
and
Dad.
Text
7
M:
I’d
like
to
rent
a
bike
for
a
day.
How
much
does
it
cost?
W:
⑨It’s
20
dollars
a
day.
A
day
is
from
9:
00
in
the
morning
until
7:
00
in
the
evening.
M:
So,
if
I
brought
the
bike
back
at
7:
30,
would
I
have
to
pay
for
the
extra
time?
W:
⑧Yes,
and
there’s
a
deposit
to
pay
as
well.
⑨It’s
50
dollars.
Then
when
you
bring
the
bike
back,
we
will
give
you
back
the
50
dollars.
But
if
you
don’t
bring
the
bike
back,
we’d
keep
the
money,
of
course.
M:
Well,
you
don’t
need
to
worry.
I’ll
definitely
bring
the
bike
back
at
5:
00.
Do
you
have
helmets,
by
the
way?
W:
Of
course.
Helmet
rentals
are
free.
Let’s
go
and
choose
a
bike
and
a
helmet
for
you.
Text
8
W:
I
can’t
decide
whether
to
go
to
university
or
get
a
job.
What
do
you
think?
M:
Well,
if
I
were
you,
I
would
go
on
studying.
W:
⑩But
I
don’t
even
know
what
to
study.
M:
I
advise
you
to
major
in
economics.
W:
That’s
what
my
parents
want
me
to
do.
M:
You
should
take
their
advice.
The
more
you
learn,
the
better
job
you’ll
get.
W:
But
my
friends
will
have
jobs
and
have
a
lot
of
fun,
while
I
spend
all
my
time
doing
reading
and
writing.
M:
But
if
you
go
to
university,
you
still
have
time
for
fun.
W:
So
it
is.
I’ll
think
it
over.
Thank
you
for
your
advice.
Text
9
M:
OK.
Mrs.
Lane.
Let’s
begin
your
road
test.
As
I’m
sure
you
are
aware,
you
will
not
only
be
tested
on
your
knowledge
of
the
rules
of
the
road,
but
on
your
behavior
toward
other
drivers.
W:
Okay-okay.
M:
Slowly!
Take
it
easy.
The
speed
limit
in
this
business
district
is
only
25
miles
an
hour.
All
right.
Now,
turn
right
at
the
next
corner.
.
.
Wow!
You
forgot
to
signal!
W:
Dear!
I
didn’t
see
that
one,
and.
.
.
M:
Oh,
Mrs.
Lane.
Keep
your
eyes
on
the
road!
W:
Oh,
yeah!
M:
Okay.
Now,
pull
over
here
and
show
me
how
well
you
can
park.
W:
Sure.
Wait.
M:
Ah.
Forget
it.
Just
keep
driving.
Now
carefully,
carefully
turn
right
here,
and
wait,
wait,
wait.
Stop!
You
almost
hit
that
person.
W:
Oh,
sorry
about
that.
It
won’t
happen
again.
M:
Well!
Get
out!
Get
out!
I’m
driving
back
to
the
office.
W:
Does
this
mean
I
didn’t
pass
the
test?
M:
Look,
Mrs.
Lane.
Could
you
do
me
a
favor?
You’d
better
plan
on
coming
on
Friday,
please.
W:
Again?
Why?
Is
it
less
crowded
that
day?
M:
No.
It’s
my
day
off.
Text
10
M:
Now
Cathy,
do
you
know
when
the
visitors
from
India
are
coming?
W:
We
offer
them
three
choices:
the
end
of
March,
the
middle
of
April
and
the
beginning
of
May,
and
choosing
the
earliest
one
is
good
actually
with
exams
coming
up
in
May.
M:
Right.
And
how
many
are
coming?
Did
you
say
about
12?
W:
Yes,
they
said
12
at
first,
butchanged
to
10
this
morning.
M:
Good,
we
have
8
weeks
to
prepare;
here
are
my
suggestions.
On
the
first
day,
a
welcome
party,
then
they
can
visit
the
schools
in
the
district
on
the
second
and
third
days.
W:
We’ve
got
to
remember
this
group
wants
to
look
at
how
computers
are
being
used
in
the
classroom.
M:
Exactly,
I
want
to
ask
Mr.
Goodman
to
give
them
a
talk
on
this
on
the
afternoon
of
the
third
day.
W:
That
will
fit
in
very
nicely.
M:
And
on
the
last
day,
they
would
do
some
sightseeing,
we
could
take
them
on
the
tour
of
London
but
many
of
them
may
have
been
there
already,
and
Scotland
will
be
too
far
away.
W:
Why
not
take
them
for
a
walk
along
the
coast?
It
should
be
interesting.
M:
Good
idea,
Cathy!
I’m
sure
they’ll
like
it.
答案:
6~10.CBCCA
11~15.CCBAB
16~20.CABBC
第二部分 阅读理解(共两节,
满分40分)
第一节(共15小题;
每小题2分,
满分30分)
  阅读下列短文,
从每题所给的四个选项(A、B、C和D)中,
选出最佳选项。
A
  Every
year
there
are
hundreds
of
earthquakes
in
different
parts
of
the
world.
In
September,
1923,
Tokyo
and
Yokohama
were
both
destroyed
by
an
earthquake
and
the
fires
that
followed
it.
They
had
to
be
completely
rebuilt.
One
of
the
most
serious
earthquakes
was
in
China’s
Shaanxi
Province
in
1556.
It
killed
almost
one
million
people.
We
measure
an
earthquake’s
strength
on
the
Richter
Scale.
The
Richter
Scale
was
introduced
in
1935
in
Southern
California
in
the
USA.
It
measures
earthquakes
on
a
scale
of
one
to
ten.
Any
earthquake
measuring
five
or
more
is
usually
serious.
The
Earth’s
crust(地壳)is
made
up
of
rock
called
plates.
As
these
plates
move,
they
sometimes
crash
against
each
other,
causing
the
crust
to
quake.
In
cities
such
as
Tokyo,
where
small
quakes
happen
quite
often,
many
modern
buildings
are
designed
to
be
flexible
so
when
the
plate
moves,
they
move
with
it.
Earthquakes
can
also
break
up
gas
and
oil
pipes.
This
can
cause
fires
to
break
out,
which
can
do
as
much
damage
as
the
earthquake
itself.
Another
effect
of
earthquakes
is
tsunamis.
These
are
huge
waves
created
by
earthquakes
beneath
the
sea.
They
can
be
many
meters
high
and
cause
great
damage
to
coastal
towns
and
cities.
China,
Japan,
Russia
and
the
USA
have
the
highest
occurrence(发生)of
earthquakes
in
the
world.
【文章大意】本文主要讲述了大自然中的一种很常见的灾难——地震的具体信息。
21.
The
passage
is
mainly
about   .
A.
scientists
who
study
earthquakes
B.
the
way
of
measuring
earthquakes
C.
a
usual
natural
disaster—earthquakes
D.
what
people
should
do
in
the
earthquake
【解析】选C。主旨大意题。根据文章第一段内容可知本文主要讲述了大自然中的一种很常见的灾难——地震的具体信息。故C正确。
22.
Which
of
the
following
statements
is
NOT
true?
A.
The
earthquake
in
Shaanxi
Province
happened
in
1556.
B.
The
earthquake
in
Shaanxi
Province
killed
almost
one
million
people.
C.
The
earthquake
in
Shaanxi
Province
caused
a
lot
of
damage.
D.
The
earthquake
in
Shaanxi
Province
was
the
only
earthquake
in
China.
【解析】选D。细节理解题。根据第一段最后两句One
of
the
most
serious
earthquakes
was
in
China’s
Shaanxi
Province
in
1556.
It
killed
almost
one
million
people.
可知A、B、C三项都是正确的,
只有D项描述错误。故选D。
23.
According
to
the
passage
we
know
that
tsunamis   .
A.
can
cause
earthquakes
B.
are
caused
by
earthquakes
C.
only
happen
on
land
D.
are
a
way
of
measuring
earthquakes
【解析】选B。细节理解题。根据文章最后一段倒数第三句These
are
huge
waves
created
by
earthquakes
beneath
the
sea.
说明海啸是由海底的地震所导致的,
故B正确。
B
(2015·沈阳高一检测)
  I
never
thought
I
would
have
a
life
changing
experience
at
WalMart.
Although
my
thoughts
were
only
on
speed,
the
checkout
line
I
was
standing
in
wasn’t
moving
as
quickly
as
I
wanted,
and
I
glanced
toward
the
cashier.
There
stood
a
man
in
his
seventies,
wearing
glasses
and
a
nice
smile.
I
thought,
well,
he’s
an
old
guy!
For
the
next
few
minutes
I
watched
him.
He
greeted
every
customer
before
scanning
the
items.
Sure,
his
words
were
the
usual,
“How’s
it
going?
”But
he
did
something
different—he
actually
listened
to
people.
Then
he
would
respond
to
what
they
had
said
and
engage
them
in
brief
conversation.
I
thought
it
was
odd.
I
had
grown
accustomed
to
people
asking
me
how
I
was
doing
simply
out
of
robotic
conversational
habit.
After
a
while,
you
don’t
give
any
thought
to
the
question
and
just
mumble
something
back.
I
could
say,
“I
just
found
out
I
have
six
months
to
live,
”and
someone
would
reply,
“Have
a
great
day!

But
that
wasn’t
the
end.
He
gave
them
the
change,
walked
around
the
counter,
and
extended
his
right
hand
in
an
act
of
friendship.
He
looked
the
customers
in
the
eyes.
“I
sure
want
to
thank
you
for
shopping
here
today,
”he
told
them.
“You
have
a
great
day.
Bye
bye.

The
looks
on
the
faces
of
the
customers
were
priceless.
There
were
smiles
and
some
sheepish
grins.
All
had
been
touched
by
his
simple
gesture—and
in
a
place
they
never
expected.
They
would
gather
their
things
and
walk
out,
smiling.
Of
course,
he
did
the
same
to
me
and
I
got
to
know
his
name—Marty.
Who
was
that
guy?
It
was
as
if
Sam
Walton
had
come
back
from
the
dead
and
invaded
this
old
guy’s
body.
I
had
never
walked
away
from
that
shop
feeling
like
that.
【文章大意】文章主要讲述了作者在沃尔玛超市购物时的经历。通过亲身经历七十多岁的收银员对顾客的热情的服务,
作者深受启发。
24.
The
checkout
line
the
writer
was
standing
in
moved
slower
than
expected
because   .
A.
the
cashier
couldn’t
work
as
fast
as
others
B.
there
were
some
big
purchases
C.
the
cashier
did
more
than
scanning
the
items
D.
the
writer
was
not
patient
enough
【解析】选C。细节理解题。从第四段的He
greeted
every
customer
before
scanning
the
items.
.
.
them
in
brief
conversation.
看出,
收银员不只是扫描条形码,
而且热情地问候顾客。
25.
According
to
the
writer,
when
common
people
ask
you“How’s
it
going?
”   .
A.
they
don’t
really
care
what
you
may
answer
B.
they
are
just
practicing
their
conversation
ability
C.
they
are
inquiring
about
your
private
information
D.
they
don’t
expect
to
hear
any
negative
answers
【解析】选A。细节理解题。从第五段I
thought
it
.
.
.
conversational
habit.
看出当普通人问候你的时候,
他们是不会在意你的回答的。
26.
What
can
we
infer
about
Sam
Walton?
A.
He
might
be
Marty’s
father
or
grandfather.
B.
He
might
be
friendly
and
devoted
to
WalMart.
C.
He
might
have
died
while
working
in
the
market.
D.
He
might
have
come
back
from
the
dead
once
before.
【解析】选B。推理判断题。从倒数第二、三段可推断Sam
Walton像Marty一样对顾客很友好、热情,
忠于自己的工作。
27.
What
does
the
writer
intend
to
express
through
the
text?
A.
Our
everyday
life
is
always
full
of
surprises.
B.
Most
customers
enjoy
being
treated
this
way.
C.
Being
different
is
a
good
way
of
doing
business.
D.
A
little
positive
action
can
make
a
big
difference.
【解析】选D。主旨大意题。作者主要想通过这篇文章中Marty对顾客的态度告诉大家,
一个小的积极的行为会影响很大。
C
Most
people
know
the
feeling
when
you
walk
into
a
lift(电梯)with
other
people.
A
study
has
found
that
where
people
stand
is
based
on
their
social
position
on
entering
the
lift.
Rebekah
Rousi,
a
Ph.
D.
,
did
a
study
of
lift
behavior
in
two
of
the
tallest
office
buildings
in
Adelaide,
Australia.
As
part
of
her
research,
she
took
a
total
of
30
lift
rides
in
the
two
buildings,
and
discovered
there
was
a
fixed
order
about
where
people
chose
to
stand.
In
her
research
paper,
she
wrote
that
more
senior
men
seemed
to
walk
straight
towards
the
back
of
the
lift.
She
said,
“In
front
of
them
were
younger
men
and
women
of
all
ages.
”She
also
noticed
there
was
a
difference
in
the
direction
where
people
look
during
the
ride.
“Men
watched
the
monitors,
looked
in
the
side
mirrors(in
one
building)to
see
themselves,
and
in
the
door
mirrors(in
the
other
building)to
watch
others.
Women
would
watch
the
monitors
and
avoid
looking
into
others’
eyes(unless
in
conversations)and
the
mirrors.

Rebekah
Rousi
concluded
that
shyer
people
stand
toward
the
front,
where
they
won’t
see
other
passengers,
while
fearless
people
stand
in
the
back,
where
they
have
a
good
view
of
everyone
else.
【文章大意】本文主要讲述的是人们在电梯里站立的位置主要受人们的社会地位的影响,
不同年龄、不同地位和性格的人在电梯里站立的位置都是不一样的。
28.
According
to
the
study,
where
people
stand
in
a
lift
is
decided
by   .
A.
their
social
position  
B.
the
monitors
C.
other
passengers
D.
others’
position
【解析】选A。细节理解题。根据文章第一段第二句A
study
has
found
that
where
people
stand
is
based
on
their
social
position
on
entering
the
lift.
可知研究发现人们在电梯里站立的位置通常受他们的社会地位的影响。
29.
Who
are
most
likely
to
go
to
the
back
of
the
lift?
A.
Shyer
people.
B.
Senior
men.
C.
Younger
men.
D.
Women.
【解析】选B。细节理解题。根据第三段第一句In
her
research
paper,
she
wrote
that
more
senior
men
seemed
to
walk
straight
towards
the
back
of
the
lift.
可知年纪比较大的人多喜欢站在电梯靠里一点的地方。
30.
Which
is
TRUE
according
to
the
passage?
A.
The
order
in
which
people
stand
in
a
lift
is
fixed.
B.
Few
people
feel
embarrassed
with
strangers
in
a
lift.
C.
Women
like
watching
themselves
in
the
side
mirrors.
D.
Fearless
people
stand
in
the
back
to
avoid
seeing
others.
【解析】选A。推理判断题。根据文章第二段最后和第三、四段中的举例可知人们在电梯里站的位置是一定的,
是和他们的社会地位相一致的。
31.
The
passage
is
probably
taken
from   .
A.
a
lift
instruction
B.
a
story
book
C.
a
travel
guide
D.
a
newspaper
【解析】选D。推理判断题。本文讲述的是一则研究报告,
关于人们在电梯里的站立位置的话题。A项是电梯的使用说明;
B项是故事书;
C项是旅游报告;
D项是报纸;
从这四项来说,
最可能的就是报纸上的新闻报告。
D
Not
only
was
it
a
imaginary
pregnancy(怀孕),
but
zookeepers
suspect
the
panda,
Ai
Hin,
may
have
been
pretending
it
to
improve
her
quality
of
life,
the
Chengdu
Research
Base
of
Giant
Panda
Breeding
told
Xinhua
on
Monday.
Ai
Hin,
aged
6,
had
shown
signs
of
pregnancy,
including
a
change
in
appetite(食欲),
moving
less
and
an
increase
in
progestational
hormone(孕激素)in
July,
according
to
Xinhua.
But
after
almost
two
months,
she
began
acting
normally
again,
zookeepers
said.
Experts
say
pandas
sometimes
carry
on
the
behaviors
associated
with
early
pregnancy
after
noticing
that
they
get
good
treatment,
the
news
agency
reported.
“After
showing
prenatal(产前的)signs,
the‘mothers-to-be’are
moved
into
single
rooms
with
air
conditioning
and
around-the-clock
care,
”said
Wu
Kongju,
an
expert
at
the
Chengdu
base.
“They
also
receive
more
buns,
fruits
and
bamboos,
so
some
clever
pandas
have
used
this
to
their
advantage
to
improve
their
quality
of
life.

Even
if
a
pregnancy
proves
genuine,
baby
pandas
have
very
low
survival
rates.
According
to
the
Chengdu
base,
only
a
third
to
a
half
of
pandas
born
in
Chinese
manage
to
survive
past
infancy.
There
was
good
news
last
month,
though,
when
a
panda
gave
birth
to
a
healthy
set
of
triplets(三胞胎)in
China’s
Chimelong
Safari
Park
in
the
southern
city
of
Guangzhou.
The
cubs(幼崽)are
thought
to
be
the
only
living
panda
triplets
in
the
world.
As
few
as
1,
600
giant
pandas
survive
in
the
mountain
forests
of
central
China,
according
to
the
Smithsonian
Institution’s
National
Zoo
in
Washington.
More
than
300
pandas
live
in
zoos
and
breeding
centers
around
the
world,
most
of
them
in
China.
【文章大意】本文介绍了大熊猫有时候为了能改善自己的生活而假装怀孕的趣事。
32.
Ai
Hin,
had
shown
signs
of
pregnancy
EXCEPT   .
A.
a
change
in
appetite
B.
moving
less
C.
an
increase
in
progestational
hormone
D.
acting
normally
【解析】选D。细节理解题。根据文章第二段可排除A、B、C。故选D。
33.
Why
did
some
pandas
pretend
pregnancy?
A.
They
want
to
improve
their
quality
of
life.
B.
They
want
people
to
pay
attention
to
them.
C.
They
want
people
to
set
them
free.
D.
They
want
to
act
normally.
【解析】选A。细节理解题。根据文章第六段advantage
to
improve
their
quality
of
life可知A为正确选项。
34.
According
to
the
passage,
which
statement
is
TRUE?
A.
The
survival
rates
of
baby
pandas
is
low.
B.
The
cubs
are
thought
to
be
one
of
living
panda
triplets
in
the
world.
C.
A
healthy
set
of
triplets
were
born
in
the
Chengdu
base.
D.
1,
600
pandas
live
in
zoos
and
breeding
centers
around
the
world.
【解析】选A。细节理解题。根据文章第七段have
very
low
survival
rates可知A正确。
35.
What’s
the
main
idea
of
the
passage?
A.
A
panda
named
Ai
Hin.
B.
Pandas
may
have
pretended
pregnancy
for
better
quality
of
life.
C.
The
Chengdu
Research
Base
of
Giant
Panda
Breeding.
D.
Pandas
are
dying
out.
【解析】选B。主旨大意题。根据文章可知本文主要介绍了大熊猫为改善生活假装怀孕的趣事。
第二节(共5小题;
每小题2分,
满分10分)
(2015·西宁高一检测)
  根据短文内容,
从短文后的选项中选出能填入空白处的最佳选项。选项中有两项为多余选项。
  Life
in
the
late
21st
century
will
be
different
from
that
nowadays,
because
many
changes
will
take
place
then,
but
what
will
the
changes
be?
   36 There
will
be
more
and
more
people
in
the
world
and
most
of
them
will
live
longer
than
today.
Computers
will
be
much
smaller
and
more
useful;
and
there
will
be
at
least
one
in
every
home.
 37 
People
will
work
fewer
hours
than
they
are
doing
now.
They
will
have
more
free
time
for
sports,
watching
TV
and
travelling.
Travelling
will
be
much
cheaper
and
easier.
 38 
   39 More
land
will
be
used
for
building
new
towns
and
houses.
Then
there
will
be
less
room
for
cows
and
sheep,
so
meat
will
be
more
expensive.
Maybe
no
one
will
eat
it
every
day,
instead
they
eat
more
vegetables
and
fruit.
Maybe
people
will
be
healthier
thanks
to
that.
Work
in
the
future
will
be
different,
too.
 40 Because
of
this,
many
people
will
not
have
enough
work
to
do.
This
will
be
a
problem.
A.
And
computer
study
will
be
one
of
the
important
subjects
at
school.
B.
There
will
be
changes
in
our
food,
too.
C.
Robots
are
most
useful
in
the
future.
D.
The
population
is
growing
fast.
E.
The
population
is
becoming
smaller
and
smaller.
F.
And
many
more
people
will
go
to
other
countries
for
holidays.
G.
Dangerous
and
hard
work
will
be
done
by
robots.
答案:
36~40.
DAFBG
第三部分 英语知识运用(共两节,
满分45分)
第一节 完形填空(共20小题;
每小题1.
5分,
满分30分)
  阅读下面短文,
从短文后各题所给的四个选项(A、B、C和D)中,
选出可以填入空白处的最佳选项。
  I
was
driving
in
my
car
the
other
day.
The
sun
was
out,
the
radio
was
playing,
and
I
was 41 along.
The
song
was
a 42 one
and
even
my
weak
voice
sounded
good
singing
it.
Then
it 43 ,
however.
The
sweet
sound
of
the
music 44 and
there
came
the 45 news.
Gas
prices 46 again.
Fans
of
two
sports
teams
got
into
fight.
I
sighed
and
wondered
about
this 47 world
we
live
in.
 48 ,
I
could
take
no
more
and
turned
off
the 49 .
Silence
seemed
preferable
to
listening
to 50 else
about
the
crazy,
competitive
society
we
live
in.
I
slowed
down
as
I
entered
a
town
and 51 the
people
as
I
drove
by.
A
tall
man
was 52 an
elderly
lady
out
of
a
car
and
helping
her
place
her
walker
so
she
could
go
into
store.
A
smiling
woman
was 53 food
onto
the
square
while
a
dozen
birds
flew
down
to
enjoy
the 54 being
laid
out
before
them.
A
young
man
was
walking
along,
carrying
his 55 safely
in
his
arms.
When
the
daughter
pulled
the
hat
off
his
head,
they
both 56 .
I
laughed
too
as
I
looked
at
all
of
his 57 .
The
radio
may
have
been
off
in
my
car,
 58 in
my
heart
I
was 59 singing.
In
truth,
this
world
could
have
more
kindness
and
less 60 .
Kindness
makes
us
all
winners
in
this
life
and
our
life
is
full
of
kindness,
love
and
joy.
【文章大意】本文是一篇夹叙夹议的文章。作者驱车行驶中感受到我们的生活中充满了关爱和快乐。
41.
A.
talking  
B.
singing  
C.
walking  
D.
driving
【解析】选B。词汇复现题。根据后文信息my
weak
voice
sounded
good
singing
it可以看出,
作者在驱车行驶中随着收音机播放的音乐唱歌。
42.
A.
long
B.
boring
C.
joyful
D.
sad
【解析】选C。逻辑推理题。根据上下文逻辑关系可以看出收音机的音乐是欢快的。后文sweet一词与之呼应。
43.
A.
appeared
B.
remained
C.
happened
D.
stayed
【解析】选C。固定搭配题。结合上下文逻辑关系可知,
此处考查句式it
happened(that.
.
.
)。it指代后文所发生的事情。
44.
A.
ended
B.
continued
C.
jumped
D.
fell
【解析】选A。逻辑推理题。根据上下文逻辑关系可知欢快的音乐结束(end)了,
取而代之的是令人不愉快的消息:
油价上涨、两个球队的粉丝打架。
45.
A.
sports
B.
business
C.
unpleasant
D.
welcome
【解析】选C。逻辑推理题。根据句意及上下文逻辑关系可知此处用unpleasant。
46.
A.
took
up
B.
picked
up
C.
went
down
D.
went
up
【解析】选D。逻辑推理题。go
up上涨。
47.
A.
exciting
B.
interesting
C.
unusual
D.
crazy
【解析】选D。词语辨析题。exciting令人兴奋的;
interesting令人感兴趣的;
unusual不寻常的;
crazy疯狂的。根据油价上涨、两个球队的粉丝打架两件事推理可知D项正确。下文的the
crazy,
competitive
society与之呼应。
48.
A.
Finally
B.
Generally
C.
Secretly
D.
Calmly
【解析】选A。逻辑推理题。作者最后(Finally)实在听不下去了,
因此关掉了收音机。finally最终;
generally一般地;
secretly秘密地;
calmly平静地,
镇定地。
49.
A.
television
B.
radio
C.
gas
D.
light
【解析】选B。词汇复现题。文章开篇就提到the
radio
was
playing。turn
off
the
radio“关掉收音机”。
50.
A.
anything
B.
everything
C.
something
D.
nothing
【解析】选A。词语辨析题。作者此时觉得寂静比听到关于这个充满竞争的疯狂世界的其他任何事情都好。anything任何事情;
everything一切事情;
something某些事情;
nothing没有事情。
51.
A.
touched
B.
watched
C.
avoided
D.
recognized
【解析】选B。逻辑推理题。根据后文信息可以看出,
作者边驱车行驶,
边观察(watch)周边的人们。
52.
A.
freeing
B.
protecting
C.
helping
D.
keeping
【解析】选C。词汇复现题。作者看到一位高大的男士帮助一个老太太下车,
后文helping
her
place
her
walker与之呼应。
53.
A.
collecting
B.
moving
C.
covering
D.
throwing
【解析】选D。逻辑推理题。作者还看到一位面带微笑的女士向广场上抛撒(throw)食物喂鸟儿。
54.
A.
water
B.
bread
C.
grass
D.
food
【解析】选D。词汇复现题。上文food已经提示答案。
55.
A.
daughter
B.
son
C.
dog
D.
cat
【解析】选A。词汇复现题。一位年轻的男子稳稳当当地抱着女儿走着。后文When
the
daughter.
.
.
与之呼应。
56.
A.
stopped
B.
stood
C.
laughed
D.
shouted
【解析】选C。词汇复现题。女儿摘掉爸爸头上的帽子时,
父女俩都笑了。后文I
laughed
too提示了答案。
57.
A.
weakness
B.
kindness
C.
loneliness
D.
sadness
【解析】选B。逻辑推理题。此时作者眼中看到的都是生活中的关爱。最后一段中的kindness与之呼应。
58.
A.
for
B.
or
C.
and
D.
but
【解析】选D。逻辑推理题。有感于眼前充满了爱的一幕幕,
作者感慨:
车上的收音机或许已经关掉,
但是心中依然在歌唱。but表示转折关系。
59.
A.
still
B.
just
C.
soon
D.
first
【解析】选A。逻辑推理题。根据句意及上文可知用still“依然”。
60.
A.
silence
B.
development
C.
competition
D.
sickness
【解析】选C。逻辑推理题。作者抒发了自己的感受:
我们的生活中会充满更多的关爱、少一些竞争(competition),
关爱让我们在生活中都成为赢者。上文的the
crazy,
competitive
society与之呼应。
【方法技巧】逻辑推理题如何选择
参照语境,
利用上下文的线索进行逻辑推理得出答案。
完形填空考查的是综合运用英语的能力,
即在应用中测试学生运用英语基础知识的能力。这具体体现在文章题目设置上相似项、迷惑项增多,
学生必须通过寻找上下文隐含信息、感受语境、进行深层次的推理判断等技巧才能找出符合题意的最佳选项。题目往往把对上下文语境的整体理解放在第一位。例如:
(2013·山东高考)One
old
lady
there
who
had
Alzheimer’s
disease
became
my 47 .
Every
time
I
came
into
her
room,
she
was
so
48.
(happy)
because
she
thought
I
was
her
daughter.
47.
A.
friend
B.
partner
C.
guide
D.
guest
【解析】联系下文的she
thought
I
was
her
daughter可知老太太把作者当成了自己的女儿,
可推测作者与这位老太太成了“朋友”。partner“伙伴”,
guide“向导”,
guest“客人”,
均与语境不符。
答案:
A
(2013·福建高考)She
has
52.
(found)
her
roots.
To
know
where
I
come
from
is
one
of
the
great
longings
of
the
human
53.
(heart).
To
be
rooted
is“to
have
an
origin”.
We
need
54.
(that)
origin.
Looking
backward,
we
discover
what
is
unique
in
us;
learn
the 55 of“I”.
We
must
all
go
home
again—in
reality
or
memory.
55.
A.
meaning
B.
expression
C.
connection
D.
background
【解析】纵览全文,
把握作者主要写作意图可知,
“我”通过记叙与孙女一起“寻宗觅源”的经历就是要证明一点:
“知道自己是谁,
知道自己来自哪里”,
而后才能真正理解“I”这一个词所蕴含的深层“意义”。meaning意思,
意义;
expression表达;
表情;
connection联系;
background背景。
答案:
A
第Ⅱ卷
第三部分 英语知识运用(共两节,
满分45分)
第二节(共10小题;
每小题1.
5分,
满分15分)
  阅读下面材料,
在空白处填入适当的内容(1个单词)或括号内单词的正确形式。
  The
weather
is
getting
hotter.
Having
taken
exercise,
we
will
become
much
61.
     (thirsty).
A
cold
drink
may
be
just
the
thing.
But
most
of
us
are
never
concerned
about
62.
     we
drink.
There
are
plenty
of
“energy
drinks”on
the
market.
Most
of
them
have
an
attractive
color
or
cool
name.
Something
that
looks
cool
may
be
harmful
to
our
63.
     (safe).
64.
     a
careful
check,
we
may
find
that
most
energy
drinks
have
lots
of
caffeine(咖啡因)in
them,
65.
     (typical)aimed
at
young
people,
students,
busy
people
and
sports
players.
Makers
sometimes
say
66.
     
drinks
make
us
better
at
sports
and
can
keep
us
awake.
67.
     be
careful
not
to
drink
too
much.
Research
by
Australian
scientists
found
caffeine
makes
our
heart
beat
fast,
which
in
most
energy
drinks
is
at
least
as
strong
as
68.
     in
a
cup
of
coffee
or
tea
and
that
many
teenagers
69.
     (affect)by
caffeine.
There
are
possible
health
risks
connected
with
energy
drinks.
Just
one
can
of
energy
drink
can
make
us
nervous,
70.
     (cause)heart
attacks.
So
why
not
stop
drinking
it
right
now?
61.
【解析】thirstier。考查形容词的比较级。前句提到了hotter,
故此处应用比较级。
62.
【解析】what。考查名词性从句。what引导宾语从句,
且在从句中作drink的宾语。
63.
【解析】safety。考查名词。our后面应跟名词,
safe为形容词;
safety为其名词形式。
64.
【解析】After。考查介词。after意为“在……之后”。
65.
【解析】typically。考查副词。修饰动词aim应用副词,
typically意为“典型地”。
66.
【解析】their。考查代词。前面提到makers,
可知此处应用their。
67.
【解析】But。考查连词。but意为“但是”。表示前后两句之间为转折关系。
68.
【解析】that。考查代词。that代替前面的caffeine。
69.
【解析】are
affected。考查语态。teenagers和affect之间是被动关系,
应用被动语态。
70.
【解析】causing。考查非谓语动词。主语和cause之间是主动关系,
故用现在分词。
第四部分 写作(共两节,
满分35分)
第一节 短文改错(共10小题;
每小题1分,
满分10分)
  假定英语课上老师要求同桌之间交换修改作文,
请你修改你同桌写的以下作文。文中共有10处语言错误,
每句中最多有两处。每处错误仅涉及一个单词的增加、删除或修改。
增加:
在缺词处加一个漏字符号(∧),
并在其下面写出该加的词。
删除:
把多余的词用斜线(﹨)画掉。
修改:
在错的词下画一横线,
并在该词下面写出修改后的词。
注意:
1.
每处错误及其修改均仅限一词;
2.
只允许修改10处,
多者(从第11处起)不计分。
Dear
Bob,
I’m
glad
to
hear
of
you.
I’ve
found
suitable
house
for
you.
The
house
is
on
Fang
Cao
Street,
that
is
not
far
from
Jianxin
Chinese
School.
It
is
a
flat
on
the
third
floor
of
a
building.
It
has
three
rooms,
a
living-room,
a
bathroom
or
a
kitchen.
The
mirror,
the
basin
and
the
bathtub
are
very
conveniently
for
you.
In
the
living-room,
there
is
a
bed,
a
sofa
and
a
desk
with
two
chair.
The
total
size
are
25
square
metres
and
the
rent
is
500yuana
month.
Will
you
be
satisfied
with
this
a
flat,
or
you
want
other
one?
Just
let
me
know.
I’ll
try
my
best
helping
you.
See
you.
Yours,
Li
Hua
答案:
Dear
Bob,
I’m
glad
to
hear
of
you.
I’ve
found
∧suitable
house
for
you.
The
house
is
from
a
on
Fang
Cao
Street,
that
is
not
far
from
Jianxin
Chinese
School.
It
is
a
flat
on
the
which
third
floor
of
a
building.
It
has
three
rooms,
a
living-room,
a
bathroom
or
a
and
kitchen.
The
mirror,
the
basin
and
the
bathtub
are
very
conveniently
for
you.
In
the
convenient
living-room,
there
is
a
bed,
a
sofa
and
a
desk
with
two
chair.
The
total
size
are
chairs
is
25
square
metres
and
the
rent
is
500
yuan
a
month.
Will
you
be
satisfied
with
this
a
flat,
or
you
want
other
one?
Just
let
me
know.
I’ll
try
my
best
helping
you.
another
to
help
See
you.
Yours,
Li
Hua
1.
【解析】第一句中的of改为from。hear
of意为“听说”,
不符合句意,
hear
from意为“收到……的来信”。
2.
【解析】第二句中found后加不定冠词a。此句句意为“我已经为你找到一套合适的房子”,
名词house前面要加不定冠词a。
3.
【解析】第三句中的that改为which。逗号后面是非限制性定语从句,
要用which来引导。
4.
【解析】第五句中的or改为and。根据句意可知kitchen包含在three
rooms中,
要用连词and,
而不是or。
5.
【解析】第六句中的conveniently改为convenient。此句be动词后面要使用形容词作表语来说明前面主语的性质。
6.
【解析】第七句中的chair改为chairs。chair为可数名词,
前面的量词是two,
故要用复数形式chairs。
7.
【解析】第八句中的are改为is。因为主语the
total
size是单数,
其后面的谓语动词要用单数形式,
故要将are改为is。
8.
【解析】第九句中的a删除。此处要用this
flat,
冠词不能和代词连用,
如不能说my
a
book,
而只能说my
book。
9.
【解析】第九句中的other改为another。another意为“另外的,
另外一个”,
符合句意。
10.
【解析】第十一句中的helping改为to
help。根据搭配try
one’s
best
to
do
sth.
可知答案。
第二节 书面表达(满分25分)
  北京时间2014年11月22日16时55分四川省甘孜藏族自治州康定县发生了6.
3级地震,
地震造成了包括房屋倒塌,
人员伤亡等在内的一系列的不良后果。近几年全球地震频发,
所以在地震时如何保护自己便成了一个重要的话题。请你以“How
to
Survive
in
an
Earthquake”为题写一篇文章。
内容要点:
1.
地震来临时请不要惊慌,
如果在室外请远离大树、高楼、高压线等。
2.
如果在室内,
要尽量躲在桌、柜等坚固家具下面以及房屋内侧的墙角,
并且注意保护好头部。
3.
逃生时千万不要乘坐电梯。
  注意:
词数100个左右,
可适当增加细节以使行文连贯。
How
to
Survive
in
an
Earthquake
________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
【参考范文】
How
to
Survive
in
an
Earthquake
On
November
22,
2014
an
earthquake
with
the
magnitude
of
6.
3
hit
Kangding
County,
Sichuan
Province.
The
earthquake
has
caused
significant
damage.
So
how
to
keep
safe
during
an
earthquake
has
become
an
important
issue.
Here
are
some
guidelines.
Firstly,
don’t
be
nervous
and
keep
calm.
Try
to
get
to
an
open
space
away
from
trees,
buildings,
walls,
signs,
power
lines
and
anything
else
that
might
fall
on
you.
Secondly,
if
you
are
indoors,
stay
there.
Quickly
move
to
a
safe
location
in
the
room
such
as
under
a
strong
desk.
Cover
your
head
and
neck
with
your
arms.
The
goal
is
to
protect
yourself
from
falling
objects.
Avoid
taking
cover
near
windows,
large
mirrors
and
hanging
objects.
Thirdly,
never
take
the
lift.
Though
we
can’t
stop
earthquakes,
we
can
reduce
the
damage
that
earthquakes
bring
us
if
we
take
right
measures.
PAGE课时提升作业(三)
Unit
1 Using
Language
Ⅰ.
根据语境结合首字母写出下列句中单词的适当形式
1.
I
hope
you
can
try
your
best
to
s_____
the
problem
on
your
own,
though
it
is
a
little
difficult
to
deal
with.
2.
Recently
he
has
s_____
from
a
bad
cold,
which
has
made
him
have
two
days’leave.
3.
The
old
man
is
seriously
ill,
and
it
is
difficult
for
him
to
r
_______.
4.
While
cleaning,
he
collected
the
small
things
and
p______
them
into
a
box.
5.
They
are
a
t
_______
band
made
up
of
four
cool
boys
who
are
in
their
teens.
6.
His
ideas
about
the
plan
are
e
________
the
same
as
mine.
7.
Some
people
say
that
man
is
naturally
a
hunter,
which
I
d
_______
with.
8.
I
would
be
g
______
if
you
could
give
me
a
hand.
9.
Jim
likes
playing
a
trick
on
others,
but
d
________being
laughed
at.
10.
He
s_______
his
old
car
for
a
new
one
the
other
day.
答案:1.
settle
2.
suffered
3.
recover
4.
packed
5.
teenager
6.
exactly
7.
disagree
8.
grateful
9.
dislikes
10.
swapped
Ⅱ.
完成句子
1.
It
is
said
that
the
professor
has_________a
serious
illness.
据说教授患有一种严重的病。
2.
Since
he___________________________,
he
decided
to
look
for
a
new
one.
因为他厌倦了现在的工作,
他决定找一份新工作。
3.
As
soon
as
they_____________________,
they
set
out
for
their
destination.
他们一打包好东西就向目的地出发了。
4.
He
found
it
difficult
______________________his
new
classmates.
他发觉和新同学相处有点难。
5.
The
couple_____________________when
they
were
in
college.
在他们上大学时,
这对夫妇相爱了。
6.
This
is
where
I__________________________.
这就是我不同意你的地方。
7.
I
can
hardly
express
how_________________________________.
我无法表达我的感谢之情。
8.
Although
he
likes
drinking,
he___________________________.
尽管他喜欢喝酒,
但是他不喜欢吸烟。
9.
Do
you
believe
that
he
__________________________
the
game
of
chess?
你相信他会参加这次象棋比赛吗?
10.
She
will
not
_______________________________
your
picture.
她不会用她的书换你的图片。
答案:1.
suffered
from
2.
got
tired
of
his
present
job
3.
packed
their
things
up
4.
to
get
along
with
5.
fell
in
love
with
each
other
6.
disagree
with
you
7.
grateful
I
feel
8.
dislikes
smoking
9.
will
join
in
10.
swap
her
book
for
Ⅲ.
阅读理解
A
One
of
the
most
important
things
in
the
world
is
friendship.
In
order
to
have
friends,
you
have
to
be
a
friend.
But
how
can
you
be
a
good
friend
at
school?
Listen—Listen
when
they
are
talking.
Don’t
say
anything
unless
they
ask
you
a
question.
Sometimes
it’s
not
necessary
for
you
to
have
anything
to
say;
they
just
need
someone
to
talk
to
about
their
feelings.
Help
them—If
your
friend
is
ever
in
need
of
something,
be
there
to
help
them.
You
should
try
to
put
them
first,
but
make
sure
you
don’t
do
everything
they
want
you
to
do.
Try
to
take
an
extra(额外的)pencil
or
pen
with
you
to
classes
in
case(以防)they
forget
one.
Have
a
little
extra
money
in
your
pocket
in
case
they
forget
something
they
need.
Be
there
for
them—Try
to
make
something
for
your
friends
to
help
make
them
feel
better
in
hard
times.
Making
cards
and
encouraging
them
are
among
the
nicest
things
you
can
do
for
a
friend.
Marilyn
Monroe,
a
famous
U.
S.
actor,
once
said,
“I
often
make
mistakes.
Sometimes
I
am
out
of
control.
But
if
you
can’t
stay
with
me
at
my
worst,
you
are
sure
not
to
deserve(值得)to
be
with
me
at
my
best.
”Always
remember
this!
If
you
don’t
want
to
stay
with
your
friends
when
they’re
in
hard
times,
then
you
don’t
deserve
to
be
with
them
when
they’re
having
a
good
time!
   —Try
to
make
plans
with
your
friends.
Go
shopping,
go
for
ice
cream,
have
a
party,
go
to
the
movies
and
so
on.
Take
time
to
know
each
other
even
better
by
doing
something
you
both
enjoy.
By
planning
things
together,
you
both
can
have
a
good
time.
And
you’ll
remember
these
things
when
you’re
all
old!
【文章大意】本文是一篇说明文,
介绍了如何在学校里交友。
1.
While
your
friend
is
talking
to
you
about
his
or
her
feelings,
you
should   .
A.
give
him
or
her
some
advice
B.
just
listen
unless
asked
C.
calm
him
or
her
down
D.
share
your
feelings
as
well
【解析】选B。细节理解题。根据第二段第一、二句话Listen
when
they
are
talking.
Don’t
say
anything
unless
they
ask
you
a
question.
可知B为正确选项。
2.
When
we
provide
help
for
our
friends,
we
should   .
A.
try
to
do
everything
for
them
B.
put
them
before
ourselves
C.
change
their
bad
habits
first
D.
ignore
their
faults
【解析】选B。细节理解题。根据第三段You
should
try
to
put
them
first,
but
make
sure
you
don’t
do
everything
they
want
you
to
do.
可知B正确,
A错误。
3.
What
can
we
learn
from
Marilyn
Monroe’s
words?
A.
Life
without
a
friend
is
death.
B.
A
friend
is
easier
lost
than
found.
C.
A
friend
in
need
is
a
friend
indeed.
D.
A
man
is
known
by
his
friends.
【解析】选C。推理判断题。根据第四段最后一句话可推断“患难见真情”。
4.
Which
of
the
following
can
be
put
in
the
blank
of
the
last
paragraph?
A.
Make
plans.
B.
Enjoy
yourself.
C.
Understand
your
friends.
D.
Play
with
your
friends.
【解析】选A。段落大意题。根据最后一段Try
to
make
plans
with
your
friends.
可推断A为正确选项。
5.
What
is
the
passage
mainly
about?
A.
How
to
find
a
good
friend.
B.
How
to
help
friends
in
trouble.
C.
How
to
be
a
good
friend.
D.
How
to
make
more
friends.
【解析】选C。主旨大意题。根据全文尤其是第一段中But
how
can
you
be
a
good
friend
at
school?
可知文章讲述的是如何成为一个好的朋友,
C项符合本文的主旨大意。
【补偿训练】
One
of
the
most
important
things
in
the
world
is
friendship.
译文:_________________________________________________________
仿写:在孩子的世界里,最重要的事情之一是快乐地玩。
______________________________________________________________
答案:世界上最重要的事情之一是友谊。
One
of
the
most
important
things
in
the
world
of
children
is
to
play
happily.
B
(2015·福州高一检测)
The
World
Bank
is
warning
that
the
West
Africa
Ebola
outbreak
could
seriously
harm
the
economies(经济)of
Guinea,
Liberia
and
Sierra
Leone
unless
action
is
taken
quickly.
The
World
Bank
President
Jim
Yong
Kim
spoke
to
reporters
recently
to
discuss
the
effects
of
the
Ebola
spread.
“Our
findings
show
that
if
the
virus(病毒)continues
to
spread,
the
economic
cost
to
these
countries
could
grow
eight
times
by
2015.
This
would
be
a
big
catastrophe
to
their
already
weak
economies,
”said
Kim.
Mr
Kim
says,
“saving
lives
and
preventing
new
spread”is
most
important.
The
bank
has
given
$117
million
for
an“immediate
help”.
The
World
Bank
President
says
the
SARS
outbreak
between
2002
and
2004
showed
how
a
disease
could
damage
economies.
800
people
died
from
SARS
and
the
economic
losses
were
up
to
$40
billion.
Mr
Kim
says
SARS
and
the
H1N1
outbreak
of
2009
taught
that
fear
and
avoidance
resulted
in
about
90%
of
the
economic
losses.
That
means
the
disease
is
causing
two
levels
of
economic
damage.
“There
are
two
kinds
of
contagion(传染).
One
is
connected
with
the
virus
itself
and
the
second
is
connected
with
the
spread
of
fear
about
the
virus,
”says
Kim.
The
World
Bank
thinks
the
losses
to
the
economies
of
Liberia,
Sierra
Leone
and
Guinea
will
be
big.
Mr
Kim
says
losses
could
be
about
$97
million
at
the
moment.
Mr
Kim
says
fast
action
is
necessary.
He
says
getting
the
disease
under
control
is
still
far
away.
That
is
because
there
are
not
enough
health
care
workers
in
the
affected
areas.
The
World
Bank
President
says
the
most
important
measure
is
to
act
quickly
in
order
to
limit
economic
losses.
6.
What
does
the
underlined
word“This”mean
in
the
second
paragraph?
A.
Effort.
 
B.
Disaster.
 
C.
Warning.
 
D.
Result.
【解析】选B。词义猜测题。句中的this指的是“the
economic
cost
to
these
countries
could
grow
eight
times
by
2015”,
到2015年,
经济损失将会是现在的八倍,
这将会给西非地区本来就很脆弱的经济带来巨大的灾难,
故选B。
7.
If
quick
action
is
not
taken
to
stop
the
spread
of
Ebola,
the
economic
losses
could
reach
about   by
2015.
A.
$800
million
B.
$97
million
C.
$117
million
D.
$40
billion
【解析】选A。推理判断题。根据第二段“the
economic
cost
to
these
countries
could
grow
eight
times
by
2015”和倒数第二段“losses
could
be
about
$97
million
at
the
moment”可知,
现在的经济损失大约是一亿美元,
它的八倍就是大约八亿美元,
故选A。
8.
What’s
the
main
idea
of
the
whole
passage?
A.
Ebola
is
a
serious
and
infectious(传染的)illness.
B.
Large
numbers
of
people
have
died
from
Ebola.
C.
People
in
the
West
Africa
are
in
great
fear
of
the
spread
of
Ebola
virus.
D.
Ebola
will
harm
economies
in
the
West
Africa
seriously
without
quick
action.
【解析】选D。主旨大意题。根据第一段“The
World
Bank
is
warning
that
the
West
Africa
Ebola
outbreak
could
seriously
harm
the
economies
of
Guinea,
Liberia
and
Sierra
Leone
unless
action
is
taken
quickly.
”和最后一段“The
World
Bank
President
says
the
most
important
measure
is
to
act
quickly
in
order
to
limit
economic
losses.
”可知,
文章讲的是若没有迅速采取措施,
埃博拉病毒将会给西非地区带来巨大的经济损失,
故选D。
Ⅳ.
短文改错
假定英语课上老师要求同桌之间交换修改作文,
请你修改你同桌写的以下作文。文中共有10处语言错误,
每句中最多有两处,
每处错误仅涉及一个单词的增加、删除或修改。
增加:
在缺词处加一个漏字符号(∧),
并在其下面写出该加的词。
删除:
把多余的词用斜线(画掉。
修改:
在错的词下画一横线,
并在该词下面写出修改后的词。
注意:
1.
每处错误及其修改均仅限一词;
2.
只允许修改10处,
多者(从第11处起)不计分。
I
have
some
study
tip
to
share
with
you.
First,
be
sure
to
discuss
your
needs
with
your
teacher.
He
and
she
may
have
great
advice
for
you.
Second,
in
the
classroom,
be
sure
to
listen
careful
to
your
teacher
and
making
notes
so
that
you
can
review
later.
Ask
questions
unless
something
is
unclear.
Third,
see
if
you
can
do
your
homework
soon
after
arriving
to
home.
That
way,
things
you’ve
learned
will
fresh
in
your
mind.
When
you
do
your
homework,
you
are
practicing
that
you’ve
learned.
At
last,
if
you
study
and
review
your
notes
every
day,
you
will
have
to
struggle
to
learn
many
things
before
a
test.
And
when
you
do
a
project,
try
to
work
on
them
a
little
every
day
rather
than
do
it
all
at
once.
答案:
I
have
some
study
tip
to
share
with
you.
First,
be
sure
to
discuss
your
needs
with
tips
your
teacher.
He
and
she
may
have
great
advice
for
you.
Second,
in
the
classroom,
be
or
sure
to
listen
careful
to
your
teacher
and
making
notes
so
that
you
can
review
later.
carefully
make
Ask
questions
unless
something
is
unclear.
Third,
see
if
you
can
do
your
homework
if
soon
after
arriving
to
home.
That
way,
things
you’ve
learned∧
will
fresh
in
your
be
mind.
When
you
do
your
homework,
you
are
practicing
that
you’ve
learned.
At
last,
if
what
you
study
and
review
your
notes
every
day,
you
will
∧have
to
struggle
to
learn
many
not
things
before
a
test.
And
when
you
do
a
project,
try
to
work
on
them
a
little
every
day
it
rather
than
do
it
all
at
once.
1.
【解析】第一句中tip→tips。tip可数名词,
一些建议应用复数形式。
2.
【解析】第三句中and→or。he与she是选择关系,
应用or。
3.
【解析】第四句中careful→carefully。副词修饰动词。
4.
【解析】第四句中making→make。and连接两个动词原形listen和make。
5.
【解析】第五句中的unless→if。如果有什么不清楚的地方就问老师,
用if。
6.
【解析】第六句去掉to。home是副词,
前面不用介词。
7.
【解析】第七句在will和fresh之间加be。fresh是形容词作表语,
缺少系动词。
8.
【解析】第八句中that→what。what引导宾语从句又在从句中作learn的宾语。that引导宾语从句时,
不能充当句子成分。
9.
【解析】第九句will后加not。根据上下文内容可知,
如果你每天坚持复习,
你就不需要考前突击学习了。
10.
【解析】第十句中them→it。指代前面的可数名词单数a
project用it。
PAGE课时提升作业(十五)
Unit
5 Using
Language
Ⅰ.
单词拼写
1.
It
takes
patience
to
(教育)children.
2.
I
(乞求)him
to
come
back
to
England
with
me.
3.
She
has
no
(亲属)in
town.
4.
The
shouts
changed
to
screams
of
(恐怖).
5.
She
(回报)him
with
a
smile.
6.
Mr.
Kelly
was
(判决)to
six
months
in
prison
for
theft.
7.
In
your
(意见),
which
team
will
win
the
World
Cup
final?
答案:1.
educate
2.
begged
3.
relatives
4.
terror
5.
rewarded
6.
sentenced
7.
opinion
Ⅱ.
完成句子
1.
You
(本不该犯)such
a
mistake.
2.
We
were
lucky
to
(逃避了惩罚).
3.
Before
he
(掌权),
he
was
once
put
in
prison
for
years.
4.
In
the
area
in
the
last
5
years,
23
men
(被判死刑).
5.
(我第一次爬)onto
the
house
roof
I
felt
nervous.
答案:1.
should
not
have
made
2.
escape
being
punished
3.
came
to
power
4.
have
been
sentenced
to
death
5.
The
first
time
I
climbed
Ⅲ.
阅读理解
(2015·武汉高一检测)
For
most
South
Africans,
Nelson
Mandela
is
the
father
of
their
nation—many
even
called
him“Tata”,
a
local
word
for
father.
It
was
sometimes
forgotten
that
he
was
also
a
real
father
of
six,
grandfather
of
18,
great-grandfather
of
eight,
and
husband
to
three
women.
He
earned
a
place
in
history
just
like
another
father
of
a
nation,
Mahatma
Gandhi.
But
there
was
a
fundamental
difference
between
these
beloved
men.
While
Gandhi
was
thought
to
be
a
depressed
family
man,
Mandela
was
a
strong
and
loving
family
man.
Even
so,
Mandela
and
his
family
paid
dearly
for
his
devotion
to
his
country’s
freedom.
Mandela
himself
offered
a
glimpse
into
his
personal
war.
“To
be
the
father
of
a
nation
is
a
great
honor,
but
to
be
the
father
of
a
family
is
a
greater
joy.
But
it
was
a
joy
I
had
far
too
little
of,
”he
said
in
April
1992,
announcing
his
separation
from
Winnie.
In
1944,
Nelson
Mandela
married
Evelyn.
“I
could
not
give
up
my
life
in
the
struggle,
”Mandela
explained
in
his
autobiography(自传),
Long
Walk
to
Freedom,
“and
she(Evelyn)could
not
live
with
my
devotion
to
something
other
than
herself
and
her
family.
.
.
I
never
lost
my
admiration
for
her,
but
in
the
end
we
could
not
make
our
marriage
work.
”They
divorced
in
1958.
When
Evelyn
died
in
2004,
Mandela
stood
at
her
graveside
with
his
third
wife,
Graca.
Winnie
also
attended
the
funeral.
Mandela
married
Winnie
in
1958.
But
Winnie
bore
the
hardship
of
life
as
Mandela,
enduring
her
husband’s
27-year
imprisonment.
From
prison,
Mandela
wrote
some
of
the
greatest
love
letters
to
Winnie.
“I
dust
it(your
photo)carefully
every
morning—I
even
touch
your
nose
with
mine
to
regain
the
electric
current
that
used
to
run
through
my
blood
whenever
I
did
so.

For
many
South
Africans,
it
was
the
end
of
a
fairytale
love
story
when
their
separation
was
made
public
in
1992.
“Tensions”had
arisen
and
they
had
agreed
on
a
separation.
The
hurt
in
his
words
was
clear:
“Perhaps
I
was
blinded
to
certain
things
because
of
the
pain
I
felt
for
not
being
able
to
play
my
role
as
a
husband
to
my
wife
and
a
father
to
my
children.

“Unstable(不稳定的)personal
lives
seemed
freedom
fighters’destiny(命运),
”he
said.
“When
your
life
is
the
struggle,
as
mine
was,
there
is
little
room
left
for
family.
That
has
always
been
my
greatest
regret,
and
the
most
painful
aspect
of
the
choice
I
made.
”The
couple
divorced
in
1996.
【文章大意】本文主要介绍了曼德拉的一些个人生活。
1.
The
author
mentioned
Mahatma
Gandhi
in
the
second
paragraph
in
order
to   .
A.
show
the
character
of
Gandhi
B.
prove
Mandela
is
the
great
leader
C.
draw
attention
to
Mandela’s
personal
life
D.
honour
these
two
great
fathers
【解析】选C。推理判断题。根据第二段可知提到甘地的目的是通过对比,
让读者注意曼德拉的个人生活。
2.
The
underlined
sentence
in
the
third
paragraph
shows   .
A.
Mandela
felt
regretful
about
his
family
life
B.
Mandela
got
no
joy
from
his
family
C.
Mandela
was
not
satisfied
with
his
wife
Winnie
D.
Mandela
preferred
to
be
the
father
of
the
nation
【解析】选A。句意猜测题。前面提到了a
greater
joy,
but表示转折,
可推知这种快乐是相对来说太少了,
曼德拉对他家庭生活感到有点遗憾。
3.
The
first
wife
of
Nelson
Mandela
is   .
A.
Winnie
B.
Evelyn
C.
Graca
D.
not
mentioned
【解析】选B。细节理解题。根据第四段Nelson
Mandela
married
Evelyn可知B为正确选项。
4.
What
is
the
best
title
of
the
passage?
A.
Mandela:
not
just
the
father
of
the
nation.
B.
Mandela:
a
devoted
leader
of
the
nation.
C.
Mandela:
a
freedom
fighter
with
deep
love.
D.
Mandela:
success
and
failure.
【解析】选A。主旨大意题。根据全文可知本文主要介绍了曼德拉的个人生活,
故选A。
Ⅳ.
短文改错
  假定英语课上老师要求同桌之间交换修改作文,
请你修改你同桌写的以下作文。文中共有10处语言错误,
每句中最多有两处。每处错误仅涉及一个单词的增加、删除或修改。
  增加:
在缺词处加一个漏字符号(∧),
并在其下面写出该加的词。
  删除:
把多余的词用斜线(画掉。
  修改:
在错的词下画一横线,
并在该词下面写出修改后的词。
  注意:
1.
每处错误及其修改均仅限一词;
2.
只允许修改10处,
多者(从第11处起)不计分。
  Three
years
ago
I
failed
an
important
exam
in
my
life
and
became
a
student
in
a
ordinary
school.
Disappointing
as
I
felt
at
the
shabby
campus
and
the
poorly-equipped
classroom,
I
found
the
teachers
patiently
and
considerate.
Besides,
I
enjoyed
the
friendship
atmosphere
in
class.
I
decided
make
the
best
of
it.
I
worked
hard
and
get
along
well
with
my
teachers
and
classmates.
Whenever
I
had
difficulties,
they
were
always
available.
Soon,
I
became
one
of
the
top
student
in
my
class,
and
which
greatly
increased
my
confidence
and
got
me
encouraged.
  My
experience
tell
me
that
it
is
not
what
you
are
given
but
how
you
make
use
for
it
that
determines
who
you
are.
答案:
Three
years
ago
I
failed
an
important
exam
in
my
life
and
became
a
student
in
a
an
ordinary
school.
Disappointing
as
I
felt
at
the
shabby
campus
and
thepoorly-equipped
Disappointed
classroom,
I
found
the
teachers
patiently
and
considerate.
Besides,
I
enjoyed
the
patient
friendship
atmosphere
in
class.
I
decided∧
make
the
best
of
it.
I
worked
hard
and
get
friendly
to
got
along
well
with
my
teachers
and
classmates.
Whenever
I
had
difficulties,
they
were
always
available.
Soon,
I
became
one
of
the
top
student
in
my
class,
and
which
students
greatly
increased
my
confidence
and
got
me
encouraged.
My
experience
tell
me
that
it
is
not
what
you
are
given
but
how
you
make
use
tells
for
it
that
determines
who
you
are.
of
1.
【解析】将第一句中的第二个a改为an。ordinary的首字母发音为元音,
故用an。
2.
【解析】将第二句中的Disappointing改为Disappointed。对人的情况进行说明,
要使用过去分词转换的形容词disappointed,
意为“感到失望的”。
3.
【解析】将第二句中的patiently改为patient。find
sb.
+adj.
,
发现某人……,
所以用patient。形容词作宾语补足语。
4.
【解析】将第三句中的friendship改为friendly。用形容词friendly修饰名词atmosphere。
5.
【解析】在第四句中的decided后面加to。decide
to
do
sth.
意为“决定做某事”。
6.
【解析】将第五句中的get改为got。表示发生在过去的事情,
故用一般过去时。
7.
【解析】将第七句中的student改为students。one
of
+可数名词复数,
所以用students。
8.
【解析】将第七句中的which前面的and去掉。这里含有一个非限制性定语从句,
而不是并列句,
所以去掉and。
【方法技巧】如何区别定语从句和并列句
(1)并列句:
由两个或两个以上的简单句用并列连词连在一起构成的句子,
叫作并列句,
它的句型结构是“简单句+并列连词+简单句”。并列连词有:
and,
but,
or,
so等。并列句中的各个简单句子相互之间没有从属关系,
是平行并列的关系。
(2)根据句子结构和引导词进行区分。是并列句的,
会有and,
but等词连接,
前后句没有从属关系,
去掉任何一个句子不会影响原来句意。是定语从句的,
会有whom,
who,
that等词出现,
从句是作主句某个先行词的定语。
9.
【解析】将第八句中的tell改为tells。表示一个客观的事实,
用一般现在时,
且主语My
experience是第三人称单数,
所以谓语动词用单数。
10.
【解析】将第八句中的for改为of。make
use
of是固定用法,
意为“利用”。
PAGE课时提升作业(十三)
Unit
5 Warming
Up
&
Reading
Ⅰ.
单词拼写
1.
The
equipment
is
of
good
(质量)and
very
useful.
2.
She’s
very
(积极的),
considering
her
age.
3.
He
is
determined
to
(献身,
专心于)his
life
to
science.
4.
The
Romans
(建立)a
great
city
on
the
banks
of
this
river.
5.
I
take
this
seriously.
It’s
a
matter
of
(原则).
6.
Switzerland
is
a
(和平的)country.
7.
A
quarter
of
the
working
class
(投票)for
him.
8.
Once
you
show
any
sign
of
fear,
he
will
(攻击)you.
9.
Men
and
women
have
(平等的)rights
in
China.
10.
He
is
(乐意的)to
help
anybody
who
is
in
trouble.
答案:1.
quality
2.
active
3.
devote
4.
founded
5.
principle
6.
peaceful
7.
voted
8.
attack
9.
equal
10.
willing
Ⅱ.
选词填空
as
a
matter
of
fact,
in
trouble,
out
of
work,
turn
to,
blow
up,
be
willing
to,
be
equal
to,
vote
for,
make
an
attack
on,
be
mean
to
1.
I’m
not
sure
whether/if
she
would
meet
us.
2.
,
loss
of
sleep
can
make
you
look
tired,
and
even
cause
you
to
put
on
weight.
3.
The
terrorists
have
threatened
to
the
embassy(大使馆).
4.
I
may
her
at
the
next
election.
5.
After
being
for
three
months,
I
am
anxious
to
start
my
new
job.
6.
I
don’t
think
he
the
position.
7.
He
is
always
ready
to
help
anyone
who
is
.
8.
Our
troops
are
going
to
the
enemy.
9.
If
you
meet
new
words,
you
may
the
English
dictionary.
10.
You
shouldn’t
the
little
kids.
答案:1.
be
willing
to
2.
As
a
matter
of
fact
3.
blow
up
4.
vote
for
5.
out
of
work
6.
is
equal
to
7.
in
trouble
8.
make
an
attack
on
9.
turn
to
10.
be
mean
to
Ⅲ.
完成句子
1.
The
victim
was
outside
a
shop
.
(attack)被害人遇袭时正在一家商店的外面。
2.
In
the
Chinese
history,
use
foreign
oil.
(have)
在中国历史上,
曾经有一段时间人们不得不使用洋油。
3.
Only
then
what
she
meant.
(understand)
只有到那时我才明白她的意思。
4.
History
is
full
of
cases
a
path
to
creativity
and
discovery.
(be)
历史充满梦是创造和发现之路的案例。
5.
The
last
ten
years
the
great
changes
in
our
city.
(witness)
过去的十年见证了我们城市发生的巨大变化。
6.
Could
you
lend
me
a
pump
my
bicycle
tires?
(blow)你能借我一个打气筒给自行车轮胎打气吗?
7.
,
he
gave
his
life
to
save
his
patients.
(devote)
他忠于人民,
把毕生精力用于挽救患者的生命。
8.
I
am
terribly
sorry,
but
I
didn’t
.
(mean)真对不起,
我并非有意打扰你。
9.
If
there
were
only
someone
in
this
mad
place
.
(turn)
要是这鬼地方有个人她能够求助,
那该多好。
10.
The
business,
,
suffered
a
great
loss
in
the
big
fire
last
month.
(found)
汤姆创办的企业在上个月的大火中遭受了巨大的损失。
答案:1.
when
he
was
attacked
2.
there
was
a
time
when
people
had
to
3.
did
I
understand
4.
where
dreams
have
been
5.
have
witnessed
6.
to
blow
up
7.
Devoted
to
the
people
8.
mean
to
interrupt
you
9.
to
whom
she
could
turn
10.
founded
by
Tom
Ⅳ.
阅读理解
A
(2015·大连高一检测)
Diary
of
a
Do-It-Yourself
Book
This
book
based
on
Greg
Hefley’s
own“diary”lets
kids
express
themselves
in
an
exciting
way.
In
the
book,
kids
will
be
asked:
What
was
the
best
dream
you
have
ever
had?
The
worst
thing
you
have
ever
eaten?
The
best
secret
you
have
ever
heard?
This
Do-It-Yourself
Book
is
unique
and
special
because
it
has
blank
pages
for
readers
to
write
their
own
stories
and
keep
their
own
diaries.
Author:
Jeff
Kinney
List
Price:
$10.
95
Price:
$6.
57
Buy
it
on
Amazon.
com
You
save:
$4.
38
Train
to
Somewhere
Marianne,
heading
west
with
fourteen
other
children
on
a
train,
is
sure
her
mother
will
show
up
at
one
of
the
stations
along
the
way.
Stop
after
stop
goes
by,
and
there
is
no
sign
of
her
mother
in
the
crowds
that
come
to
look
over
the
children.
No
one
shows
any
interest
in
adopting
shy
Marianne,
either.
But
that
is
all
right.
She
has
to
be
free
for
her
mother
to
claim
her.
Then
the
train
stopped
at
its
final
stop,
a
town
called
Somewhere.
Author:
Eve
Bunting
List
Price:
$6.
95
Price:
$6.
95
Buy
it
on
Amazon.
com
You
save:
$0.
00
Chinese
Children’s
Favorite
Stories
This
volume
of
beloved
Chinese
stories
contains
a
delightful
selection
from
the
store
of
Chinese
legend.
Discover
many
delightful
animal
characters
as
well
as
Chang’e
and
Guan
Yin.
Retold
for
an
international
audience,
the
stories
with
beautiful
pictures
will
give
children
aged
six
to
ten
in
other
countries
a
chance
to
learn
about
both
the
tradition
and
culture
of
China.
Author:
Mingmei
Yip
List
Price:
$18.
95
Price:
$12.
89
Buy
it
on
Amazon.
com
You
save:
$6.
06
The
Way
Science
Works
The
perfect
introduction
to
show
how
science
explains
the
world
around
us!
Eye-opening
experiments
and
extraordinary
photography
bring
science
to
life.
Discover
science
in
action
from
the
principles
that
explain
everyday
facts
to
the
theories
behind
the
technology
in
today’s
fast-moving
world.
Full
of
facts
about
famous
scientists,
technology
news
and
more.
Author:
Robin
Kerrod
List
Price:
$24.
99
Price:
$16.
49
Buy
it
on
Amazon.
com
You
save:
$8.
50
【文章大意】本文是出售图书的广告。
1.
Diary
of
a
Do-It-Yourself
Book
is
different
from
other
books
because
you
can   .
A.
ask
the
author
questions
B.
write
your
own
stories
in
the
book
C.
have
a
chance
to
see
beautiful
photos
D.
read
many
interesting
stories
about
the
author
【解析】选B。细节理解题。根据Diary
of
a
Do-It-Yourself
Book中的.
.
.
for
readers
to
write
their
own
stories
and
keep
their
own
diaries可知B为正确选项。
2.
Amazon.
com
gives
no
discount
on   .
A.
Diary
of
a
Do-It-Yourself
Book
B.
Train
to
Somewhere
C.
Chinese
Children’s
Favorite
Stories
D.
The
Way
Science
Works
【解析】选B。细节理解题。根据Train
to
Somewhere中的You
save:
$0.
00可知B为正确选项。
3.
Chinese
Children’s
Favorite
Stories
is
written
for   .
A.
Chinese
children
aged
6
to
10
B.
teenagers
in
other
countries
C.
junior
students
in
other
countries
D.
foreign
children
aged
6
to
10
【解析】选D。细节理解题。根据Chinese
Children’s
Favorite
Stories中的.
.
.
give
children
aged
six
to
ten
in
other
countries
a
chance.
.
.
可知D为正确选项。
4.
Whose
book
would
you
like
to
read
if
you
are
interested
in
science
and
technology?
A.
Jeff
Kinney’s.
B.
Eve
Bunting’s.
C.
Mingmei
Yip’s.
D.
Robin
Kerrod’s.
【解析】选D。推理判断题。根据The
Way
Science
Works可知D为正确选项。
B
Elizabeth
Freeman
was
born
about
1742
to
African
American
parents
who
were
slaves.
At
the
age
of
six
months
she
was
acquired,
along
with
her
sister,
by
John
Ashley,
a
wealthy
Massachusetts
slaveholder.
She
became
known
as“Mumbet”or
“Mum
Bett.

  For
nearly
30
years
Mumbet
served
the
Ashley
family.
One
day,
Ashley’s
wife
tried
to
strike
Mumbet’s
sister
with
a
spade.
Mumbet
protected
her
sister
and
took
the
blow
instead.
Furious,
she
left
the
house
and
refused
to
come
back.
When
the
Ashleys
tried
to
make
her
return,
Mumbet
consulted
a
lawyer,
Theodore
Sedgewick.
With
his
help,
Mumbet
sued(起诉)for
her
freedom.
  While
serving
the
Ashleys,
Mumbet
had
listened
to
many
discussions
of
the
new
Massachusetts
constitution.
If
the
constitution
said
that
all
people
were
free
and
equal,
then
she
thought
it
should
apply
to
her.
Eventually,
Mumbet
won
her
freedom—the
first
slave
in
Massachusetts
to
do
so
under
the
new
constitution.
Strangely
enough,
after
the
trial,
the
Ashleys
asked
Mumbet
to
come
back
and
work
for
them
as
a
paid
employee.
She
declined
and
instead
went
to
work
for
Sedgewick.
Mumbet
died
in
1829,
but
her
legacy
lived
on
in
her
many
descendants(后裔).
One
of
her
great-grandchildren
was
W.
E.
B.
Du
Bois,
one
of
the
founders
of
the
NAACP,
and
an
important
writer
and
spokesperson
for
African
American
civil
rights.
Mumbet’s
tombstone
still
stands
in
the
Massachusetts
cemetery
where
she
was
buried.
It
reads,
in
part:
“She
was
born
a
slave
and
remained
a
slave
for
nearly
thirty
years.
She
could
neither
read
nor
write,
yet
in
her
own
sphere
she
had
no
superior
or
equal.

【文章大意】本文介绍了美国历史上一位勇于追求自由的女性黑奴Elizabeth
Freeman。
5.
What
do
we
know
about
Mumbet
according
to
Paragraph
1?
A.
She
was
born
a
slave.
B.
She
was
a
slaveholder.
C.
She
had
a
famous
sister.
D.
She
was
born
into
a
rich
family.
【解析】选A。细节理解题。由文中第一句知,
她出生于奴隶家庭,
天生为奴隶。
6.
Why
did
Mumbet
run
away
from
the
Ashleys?
A.
She
found
an
employer.
B.
She
wanted
to
be
a
lawyer.
C.
She
was
hit
and
got
angry.
D.
She
had
to
take
care
of
her
sister.
【解析】选C。细节理解题。根据第二段中的“One
day,
Ashley’s
wife
tried
to
strike
Mumbet’s
sister
with
a
spade.
Mumbet
protected
her
sister
and
took
the
blow
instead.
Furious,
she
left
the
house
and
refused
to
come
back.
”可知,
为了保护妹妹,
她替妹妹挨了打。这一惩罚让她愤怒,
所以离开了Ashley家。
7.
What
did
Mumbet
learn
from
discussions
about
the
new
constitution?
A.
She
should
always
obey
her
owners’orders.
B.
She
should
be
as
free
and
equal
as
whites.
C.
How
to
be
a
good
servant.
D.
How
to
apply
for
a
job.
【解析】选B。推理判断题。根据第三段的“If
the
constitution
said
that
all
people
were
free
and
equal,
then
she
thought
it
should
apply
to
her.
”可知,
她了解到新宪法说所有的人都是自由且平等的,
那么她也应该和白人一样拥有自由和平等。
8.
What
did
Mumbet
do
after
the
trial?
A.
She
chose
to
work
for
a
lawyer.
B.
She
founded
the
NAACP.
C.
She
continued
to
serve
the
Ashleys.
D.
She
went
to
live
with
her
grandchildren.
【解析】选A。细节理解题。根据第四段中的“She
declined
and
instead
went
to
work
for
Sedgewick.
”可知,
她为Sedgewick工作,
结合上文可知Sedgewick是位律师。
9.
What
is
the
text
mainly
about?
A.
A
story
of
a
famous
writer
and
spokesperson.
B.
The
friendship
between
a
lawyer
and
a
slave.
C.
The
life
of
a
brave
African
American
woman.
D.
A
trial
that
shocked
the
whole
world.
【解析】选C。主旨大意题。文章主要讲了Elizabeth
Freeman为平等自由而战的一生。通读全文不难选出C项。A项张冠李戴;
B项以点代全;
D项未涉及。
Ⅴ.
阅读第二节
(2015·大连高一检测)
  根据短文内容,
从短文后的选项中选出能填入空白处的最佳选项。选项中有两项为多余选项。
  Doctors
say
anger
can
be
an
extremely
damaging
emotion,
unless
you
learn
how
to
deal
with
it.
They
warn
that
anger
can
lead
to
heart
diseases,
stomach
problems,
headaches,
emotional
problems
and
possibly,
cancer.
1.
   Some
people
express
anger
openly
in
a
calm
reasonable
way.
Others
burst
with
anger,
and
scream
and
yell.
But
other
people
keep
their
anger
inside.
They
can
not
or
will
not
express
it.
This
is
called
repressing
anger.
For
years
many
doctors
thought
that
repressing
anger
was
more
dangerous
to
a
person’s
health
than
expressing
it.
They
said
that
when
a
person
is
angry,
the
brain
releases
the
same
hormones(荷尔蒙).
They
speed
the
heart
rate,
raise
blood
pressure,
or
sugar
into
the
blood,
etc.
2.
  ?
Some
doctors
say
that
both
repressing
and
expressing
anger
can
be
dangerous.
They
believe
that
those
who
express
anger
violently
may
be
more
likely
to
develop
heart
diseases,
and
they
believe
that
those
who
keep
anger
inside
may
face
a
greater
danger
of
high
blood
pressure.
3.
   They
say
the
first
step
is
to
admit
that
you
are
angry
and
to
recognize
the
real
cause
of
the
anger,
then
decide
if
the
cause
is
serious
enough
to
get
angry
about.
If
it
is,
they
say,
“4.
   Wait
until
your
anger
has
cooled
down
and
you
are
able
to
express
yourself
calmly
and
reasonably.

Doctors
say
that
a
good
way
to
deal
with
anger
is
to
find
humor
in
the
situation
that
has
made
you
angry.
5.
  ?
A.
In
general
the
person
feels
excited
and
ready
to
act.
B.
They
said
that
laughter
is
much
healthier
than
anger.
C.
Expressing
anger
violently
is
more
harmful
than
repressing
it.
D.
Anger
may
cause
you
a
cancer.
E.
Do
not
express
your
anger
while
angry.
F.
Anger
is
a
normal
emotion
that
we
all
feel
from
time
to
time.
G.
Doctors
say
the
solution
is
learning
how
to
deal
with
anger.
答案:
1~5.
FAGEB
PAGE课时提升作业(七)
Unit
3 Warming
Up
&
Reading
Ⅰ.
单词拼写
1.
Public
(运输)in
Germany
is
excellent.
2.
I
(更喜欢)classical
music
to
pop
music.
3.
I
(说服)him
that
I
was
telling
the
truth.
4.
When
the
boys
(毕业)from
high
school,
they
moved
to
a
small
town
in
Vermont.
5.
I
(最后)beat
her
in
that
match.
6.
We
are
trying
desperately
to
keep
to
our
(工作计划).
7.
Students
need
to
learn
how
to
(组织)their
work.
8.
He
(决定)to
rescue
his
two
students.
9.
Jack
and
Mary
described
their
(旅途)in
vivid
detail.
10.
He
has
changed
his
(态度)towards
the
work.
Ⅰ.
单词拼写
答案:1.
transport
2.
prefer
3.
persuaded
4.
graduated
5.
finally
6.
schedule
7.
organize
8.
determined
9.
journey
10.
attitude
Ⅱ.
选词填空
ever
since,
care
about,
change
one’s
mind,
be
fond
of,
prefer.
.
.
to,
give
in,
make
up
one’s
mind,
be
determined
to,
persuade.
.
.
into,
graduate
from
1.
Whether
you
like
it
or
not,
I
will
not_____________.
2.
He’s
been
in
the
doldrums(消沉)
she
left
him.
3.
I
don’t
going
fishing.
4.
The
majority
of
people
interviewed
TV
radio.
5.
I
English
and
do
well
in
both
speaking
and
writing.
6.
I
to
apply
for
a
scholarship.
7.
He
refused
to
until
he
received
a
full
apology.
8.
How
can
we
him
joining
us?
9.
Once
promised,
you
should
win
that
game.
10.
Which
university
did
you
?
答案:1.
change
my
mind.
2.
ever
since
3.
care
about
4.
prefer
to
5.
am
fond
of
6.
made
up
my
mind
7.
give
in
8.
persuade
into
9.
be
determined
to
10.
graduate
from
Ⅲ.
完成句子
1.
Nowadays
many
kids
______________________to
reading
books.
(prefer)
现在许多孩子都喜欢看电视而不喜欢读书。
2.
Usually
they
like___________________________.
(travel)
他们通常喜欢乘坐公共交通工具旅行。
3.
Ever
since
I
saw
the
diary
excerpts
I__________________.
(cast)
自从看到日记摘录,
我就一直非常沮丧。
4.
It
will
be
difficult
to
_____________this
is
true.
(persuade)很难让他们相信这是真的。
5.
A
presidential
election
________________last
December.
(schedule)
总统选举原计划在去年12月举行。
6.
It’s
the
first
time
farmers
__________________a
co-operative.
(organize)
这是农场主首次决定组织起来成立合作社。
7.
You
have
to
support
a
big
family.
Don’t
you
____________your
job?
(care)
你不得不养活一个大家庭。你难道就不担心失去工作?
8.
My
aim
was
first
of
all______________________.
(determine)
我的目标首先是要确定自己下一步该做什么。
9.
At
no
time______________________to
difficulties.
(give)
任何时候我们都不应向困难屈服。
10.
My
family
insisted
that____________________,
but
stay
and
fight.
(give)
家里人坚持认为我不应让步,
而应该留下来继续抗争。
答案:1.
prefer
watching
TV
2.
travelling
by
public
transport
3.
have
been
cast
down
4.
persuade
them
that
5.
was
scheduled
for
6.
have
decided
to
organize
7.
care
about
losing
8.
to
determine
what
I
should
do
next
9.
should
we
give
in
10.
I
should
not
give
in
Ⅳ.
阅读理解
A
(2015·邯郸高一检测)
  If
you
are
planning
on
traveling,
there
are
a
few
simple
rules
about
how
to
make
life
easier
both
before
and
after
your
journey.
  First
of
all,
always
check
and
doublecheck
departure(出发)time.
It
is
surprising
how
few
people
really
do
this
carefully.
Once
I
arrived
at
the
airport
a
few
minutes
after
ten.
My
secretary
had
got
the
ticket
for
me
and
I
thought
she
had
said
that
the
plane
left
at
10:
50.
When
I
arrived
at
the
airport,
the
person
at
the
departure
desk
told
me
that
my
flight
was
closed.
Therefore,
I
had
to
wait
three
hours
for
the
next
one
and
missed
an
important
meeting.
  The
second
rule
is
to
remember
that
even
in
this
age
of
credit
cards(信用卡),
it
is
still
important
to
have
some
local
money
in
cash(现金).
Once
I
arrived
at
a
place
at
midnight
and
the
bank
at
the
airport
was
closed.
The
only
way
to
get
to
my
hotel
was
by
taxi
but
because
I
had
no
dollars,
I
offered
to
pay
in
pounds
instead.
“Listen!
I
only
take
real
money!
”the
driver
said
angrily.
You
can
imagine
how
terrible
I
felt
at
that
moment.
  The
third
and
the
last
rule
is
to
find
out
as
much
as
you
can
about
the
weather
at
your
destination
before
you
leave.
I
feel
sorry
for
some
of
my
workmates
who
travel
in
heavy
suits
and
raincoats
in
May,
when
it
is
still
fairly
cool
in
London
or
Manchester,
to
places
like
Athens,
Rome
or
Madrid,
where
it
is
already
beginning
to
get
quite
warm
during
the
day.
【文章大意】本文作者通过自身的经历,
介绍了如何在旅行前做好充足的准备。
1.
Where
is
the
writer
most
probably
from?
A.
Britain.
 
B.
The
USA.
 
C.
Italy.
 
D.
Greece.
【解析】选A。推理判断题。根据最后一段when
it
is
still
fairly
cool
in
London
or
Manchester可知A为正确选项。
2.
When
the
writer
found
he
had
no
dollars
to
pay
the
taxi
driver,
he   .
A.
asked
the
driver
to
give
him
a
free
ride
B.
offered
to
pay
in
pounds
C.
gave
the
driver
some
fake(假的)money
D.
tried
to
pay
by
credit
card
【解析】选B。细节理解题。根据第三段offered
to
pay
in
pounds可知。
3.
Generally,
in
May
the
weather
in
London
is   .
A.
warm
and
dry
B.
cold
and
dry
C.
hot
and
wet
D.
cool
and
rainy
【解析】选D。细节理解题。根据最后一段heavy
suits
and
raincoats可知D为正确选项。
4.
The
writer
mainly
tells
us   .
A.
how
to
make
life
easier
B.
how
to
be
well
prepared
for
a
trip
C.
how
to
enjoy
ourselves
on
the
trip
D.
how
to
schedule
our
trip
【解析】选B。主旨大意题。本文主要介绍了如何为旅行做好准备。
B
  Travelling
to
Europe
to
see
its
famous
monuments
like
the
Eiffel
Tower
in
Paris
and
the
Colosseum(古罗马竞技场)in
Rome,
is
not
exactly
the
ideal
vacation
for
kids.
Fortunately,
Europe
has
more
to
offer
than
lots
of
old
churches
and
ancient
history.
You
can
enjoy
some
fun
in
the
sun
at
some
of
the
famous
beaches
of
the
continent.
  Mykonos,
Greece
  The
closer
you
get
to
the
equator,
the
longer
the
beach
season
and
Greece
is
wonderful
for
that.
You
can
enjoy
beautiful
green
water,
public
chairs
and
lovely
umbrellas
at
the
beaches
in
Mykonos.
  Dubrovnik,
Croatia
  There’s
nothing
more
attractive
than
the
beautiful
beaches
bordering
Dubrovnik,
Croatia’s
most
beautiful
city.
It’s
surrounded
by
stone
walls
like
a
castle.
It
almost
makes
you
feel
like
you’re
suntanning(晒黑皮肤)at
Hogwarts,
where
the
hero
Harry
Potter
of
the
story
is
trained!
  Sicily,
Italy
  Rabbit
beach
on
the
island
of
Sicily
offers
shallow,
crystal
clear
waters
making
it
a
perfect
beach
for
families
with
young
children.
And
if
you
want
to
add
interest
to
your
experience,
try
snorkeling(使用水下呼吸管潜游)!
  Nice,
France
  Lined
with
palm
trees
and
first-class
hotels,
the
city
of
Nice,
located
on
the
French
Riviera,
offers
a
whole
coastline
of
Mediterranean
beaches.
Because
they’re
in
the
heart
of
the
city,
these
beaches
attract
a
large
crowd.
So
if
you’re
looking
for
something
more
private,
you’ll
have
to
travel
a
few
miles
outside
of
the
city
center.
  Ribadeo,
Spain
  At
low
tide,
Playa
de
las
Catedrales
in
Ribadeo,
Spain
is
the
perfect
beach
to
take
in
the
natural
wonders
without
urban
amusements
like
restaurants,
bars
or
huge
crowds.
It
boasts
beautiful
wildflowers
and
unique
rock
formations
making
it
truly
picture
worthy.
【文章大意】本文介绍了欧洲几个著名的旅游胜地。
5.
Dubrovnik
is
special
in
that   .
A.
it
is
surrounded
by
stone
walls
B.
it
has
the
longest
coastline
C.
it
has
the
longest
beach
season
D.
it
is
the
training
center
of
Harry
Potter
【解析】选A。细节理解题。根据Dubrovnik,
Croatia中的It’s
surrounded
by
stone
walls
like
a
castle.
可知A正确。
6.
If
you
plan
to
go
to
a
beach
which
is
in
the
city,
you
should
go
to   .
A.
Mykonos   
B.
Sicily  
C.
Nice  
D.
Ribadeo
【解析】选C。细节理解题。根据Nice,
France中的coastline
of
Mediterranean
beaches可知C为正确选项。
7.
Which
of
the
following
is
TRUE
about
Ribadeo?
A.
It
offers
visitors
first-class
hotels.
B.
It
has
restaurants,
bars
and
huge
crowds.
C.
Visitors
can
try
snorkeling
there.
D.
Visitors
can
enjoy
unique
rock
formations
there.
【解析】选D。细节理解题。根据Ribadeo,
Spain中的unique
rock
formations可知D为正确选项。
8.
All
the
beaches
mentioned
in
the
passage   .
A.
have
beautiful
wildflowers
B.
are
famous
European
beaches
C.
are
world-known
for
their
green
water
D.
provide
visitors
with
urban
amusements
【解析】选B。细节理解题。根据文章第一段You
can
enjoy
some
fun
in
the
sun
at
some
of
the
famous
beaches
of
the
continent可知。
9.
Where
is
this
passage
probably
taken
from?
A.
A
travel
guide.
B.
A
geography
textbook.
C.
An
advertisement.
D.
A
news
report.
【解析】选A。推理判断题。根据全文尤其是第一段可知介绍了欧洲旅游的一些指南。故选A。
PAGE综合质量评估
Units
1~5
(120分钟 150分)
第Ⅰ卷
第一部分 听力(共两节,
满分30分)
第一节(共5小题;
每小题1.
5分,
满分7.
5分)
  听下面5段对话。每段对话后有一个小题,
从题中所给的A、B、C三个选项中选出最佳选项,
并标在试卷的相应位置。听完每段对话后,
你都有10秒钟的时间来回答有关小题和阅读下一小题。每段对话仅读一遍。
1.
Where
does
the
conversation
most
probably
take
place?
A.
At
the
airport.
 
B.
At
the
hotel.
 
C.
At
home.
2.
When
will
the
meeting
begin?
A.
At
10:
30.
B.
At
10:
45.
C.
At
10:
50.
3.
Which
job
has
the
man
ever
done?
A.
A
doctor.
B.
A
teacher.
C.
A
player.
4.
What
does
the
man
like
to
drink?
A.
Steak
and
a
hamburger.
B.
A
China
tea.
C.
Tons
of
butter.
5.
What
does
the
man
intend
to
do?
A.
Tell
the
woman
the
way
to
the
visa
office.
B.
Take
the
woman
to
the
visa
office.
C.
Help
the
woman
to
walk.
【听力材料】
Text
1
W:
It’s
nice
of
you
to
come
here
to
pick
me
up,
thanks,
Mr.
Smith.
M:
You’re
welcome.
①How
was
the
flight?
Text
2
M:
Let’s
hurry,
Mary.
②It’s
ten
thirty,
or
we
will
be
late
for
the
meeting.
W:
Calm
down,
Mike.
②We’ll
have
15
minutes
to
go.
There’s
no
hurry.
Text
3
W:
What
jobs
have
you
done
in
the
last
ten
years?
M:
Many
kinds
of
jobs.
③I
was
once
an
engineer
and
later
a
teacher.
Till
now
I
have
been
an
official
for
three
years.
Text
4
W:
Are
you
ready
to
order?
M:
Yes,
I’ll
have④a
China
tea,
steak
and
a
hamburger.
W:
Would
you
like
fries
with
that?
M:
A
large,
with
tons
of
butter.
Text
5
W:
Excuse
me,
do
you
know
where
the
visa
office
is?
M:
⑤Yes,
I
do.
I’ll
walk
you
there.
W:
Thanks.
答案:
1~5.
ABBBB
第二节(共15小题;
每小题1.
5分,
满分22.
5分)
  听下面5段对话。每段对话后有几个小题,
从题中所给的A、B、C三个选项中选出最佳选项,
并标在试卷的相应位置。听每段对话前,
你将有时间阅读各个小题,
每小题5秒钟;
听完后,
各小题给出5秒钟的作答时间。每段对话读两遍。
听第6段材料,
回答第6、7题。
6.
Why
is
the
man
going
to
the
hospital?
A.
He
is
not
feeling
well.
B.
He
works
there.
C.
He
wants
to
visit
his
friend.
7.
What
does
the
man
offer
to
do
for
the
woman?
A.
Carry
her
bag.
   B.
Give
her
a
lift.
C.
Show
her
a
map.
听第7段材料,
回答第8、9题。
8.
Where
will
the
two
speakers
have
a
meal?
A.
At
the
woman’s
home.
B.
At
the
man’s
home.
C.
At
a
restaurant.
9.
When
will
the
two
speakers
meet?
A.
At
about
6:
00
pm
on
Sunday.
B.
At
about
6:
00
am
on
Saturday.
C.
At
about
6:
00
pm
on
Saturday.
听第8段材料,
回答第10~12题。
10.
What
does
the
man
want
to
buy?
A.
A
digital
computer.
B.
A
digital
camera.
C.
Olympus’s
products.
11.
Which
price
range
can
the
man
afford?
A.
One
to
two
thousand
yuan.
B.
Two
to
three
thousand
yuan.
C.
Three
to
four
thousand
yuan.
12.
Which
camera
does
the
man
want
the
woman
to
show
him?
A.
The
red
one.
   B.
The
green
one.
C.
The
blue
one.
听第9段材料,
回答第13~16题。
13.
Where
does
Tom
know
Alice?
A.
At
school.
B.
At
a
party.
C.
At
his
hometown.
14.
What
does
Susan
want
to
know?
A.
How
Tom
joins
clubs.
B.
How
Tom
holds
parties.
C.
How
Tom
makes
so
many
friends.
15.
What’s
Tom
like?
A.
He’s
shy
and
nervous.
B.
He’s
friendly
and
popular.
C.
He’s
helpful
and
humorous.
16.
Why
does
Susan
make
few
friends?
A.
She
seldom
goes
outside.
B.
She
is
shy
and
afraid
to
talk
with
strangers.
C.
Her
parents
don’t
allow
her
to
talk
with
others.
听第10段材料,
回答第17~20题。
17.
What
does
the
man
think
of
his
history
teacher?
A.
He
often
lends
books
to
his
students.
B.
He
is
friendly.
C.
He
likes
to
help
others
in
need.
18.
How
did
the
man
go
home?
A.
By
bus.
B.
By
bike.
C.
On
foot.
19.
Why
did
the
man
go
to
a
library
on
his
way
home?
A.
To
borrow
a
book.
B.
To
buy
his
book.
C.
To
do
his
homework.
20.
Where
did
the
man
most
probably
lose
the
book?
A.
On
the
bus.
   
B.
In
the
library.
C.
At
the
shop.
【听力材料】
Text
6
W:
Excuse
me,
can
you
show
me
the
way
to
the
hospital,
please?
M:
Sure.
I’m
going
to
the
hospital,
too.
Just
follow
me.
W:
Oh,
thank
you.
Are
you
going
to
see
a
doctor
there?
M:
No,
⑥I
am
a
doctor
there.
W:
Oh,
how
wonderful!
Is
it
far
from
here?
M:
Not
too
far.
We
can
get
there
in
about
ten
minutes.
⑦Let
me
help
you
with
your
bag.
It
seems
too
heavy
for
you.
W:
Thank
you.
You
are
very
kind.
M:
OK,
let’s
go.
Text
7
M:
Hi,
Jane.
I
wonder
if⑧you’d
like
to
come
round
and
have
a
meal
sometime.
W:
Yeah,
thanks
a
lot.
That
would
be
great!
M:
What
about
Saturday
evening?
W:
Sure,
⑨Saturday
evening
would
be
fine.
What
time?
M:
Let’s
make
it⑨around
six.
W:
Great!
I’ll
drive
there,
so
I’ll
need
to
get
directions
from
you
sometime
later.
Text
8
W:
Hello,
⑩would
you
like
to
buy
a
digital
camera?
Take
a
look
at
Olympus’s
products.
 
M:
Hmm,
what
do
you
recommend?
W:
Is
it
for
home
use?
Which
kind
of
price
are
you
looking
for?
M:
Yes,
it
is
for
home
use.
And
two
to
three
thousand
yuan
would
be
OK.
W:
Please
look
at
these
models.
I
think
the
performances
to
price
rate
of
these
cameras
are
higher.
 
M:
I
like
this
blue
one.
Can
you
show
it
to
me?
W:
OK.
This
camera
has
7
million
picture
elements,
a
2.
5-inch
LCD
screen,
and
short-term
video
recording.
Text
9
W:
You
surely
have
a
big
circle
of
friends,
Tom.
Where
did
you
meet
them
all?
M:
Oh,
you
know,
Susan,
different
places.
For
example,
Alice.
You
know
her,
right?
W:
Yeah,
sure.
You
like
to
talk
with
her.
M:
Right.
Well,
Alice’s
someone
I
grew
up
with,
so
I’ve
known
her
for
years.
W:
Yeah,
but
when
we
walk
around
the
school
together,
you
seem
to
know
everybody.
They
can’t
all
be
friends
from
your
childhood.
M:
No,
of
course
not.
I’ve
met
a
lot
of
people
in
my
classes.
And
at
the
beginning
of
the
term,
I
joined
a
couple
of
clubs,
so
I’ve
been
meeting
a
lot
of
people
that
way.
W:
Well,
I
envy
you.
But
you
know,
it
must
be
something
special
about
you.
I
go
to
my
classes
and
the
gym,
but
I
don’t
seem
to
meet
a
lot
of
people.
I
think
you’re
just
a
lot
more
popular
than
I
am.
M:
Maybe,
but
I
know
you
like
people.
OK,
my
classmates
and
I
are
having
a
big
party
next
week.
Why
don’t
you
come
and
talk
and
meet
new
people?
W:
Hmm.
That’s
really
nice
of
you,
Tom,
but
I
get
kind
of
nervous
at
big
parties.
.
.
Text
10
W:
What
will
you
tell
us,
Sam?
M:
Today,
I
am
going
to
tell
you
a
story
about
how
I
lost
an
interesting
book.
I
was
always
interested
in
history
when
I
was
at
school.
The
teacher
who
taught
us
history
was
very
friendly.
When
we
were
studying
the
nineteenth-century
European
history,
he
used
to
bring
a
book
of
his
own.
One
day
he
agreed
to
lend
me
this
book
because
he
knew
about
my
interest
in
history.
After
I
left
school
that
evening,
I
caught
a
bus
that
was
going
to
my
part
of
the
town.
The
bus
I
was
traveling
in
became
very
crowded.
When
I
reached
the
stop
where
I
wanted
to
get
off,
I
had
to
push
my
way
off
the
bus.
The
bag
that
I
was
carrying
was
full
of
books
because
I
had
a
lot
of
homework.
After
I
got
off
the
bus,
I
did
not
go
straight
home.
I
went
to
a
library
where
I
often
worked
in
the
evening.
I
took
out
the
books
I
needed
for
my
homework.
I
didn’t
use
the
book
which
I
had
borrowed.
I
worked
in
the
library
until
I
finished
my
work.
While
I
was
walking
home,
I
went
into
a
shop
that
sold
newspapers
and
magazines.
I
bought
a
magazine
which
interested
me.
When
I
arrived
home,
I
emptied
my
schoolbag.
I
could
not
find
the
book
which
the
history
teacher
had
lent
me.
答案:
6~10.
BABCB
11~15.BCCCB
16~20.BBACA
第二部分 阅读理解(共两节,
满分40分)
第一节(共15小题;
每小题2分,
满分30分)
  阅读下列短文,
从每题所给的四个选项(A、B、C和D)中,
选出最佳选项。
A
(2015·芜湖高一检测)
  The
New
York
Las
Vegas
Hotel
has
some
of
the
most
beautiful
and
luxurious(豪华的)rooms.
Here
are
four
kinds
of
them.
Park
Avenue
This
kind
of
room
has
about
350
square
feet
of
space.
It
comes
with
either
a
king-size
or
queen-size
bed.
The
room
has
the
following:
a
40-inch
television
and
a
good
bathroom.
The
Park
Avenue
room
costs
$65
to
$85
per
night
during
weekdays
and
has
a
weekend
rate
of
$100
to
$110
per
night.
Marquis
This
Marquis
room
is
up-grade.
It
provides
guests
with
700
square
feet
of
space.
This
up-grade
room
has
a
good
bathroom,
two
separate
dining
areas,
and
Internet
access.
There
is
also
a
small
refrigerator
in
the
room.
Guests
can
stay
in
this
kind
of
room
for
about
$125
per
night.
Players
The
Players
room
comes
with
two
queen-size
beds.
This
room
is
almost
800
square
feet
and
has
a
sitting
area.
The
Players
room
has
the
following:
two
40-inch
televisions,
a
good
bathroom,
dining
and
entertainment
areas
and
Internet
access.
One
can
stay
in
the
Players
room
for
$155
per
night.
Penthouses
This
kind
of
room
has
about
1,
100
square
feet
of
space
with
a
DVD
and
CD
player,
coffee
pots,
and
a
separate
master
bedroom.
Penthouses
rooms
have
more
up-grade
amenities(设施).
Guests
can
stay
in
this
room
comfortably
for
$415
per
night,
and
it
has
a
different
price
in
the
busy
season.
Las
Vegas
travelers
have
their
choices
of
one
of
these
hotel
rooms.
It
doesn’t
matter
which
room
one
chooses
because
all
of
them
are
wonderful!
【文章大意】本文是一则广告,
介绍了纽约拉斯维加斯旅馆各有特色的房间情况。
21.
The
price
of
some
rooms
of
the
New
York
Las
Vegas
Hotel   .
A.
is
a
bit
higher
during
weekdays
B.
depends
on
what
time
of
year
it
is
C.
keeps
the
same
all
the
year
round
D.
changes
almost
every
day
【解析】选B。细节理解题。根据全文可知B为正确选项。
22.
What
will
you
choose
if
you
want
to
surf
the
Internet
and
also
save
some
money?
A.
Park
Avenue.
     B.
Marquis.
C.
Players.
D.
Penthouses.
【解析】选B。细节理解题。根据第三段Internet
access和$125
per
night可知B为正确选项。
23.
What
can
we
learn
from
the
passage?
A.
There
are
two
beds
in
a
Players
room.
B.
The
queen
once
stayed
in
a
Park
Avenue
room.
C.
There
is
a
small
refrigerator
in
every
room.
D.
The
New
York
Las
Vegas
Hotel
provides
guests
with
free
meals.
【解析】选A。推理判断题。根据第四段The
Players
room
comes
with
two
queen-size
beds.
可知A为正确选项。
24.
The
writer
writes
the
passage
mainly
to   .
A.
introduce
the
New
York
Las
Vegas
Hotel
B.
raise
funds
for
the
New
York
Las
Vegas
Hotel
C.
make
some
rooms
of
the
New
York
Las
Vegas
Hotel
known
to
readers
D.
introduce
the
luxurious
amenities
of
the
New
York
Las
Vegas
Hotel
【解析】选C。主旨大意题。本文是一篇说明文,
介绍了the
New
York
Las
Vegas
Hotel的一些房间。
B
(2015·大连高一检测)
  13-year-old
John
Thomas
Robertson
is
a
born
train
fan.
“I’ve
liked
trains
probably
from
the
day
I
was
born,
”he
told
Good
Morning
America.
“When
I
was
very
little,
”he
said,
“my
grandpa
got
me
a
train
model.
I
would
just
watch
it
go
round
for
hours
and
hours.

When
Robertson
finally
had
the
opportunity
to
ride
on
a
train,
he
felt
great.
His
journey
was
so
mind-blowing
that
he
couldn’t
keep
it
to
himself—he
decided
to
take
all
his
classmates
to
go
on
a
ride
with
him.
When
he
found
that
some
of
his
classmates
couldn’t
pay
the
fares,
he
spent
money
he
had
saved
by
collecting
cans(罐子)and
bottles
and
raised
more
than
$1,
000
for
them.
That
train
was
such
a
happy
one
that
he
made
it
yearly
action.
“It
never
gets
boring
for
some
reason;
it’s
just
very
fun.
”he
said.
“It
really
lets
people
get
away
from
their
busy
life
and
have
fun.

Every
October,
Robertson
takes
a
new
group
of
disabled
children
to
ride
the
train—but
now,
he
has
a
problem.
Several
disabled
children
were
refused
because
the
train
was
not
accessible(可用的)to
disabled
people.
“He
was
angry
to
think
that
children
of
his
own
age
couldn’t
ride
a
train,
”his
mother
said.
But
he
wouldn’t
say
no—he
recently
sent
a
letter
to
the
train
office
for
help.
To
his
surprise,
the
leader,
Ty
Pennington,
took
the
letter
seriously.
He
said
that
he
and
his
workers
would
work
on
making
a
train
accessible
to
disabled
people.
【文章大意】本文介绍了一位钟爱火车并富有爱心的少年——John
Thomas
Robertson。
25.
John
Thomas
Robertson
is
a
born
train
fan,
because   .
A.
he
was
taken
on
a
train
the
day
he
was
born
B.
his
grandpa
once
worked
on
the
train
C.
he
took
a
group
of
disabled
children
on
a
train
D.
he
was
greatly
attracted
by
trains
since
early
childhood
【解析】选D。细节理解题。根据第一段可知John
Thomas
Robertson从小就对火车感兴趣。
26.
The
underlined
word“mind-blowing”can
be
replaced
by“   ”.
A.
exciting
B.
frightening
C.
surprising
D.
disappointing
【解析】选A。词义猜测题。根据文章可知John
Thomas
Robertson是第一次坐火车,
而他又特别喜欢火车,
所以很兴奋。
27.
According
to
the
passage,
we
can
see
that
Robertson
is
a(n)   child.
A.
honest
and
crazy
B.
kind
and
helpful
C.
clever
but
boring
D.
lazy
but
kind
【解析】选B。推理判断题。根据第二段最后一句话和第四段第一句可知John
Thomas
Robertson帮助孩子们乘火车,
他非常善良、乐于助人。
C
Great
fathers
in
the
animal
world
Hardhead
catfish
Although
the
father
hardhead
catfish
doesn’t
get
pregnant(怀孕的)himself,
he
does
put
up
to
48
of
his
fertilized
eggs(受精卵)in
his
mouth
and
carry
them
with
him
for
60
days.
This
means
he
can’t
eat
until
the
eggs
hatch(孵化).
It
can
take
two
months
or
longer,
meaning
that
the
dads
have
to
live
off
their
own
body
fat
for
that
long.
Emperor
penguin
The
emperor
penguin
lives
in
the
coldest
place
on
Earth.
After
the
mother
penguin
lays
her
egg,
it’s
the
father’s
job
to
keep
it
warm.
The
father
balances
the
egg
on
his
feet
and
often
stays
close
to
other
fathers
for
warmth
until
his
eggs
hatch.
He
stays
like
this
for
months
without
a
meal.
Only
after
the
mother
returns
does
the
father
get
to
head
to
sea
for
a
good
meal.
Namaqua
sandgrouse
Namaqua
sandgrouse
live
in
Africa’s
southern
deserts(沙漠).
Since
the
young
chicks
cannot
make
it
to
water,
the
dad
has
to
bring
it
to
them,
flying
up
to
50
miles
a
day
to
the
nearest
watering
hole.
He
puts
his
body
in
water
every
morning
and
his
feathers(羽毛)take
in
the
water.
He
then
returns
and
the
chicks
can
drink
the
water
straight
from
his
feathers.
Greater
hornbill
owl
Most
mothers
are
smaller
than
the
fathers.
Well,
for
greater
hornbill
owls,
this
isn’t
true.
Mothers
are
the
ones
who
guard
their“houses”after
they’re
built.
This
leaves
the
father
to
spend
all
his
time
feeding
three
to
five
hungry
mouths,
one
of
which
may
be
larger
than
him.
He
can
sometimes
spend
the
entire
night
catching
small
animals
to
feed
his
family
without
eating
something
himself.
【文章大意】本文主要讲述了在动物界里为了下一代而默默付出的伟大的“父亲们”。
28.
What
do
father
hardhead
catfish
and
father
emperor
penguins
have
in
common?
A.
They
hatch
the
eggs.
B.
They
stay
close
to
other
fathers.
C.
They
put
the
eggs
in
their
mouths.
D.
They
feed
their
babies
with
their
body
fat.
【解析】选A。细节理解题。根据第一段第二句This
means
he
can’t
eat
until
the
eggs
hatch.
可知father
hardhead
catfish需要孵化幼崽。根据第二段第三句The
father
balances
the
egg
on
his
feet
and
often
stays
close
to
other
fathers
for
warmth
until
his
eggs
hatch.
可知father
emperor
penguins也孵化幼崽。故选A。
29.
Father
Namaqua
sandgrouse
are
special
in
the
way   .
A.
they
build
their“houses”
B.
they
feed
their
chicks
C.
they
seek
water
D.
they
fly
【解析】选C。细节理解题。第三段介绍了father
Namaqua
sandgrouse每天如何去很远的地方取水给幼崽喝的过程,
这方面是与其他动物不同的地方。
30.
What’s
the
duty
of
father
greater
hornbill
owls
according
to
the
text?
A.
They
clean
their
houses.
B.
They
build
their
houses.
C.
They
feed
their
families.
D.
They
protect
their
families.
【解析】选C。细节理解题。根据第四段最后一句中.
.
.
to
feed
his
family
without
eating
something
himself.
可知father
greater
hornbill
owls的职责就是喂养它们的家人。
31.
All
the
following
fathers
spend
a
period
of
time
without
meals
EXCEPT   .
A.
hardhead
catfish   
B.
emperor
penguins
C.
Namaqua
sandgrouse
D.
greater
hornbill
owls
【解析】选C。细节理解题。根据第一段第二句可知father
hardhead
catfish有一段时间不吃食物;
根据第二段倒数第二句可知father
emperor
penguins有一段时间不吃食物;
根据最后一段最后一句可知father
greater
hornbill
owls有一段时间不吃食物。故C项不属于此类特点。
D
(2015·汕头高一检测)
Summer
vacation
is
just
around
the
corner!
It’s
time
to
throw
your
pencils
in
the
air,
your
book
bags
onto
the
floor
and
give
yourself
a
break
after
a
year
of
hard
work.
How
about
a
movie
or
two?
Teens
have
picked
some
hot
films
that
will
come
out
this
summer.
So
get
yourself
some
popcorn,
sit
back
and
enjoy!
Journey
to
the
Center
of
the
Earth
3D,
July
11
Trevor
is
a
science
professor
with
radical
theories
and
many
crazy
ideas.
While
backpacking
across
Iceland
with
his
nephew
Sean,
the
two
explorers
find
a
cave
that
leads
them
deep
down
into
the
bowels
of
the
planet.
There,
they
discover
a
fantastic
and
dangerous
lost
world.
They
even
meet
dinosaurs
and
many
animals
that
have
disappeared
from
the
earth.
However,
the
burst
of
a
volcano
causes
the
temperature
to
rise.
They
have
to
make
a
bravery
escape
before
the
heat
and
other
dangers
can
beat
them.
Space
Chimps,
July
18
Ham

is
not
an
ordinary
chimp(黑猩猩).
He
is
the
grandson
of
the
first
chimp
in
space.
When
a
NASA
probe(探测器)disappears
into
a
galaxy(星系),
Ham

is
recruited(招募)to
help
bring
back
the
craft(航空器).
But
HamⅢis
a
free-spirited
performer
who
is
more
interested
in
having
fun
than
stepping
into
grandpa’s
shoes.
But
the
lazy
chimp
does
become
a
hero
at
last.
He
learns
the
true
meaning
of
courage
as
he
and
his
workmates
go
through
a
lot
of
trouble
to
save
the
peaceful
people
of
a
distant
planet
from
an
evil
king.
The
Sisterhood
of
the
Traveling
Pants2,
August
8
Based
on
Ann
Brashares’
best-selling
series
of
novels,
four
girls—Tibby,
Carmen,
Bridget
and
Lena—continue
their
journey
into
adulthood
that
began
with
The
Sisterhood
of
the
Traveling
Pants
three
years
ago.
Now,
these
lifelong
friends
embark
on(登上)separate
paths
for
their
first
year
of
college
and
the
summer
beyond.
But
they
remain
in
touch
by
sharing
their
experiences
with
each
other
with
honesty
and
humor.
They
discover
their
individual
strengths,
fears,
talents
and
capacity
for
love.
Through
the
choices
they
make,
they
come
to
value
more
than
the
bond(关系)they
share
and
the
power
of
their
friendship.
【文章大意】暑假临近,
作者推荐了三部暑假期间热映的电影,
建议读者暑假里扔掉铅笔、书包等,
在刻苦学习了一年之后,
选一两部好电影,
好好放松一下。
32.
Where
does
this
passage
most
probably
appear?
A.
A
newspaper.
     
B.
A
magazine.
C.
A
textbook.
D.
A
story
book.
【解析】选A。推理判断题。本文介绍了三部暑假期间热映的电影,
因此,
结合四个选项可知,
本文最有可能出自报纸。
33.
What
does
the
underlined
words
mean?
A.
Stepping
on
grandpa’s
feet.
B.
Following
his
grandpa’s
way.
C.
Putting
on
his
grandpa’s
shoes.
D.
Hiding
in
his
grandpa’s
shoes.
【解析】选B。句意猜测题。黑猩猩HamⅢ是第二部电影的主角,
他是第一个到太空中的黑猩猩的孙子,
探测器在星系中消失的时候,
他被招募去太空帮助带回航空器,
但是他自由散漫,
由此可知,
此处指他没有遵循爷爷的处事方式,
B项正确。
34.
Which
of
the
following
isn’t
advised
to
do
in
the
summer
vacation?
A.
Throwing
away
the
pencils.
B.
Throwing
the
school
bags
onto
the
floor.
C.
Hard
work.
D.
Seeing
a
film
or
two.
【解析】选C。细节理解题。根据第一段叙述可知,
作者建议读者暑假里扔掉铅笔、书包等,
在刻苦学习了一年之后,
选一两部好电影,
好好放松一下。C项正确。
35.
What
is
the
best
title
of
this
passage?
A.
Hot
Summer
Movies
B.
Summer
Vacation
C.
Space
Chimps
D.
Sit
Back
and
Enjoy
【解析】选A。主旨大意题。本文作者推荐了三部暑假期间热映的电影,
A项符合题意。
第二节(共5小题;
每小题2分,
满分10分)
根据短文内容,
从短文后的选项中选出能填入空白处的最佳选项。选项中有两项为多余选项。
Our
Fears
Can
Change
the
Reality
of
the
Situation
At
times,
our
worries
and
anxieties
can
defeat
us.
In
addition,
our
worries
can
change
our
understanding
of
what
is
reality
and
what
is
not.
Here
is
a
brief
list
of
techniques
that
you
can
use
to
help
gain
a
better
viewpoint
on
things
during
your
anxious
moments.
 36 A
person
should
take
a
deep
breath
and
try
to
find
something
to
do
for
a
few
minutes
to
get
their
mind
off
the
problem.
A
person
could
get
some
fresh
air,
listen
to
some
music,
or
do
an
activity
that
will
give
him/her
a
fresh
perspective
on
things.
Remember
that
our
fearful
thoughts
can
make
the
problem
worse.
 37 When
unexpectedly
having
thoughts
that
make
you
fearful
or
anxious,
challenge
those
thoughts
by
asking
yourself
questions
that
will
maintain
objectivity
and
common
sense.
Be
smart
in
how
you
deal
with
your
fears
and
anxieties.
Do
not
try
to
deal
with
everything
all
at
once.
When
facing
a
current
or
upcoming
task
that
makes
you
anxious,
break
the
task
into
a
series
of
smaller
steps.
 38?
Remember
that
all
the
worrying
in
the
world
will
not
change
anything.
Most
of
what
we
worry
about
never
comes
true.
 39 You
can
leave
everything
else
in
the
hands
of
God.
It
is
not
easy
to
deal
with
all
of
our
fears
and
worries.
When
your
fears
and
anxieties
have
the
best
of
you,
try
to
calm
down
and
then
get
the
facts
of
the
situation.
The
key
is
to
take
it
slow.
All
you
can
do
is
do
your
best
each
day,
hope
for
the
best,
and
when
something
does
happen,
take
it
easy.
 40?
A.
Take
it
one
step
at
a
time
and
things
will
work
out.
B.
When
feeling
anxious,
stop
what
you
are
doing
and
try
to
do
something
relaxing.
C.
This
will
give
you
the
confidence
to
manage
your
anxiety.
D.
Instead
of
worrying
about
something
that
probably
won’t
happen,
concentrate
on
what
you
are
able
to
do.
E.
The
next
time
you
feel
depressed,
review
your
list
and
think
about
the
good
things
that
you
have
in
your
life.
F.
A
good
way
to
manage
your
worry
is
to
challenge
your
negative
thinking
with
positive
statements
and
realistic
thinking.
G.
Completing
these
smaller
tasks
one
at
a
time
will
make
the
stress
more
manageable
and
increase
your
chance
of
success.
答案:
36~40.
BFGDA
第三部分 英语知识运用(共两节,
满分45分)
第一节 完形填空(共20小题;
每小题1.
5分,
满分30分)
  阅读下面短文,
从短文后各题所给的四个选项(A、B、C和D)中,
选出可以填入空白处的最佳选项。
  Life
can
seem
very
unfair,
even
in
the
land
of
opportunity.
You
have
a
dream
but
find
yourself 41 without
any
hope.
You
are
depressed(沮丧的),
and
in
your
depression
you
cannot
get
the 42 to
pull
yourself
up.
You
become
unwilling
to
believe
that
there 43 is
a“cure(措施)”for
your
failure.
Bernie
Kopell
was
a 44 as
a
vacuum
cleaner(真空吸尘器)salesman.
He
had
come
to
California
to
be
a(n) 45 ,
but
for
even
the
few
parts
he
was
able
to 46 ,
he
received
no
pay.
He 47 that
was
what
he
deserved.
Then,
one
day
as
Bernie
was
cleaning
in
the
back
room
of
the
vacuum
cleaner
store,
the
owner
put
on
a
record.
“What
a(n) 48 job,
”Bernie
thought.
But
he
heard
the
sentences 49 as
he
was
trying
to
ignore
the 50 .
“Your
mind
is
like
the 51 .
Whatever
you
plant
in
it 52 .
If
you
plant
potatoes
you
get
potatoes.
If
you
plant
roses
you
get
roses.
”Bernie
began
to 53 .
Soon
he
was
paying
attention
to
the
record,
 54 it
wasn’t
long
before
he
began
reading
and
attending
lectures(演讲).
Bernie
began
to 55 that
he
was
given
talent,
and
he
became 56 to
be
who
he
was
and
considered
himself
worthy
of
success.
Acting
parts
and
playing
roles
began
to 57 his
way.
He
got
his
first
public
television
show
in
1961
on
The
Brighter
Day.
He 58 on
Get
Smart,
That
Girl,
and
on
other
television
comedy
programs.
His
big 59 came
when
he
was 60 the
role
of
Dr.
Adam
Bricker
on
The
Love
Boat.
The
popular
show
aired(播放)from
1977
until
1986
and
made
Bernie
Kopell
a
well-known
star.
【文章大意】生活中充满了不公平,
但要坚信付出会有回报,
伯尼·克佩尔成为一名著名演员就是一个很好的诠释。
41.
A.
shy   
B.
sad   
C.
angry   
D.
bored
【解析】选B。词语辨析题。句意为“生活似乎很不公平,
甚至在充满机会的土地上也是这样。你有一个梦想,
但却发现自己难过得没有任何希望。”根据下一句中的depressed也可以推知选B。
42.
A.
energy
B.
advice
C.
right
D.
time
【解析】选A。词语辨析题。你非常沮丧,
在你沮丧时你没有精力使自己振奋起来。energy“精力”符合句意。
43.
A.
just
B.
almost
C.
really
D.
hardly
【解析】选C。词语辨析题。你不愿意相信真正地有应对失败的措施。really此处意为“真正地”,
表示语气上的强调。
44.
A.
success
B.
failure
C.
hero
D.
fool
【解析】选B。逻辑推理题。伯尼·克佩尔作为一个真空吸尘器销售员是一个失败者。根据下一句可知,
伯尼·克佩尔当销售员时没能成功。
45.
A.
writer
B.
teacher
C.
cleaner
D.
actor
【解析】选D。逻辑推理题。伯尼·克佩尔来到加利福尼亚成为一名演员。根据but后面的parts以及第三段中描述可知伯尼·克佩尔当了一名演员。
46.
A.
get
B.
learn
C.
plan
D.
enjoy
【解析】选A。词语辨析题。但是甚至就他能得到的不多的角色而言,
他没有获得报酬。get
the
few
parts得到不多的角色。
47.
A.
agreed
B.
hoped
C.
thought
D.
remembered
【解析】选C。词语辨析题。他认为那是他应得的(结果)。
48.
A.
tiring
B.
bad
C.
exciting
D.
common
【解析】选B。逻辑推理题。伯尼想,
“多么糟糕的一份工作啊,
”根据下一句可知伯尼当时对自己的工作不满意。
49.
A.
frequently
B.
in
turn
C.
carefully
D.
by
chance
【解析】选D。词语辨析题。但是他偶然听到这些话语,
当他……
50.
A.
job
B.
owner
C.
record
D.
cleaner
【解析】选C。词汇复现题。根据上文的put
on
a
record中的record可知选C。
51.
A.
sun
B.
air
C.
water
D.
earth
【解析】选D。背景常识题。你的思维方式就像土地一样。根据下一句中的plant
in
it可知,
it指代的是earth,
故选D。
52.
A.
begins
B.
grows
C.
helps
D.
happens
【解析】选B。背景常识题。你在土地里种下什么,
它就生长什么。
53.
A.
listen
B.
read
C.
speak
D.
write
【解析】选A。词语辨析题。伯尼开始倾听。
54.
A.
and
B.
but
C.
or
D.
since
【解析】选A。逻辑推理题。很快伯尼重视录音带中的内容,
不久他就开始朗读并发表演讲。
55.
A.
expect
B.
believe
C.
notice
D.
guess
【解析】选B。词语辨析题。伯尼开始相信他有天赋。
56.
A.
powerful
B.
pleasant
C.
popular
D.
proud
【解析】选D。词语辨析题。他对自己所从事的工作很自豪,
认为自己能够获得成功。
57.
A.
feel
B.
know
C.
come
D.
make
【解析】选C。词语辨析题。演出和扮演角色开始沿着他的设想进行。
58.
A.
stood
B.
appeared
C.
remained
D.
rested
【解析】选B。词语辨析题。他在Get
smart,
That
girl中露面,
也开始在其他电视喜剧节目中露面。appear意为“(在戏剧、访谈、电视节目等中)露面”。
59.
A.
increase
B.
difference
C.
break
D.
game
【解析】选C。词语辨析题。他的巨大时来运转是在The
Love
Boat(《爱情小舟》)中被给予Dr.
Adam
Bricker的角色。break意为“时来运转,
突破”。
60.
A.
offered
B.
shown
C.
taught
D.
returned
【解析】选A。词语辨析题。be
offered意为“被提供,
被给予”。
第Ⅱ卷
第三部分 英语知识运用(共两节,
满分45分)
第二节(共10小题;
每小题1.
5分,
满分15分)
  阅读下面材料,
在空白处填入适当的内容(1个单词)或括号内单词的正确形式。
  Just
now,
I
entered
the
website“Topic
for
Today”.
I
feel
61.
     
(interest)in
the
report
on
middle
school
students’
using
cellphones
in
school.
In
fact,
more
students
now
come
to
school
with
cellphones.
My
schoolmates
have
62.
     (difference)opinions.
Some
think
63.
     is
convenient
to
get
in
touch
with
others
with
the
cellphone,
which
also
makes
you
feel
safe
especially
in
time
of
trouble.
64.
     ,
it
is
nice
to
enjoy
various
functions
of
different
cellphones.
65.
     think
differently.
First,
the
cellphone
is
not
66.
     
necessity
in
school,
as
there
are
some
IC
phones
there,
67.
     (make)it
easy
to
call
others.
Second,
many
students
often
play
e-games
and
send
e-messages
with
their
cellphones,
even
in
class,
68.
     will
surely
have
bad
effects
on
their
study.
What’s
more,
it
will
result
69.
     a
great
waste
of
time
and
money.
In
my
opinion,
the
cellphone
is
a
useful
tool
in
our
daily
life.
But
it
doesn’t
mean
we
can
use
it
70.
     (free)in
school.
61.
【解析】interested。句意:
我对关于中学生在校园使用手机的报道感兴趣。feel
interested
in对……感兴趣。
62.
【解析】different。从下文看出大家有不同的看法,
形容词作定语。
63.
【解析】it。it充当形式主语。
64.
【解析】Besides。besides此外;
而且。
65.
【解析】Others/Some。对应第18空前的some可知表示列举。
66.
【解析】a。necessity必要,
必需品,
为可数名词,
故用不定冠词a。
67.
【解析】making。考查现在分词作结果状语。
68.
【解析】which。which引导非限制性定语从句,
充当主语。
69.
【解析】in。result
in导致……的结果。
70.
【解析】freely。在句中修饰动词,
故用副词形式。
第四部分 写作(共两节,
满分35分)
第一节 短文改错(共10小题;
每小题1分,
满分10分)
假定英语课上老师要求同桌之间交换修改作文,
请你修改你同桌写的以下作文。文中共有10处语言错误,
每句中最多有两处。每处错误仅涉及一个单词的增加、删除或修改。
增加:
在缺词处加一个漏字符号(∧),
并在其下面写出该加的词。
删除:
把多余的词用斜线(﹨)画掉。
修改:
在错的词下画一横线,
并在该词下面写出修改后的词。
注意:
1.
每处错误及其修改均仅限一词;
2.
只允许修改10处,
多者(从第11处起)不计分。
Yesterday
my
friends
and
I
visited
a
model
high
school.
We
start
our
visit
from
main
building.
First
we
went
to
the
lab
building
there
some
students
were
doing
experiments.
Then
we
entered
in
the
lecture
hall
behind
the
lab
building
and
saw
many
students
listen
to
a
lecture
given
by
a
professor.
Opposite
the
lecture
hall
were
the
art
center.
There
they
watched
groups
of
students
playing
musical
instrument.
On
the
playground
some
boys
were
playing
the
football.
It
was
so
exciting
that
we
couldn’t
help
cheering
for
them.
It
was
really
a
impressive
visit.
答案:
Yesterday
my
friends
and
I
visited
a
model
high
school.
We
start
our
visit
started
from
∧main
building.
First
we
went
to
the
lab
building
there
some
students
the
where
were
doing
experiments.
Then
we
entered
in
the
lecture
hall
behind
the
lab
building
and
saw
many
students
listen
to
a
lecture
given
by
a
professor.
Opposite
the
lecture
listening
hall
were
the
art
center.
There
they
watched
groups
of
students
playing
musical
was
we
instrument.
On
the
playground
some
boys
were
playing
the
football.
It
was
so
instruments
exciting
that
we
couldn’t
help
cheering
for
them.
It
was
really
a
impressive
visit.
an
1.
【解析】第二句中start改为started。时态与上一句保持一致。
2.
【解析】第二句中在main前加the。表示特指。
3.
【解析】第三句中there改为where。定语从句修饰building。
4.
【解析】第四句中去掉in。enter是及物动词,
可以直接跟宾语。
5.
【解析】第四句中listen改为listening。see
sb.
doing
sth.
看见某人正在做某事。
6.
【解析】第五句中were改为was。主语the
art
center为第三人称单数。
7.
【解析】第六句中they改为we。与上文人称保持一致。
8.
【解析】第六句中instrument改为instruments。
9.
【解析】第七句中去掉football前的the。球类运动前不加冠词。
10.
【解析】第九句中a改为an。impressive以元音音素开头,
不定冠词用an。
第二节 书面表达(满分25分)
  假设你是李华,
最近,
你的外教Martin
Mellish给你发email询问你校课外活动(after-class
activities)的开展情况。请你根据以下提示,
写一封回信。
1.
学校开展课外活动的情况:
20多个社团、30多门选修课;
2.
你参加的课外活动以及你体会到的益处(两点益处);
3.
为同学选择课外活动提出建议(两条建议)。
注意:
1.
词数:
100个左右;
2.
回信的开头和结尾已为你写好(不计入总词数)。
3.
参考词汇:
选修课elective
Dear
Martin,
I
am
glad
to
hear
from
you.
In
your
email_______________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
Sincerely
yours,
Li
Hua
【参考范文】
Dear
Martin,
I
am
glad
to
hear
from
you.
In
your
email
you
asked
me
about
the
after-school
activities
in
our
school
and
here
I
would
like
to
introduce
to
you
something
about
it.
There
are
over
20
students’
clubs
and
more
than
30
electives
in
our
school.
I
am
in
the
basketball
and
chess
clubs.
The
activities
not
only
build
up
my
body
and
mind
but
also
provide
a
perfect
platform
and
rich
choices
for
my
future
development.
Besides,
they
also
free
me
from
the
heavy
work
of
study,
guaranteeing
my
sustainable
development.
Here
is
my
suggestion
to
the
students
on
how
to
choose
after-class
activities:
You’d
better
choose
those
which
interest
and
suit
you.
What’s
more,
you
have
to
balance
your
study
and
activities
so
as
to
achieve
both.
You
are
warmly
welcome
to
come
and
experience
our
after-class
activities.
Best
wishes!
Sincerely
yours,
Li
Hua
PAGE课时提升作业(十一)
Unit
4 Learning
about
Language
Ⅰ.
用合适的关系代词填空
1.
The
boy
saved
your
grandma
is
my
neighbor.
2.
He
is
the
man
I
saw
yesterday.
3.
The
book
I
bought
yesterday
is
on
English
grammar.
4.
Is
oxygen
the
only
gas
helps
fire
burn?
5.
This
is
the
biggest
laboratory
we
have
ever
built
in
our
school.
6.
The
first
place
they
visited
in
Guilin
was
Elephant
Trunk
Hill.
7.
The
place
interested
me
most
was
the
Children’s
Palace.
8.
Is
there
anyone
in
your
class
family
is
in
the
country?
答案:1.
who/that
2.
that/who/whom/不填
3.
that/which/不填
4.
that
5.
that/不填
6.
that/不填
7.
which/that
8.
whose
Ⅱ.
完成句子
1.
She
was
not
on
the
train
.
她不在刚才到达的那列火车上。
2.
I
once
lived
in
the
house
.
我曾经住在这所屋顶已经倒塌的房子里。
3.
This
is
the
teacher
.
这就是我们谈论过的那个老师。
4.
The
man
has
been
arrested.
偷你汽车的人已经被捕获。
5.
Do
you
know
the
things
and
persons
?
你知道他们讨论的事和人吗?
6.
People
can
appeal.
房租被提高的人可以上诉。
7.
This
is
the
best
movie
.
这是我看到过的最好的一部电影。
8.
Music
is
the
only
thing
.
音乐是唯一令我感兴趣的东西。
答案:1.
which
arrived
just
now
2.
whose
roof
has
fallen
in
3.
(whom)we
have
talked
about
4.
who
stole
your
car
5.
that
they
are
talking
about
6.
whose
rents
have
been
raised
7.
(that)I’ve
ever
seen
8.
that
interests
me
Ⅲ.
完形填空
  I
took
time
off
work
to
spend
with
my
daughter
before
Christmas.
I
wanted
to
take
advantage
of
the 1 to
teach
her
about
the
spirit
of
Christmas—love
for
all
people
is
what
the
season
is
about,
not
merely 2 .
But
one
unplanned
incident
showed
this
spirit
more
than
I
could
have 3 .
  I
was
already
running
late
after 4 in
the
supermarket.
Zipping
down
to
the
main
road,
I
noticed
a
pile
of
mail
in
front.
I
quickly
realized
that
they
must
have 5 off
a
postal
service
vehicle.
  Despite
my
teaching
of
love
to
my
child,
I
had
a 6 time
fighting
against
my
selfishness.
But
then
other
thoughts 7 through
my
mind:
There
could
be 8 to
grannies
from
their
grandchildren,
or
undelivered
bills
that
will
be
overdue.
  I 9 my
six-year-old
daughter
and
asked,
“Should
we
stop
and
pick
them
up?

  “Of
course!
”She
answered
without
hesitation.
To
her,
it
was
a
perfectly 10 thing.
So
I
pulled
over.
  Cars
were 11 .
Many
letters
were
carried
into
the 12 and
rolling
down
the
road.
I,
with
my
daughter,
began 13 the
letters.
A
moment
later,
two
other
cars
pulled
over
and
their
drivers 14 us.
They
stopped
their
cars
on
each 15 of
the
main
road,
stopping
the
traffic
in
all
directions
until
the
letters
were
all 16 .
  Just
then,
a
relieved
and
very 17 young
postman
pulled
up
on
his
motorbike.
I
looked
up
at
those 18 hands
and
we
all
smiled.
Without
speaking,
we
knew
we
had
done
something 19 that
day.
But
the
most
important
lesson
I
learnt
was
from
my
daughter.
Her
pure
heart
taught
me
more
about
the 20 of
Christmas
than
I
could
ever
teach
her.
【文章大意】在圣诞节作者想教会孩子节日的真谛——爱,
然而孩子单纯、善良的心灵反过来让作者受益颇多。
1.
A.
condition     
B.
experience
C.
activity
D.
opportunity
【解析】选D。词语辨析题。句意:
我想利用这个机会教给她圣诞节的真谛。opportunity机会;
condition条件,
状况;
experience经历;
activity活动。
2.
A.
foods 
B.
presents 
C.
donations 
D.
drinks
【解析】选B。背景常识题。圣诞节往往是一个收到礼物的节日。
3.
A.
imagined
B.
accepted
C.
decided
D.
understood
【解析】选A。逻辑推理题。句意:
一件计划之外的事情超乎我的想象,
更加体现了这一真谛。
4.
A.
working
B.
playing
C.
shopping
D.
chatting
【解析】选C。背景常识题。结合在超市可知是在购物。
5.
A.
sent
B.
fallen
C.
gone
D.
taken
【解析】选B。词语辨析题。fall
off掉落,
跌落;
send
off寄出,
派遣;
go
off响起;
take
off(飞机)起飞。结合句意“……它们一定是从一个邮寄服务车上掉落下来的”可知选B。
6.
A.
good
B.
sad
C.
long
D.
hard
【解析】选D。逻辑推理题。尽管要教给孩子关爱,
我费了很大劲反抗我的自私。have
a
hard
time(in)doing
sth.
做某事很困难。
7.
A.
flashed
B.
got
C.
looked
D.
went
【解析】选A。词语辨析题。flash(思想、感情等)突发,
闪现。
8.
A.
clothes
B.
money
C.
letters
D.
books
【解析】选C。词汇复现题。由上文的mail及下文的bills可知。
9.
A.
called
for
B.
looked
at
C.
went
to
D.
came
across
【解析】选B。词语辨析题。look
at看着;
call
for需要;
go
to走去;
come
across偶遇。
10.
A.
lucky
B.
delighted
C.
interesting
D.
natural
【解析】选D。背景常识题。句意:
对她来说那是极自然的事情。
11.
A.
racing
by
B.
slowing
down
C.
whistling
loudly
D.
coming
near
【解析】选A。背景常识题。汽车驶过信件才被空气吹动。race
by车驶过;
slow
down慢下来;
whistle
loudly大声鸣笛;
come
near靠近。
12.
A.
water
B.
dustbin
C.
dirt
D.
air
【解析】选D。背景常识题。be
carried
into
the
air被带到空中。
13.
A.
looking
through
B.
picking
up
C.
clearing
up
D.
running
after
【解析】选B。词语辨析题。pick
up捡起,
拾起;
look
through浏览;
clear
up清扫;
run
after追赶。结合上文可知,
信件飞落到路边,
我和女儿把它们捡起来。
14.
A.
approached
B.
stopped
C.
joined
D.
praised
【解析】选C。逻辑推理题。由They
stopped
their
cars
on
each    of
the
main
road,
可知他们加入到我们中。
15.
A.
line
B.
branch
C.
side
D.
end
【解析】选D。逻辑推理题。由stopping
the
traffic
in
all
directions阻断各个方向的交通可知他们把车停放在了道路的两端,
即末端,
故用end。
16.
A.
collected
B.
gone
C.
caught
D.
returned
【解析】选A。词语辨析题。句意:
直到信件全被收集起来。be
collected被收集;
be
gone不见;
be
caught被抓住;
return返回。
17.
A.
polite
B.
grateful
C.
careless
D.
helpful
【解析】选B。背景常识题。别人帮他收集齐了丢失的信件,
邮递员应心怀感激。grateful感激的。
18.
A.
injured
B.
busy
C.
helping
D.
proud
【解析】选C。固定搭配题。句意:
我抬头看那些帮手,
我们都笑了。helping
hands帮手。
19.
A.
successful
B.
attractive
C.
special
D.
strange
【解析】选C。逻辑推理题。句意:
不用说我们都知道那天我们做了一件特殊的事情。
20.
A.
joy
B.
soul
C.
duty
D.
spirit
【解析】选D。词汇复现题。由首段中teach
her
about
the
spirit
of
Christmas,
可知D项正确。
Ⅳ.
语法填空
(2015·大连高一检测)
  阅读下面材料,
在空白处填入适当的内容(1个单词)或括号内单词的正确形式。
  I
have
a
12-year-old
son
who
is
kind
and
helpful.
And
he
is
showing
great
interest
1.
   growing
plants.
I
have
been
helping
him
plant
flowers,
vegetables
and
just
plants
in
general
since
spring
arrived.
  When
2.
   (plant)a
bunch
of
flowers
one
Saturday
afternoon,
I
found
that
there
were
two
flowers
3.
   (leave)in
my
son’s
basket.
My
son
decided
to
take
them
to
the
little
house
next
door
4.
   an
elderly
woman
lived
by
herself
and
didn’t
seem
to
have
much
company.
I
watched
him
as
he
went
up
to
her
door,
rather
hesitantly(踌躇地)because
he
didn’t
know
her,
and
he
5.
   (quiet)left
the
flowers
on
her
doorstep
6.
   that
she
would
get
7.
   the
next
time
she
went
outside.
  The
next
morning
we
were
pleased
to
find
that
she
8.
   (plant)the
flowers
in
a
pot
by
the
door.
They
looked
really
beautiful.
9.
   it
was
a
small
thing,
it
was
important
as
my
son
has
learnt
to
do
good
for
10.
   .
He
said
to
me,
“It
feels
really
good
to
do
things
for
other
people.

1.
【解析】in。考查介词。show
interest
in对……感兴趣。
2.
【解析】(I
was)planting。考查非谓语动词。本题是状语从句的省略,
其完整结构为When
I
was
planting。I
was可以省略。
3.
【解析】left。考查非谓语动词。flowers和leave之间是被动关系。
4.
【解析】where。考查定语从句。where为关系副词引导定语从句,
在从句中作状语。
5.
【解析】quietly。考查副词。修饰动词leave应用副词。
6.
【解析】so。考查连词。so
that表示目的,
意为“为了”。
7.
【解析】them。考查代词。them代指flowers。
8.
【解析】had
planted。考查时态。plant发生在were之前,
故应用过去完成时。
9.
【解析】Although。考查连词。although意为“虽然”,
引导让步状语从句。
10.
【解析】others。考查代词。下文提到other
people,
故此处用others。
PAGE